Home

eRacer: Faculty Guide

1. S Dana Brown Assignment Details Previous Back to Assignment Info Next gt p Workflow Action Date Note Submitted by Dana Brown Monday August 02 2010 4 40 PM On time Results for Dana Brown Files Submitted by Dana Brown Grade C 100 File Date Uploaded Monday August 02 2010 4 4 Term Paper doc Completed On Monday August 02 2010 4 40 PM PM Feedback E Download all of this student s files for this assignment File R Assi t PEE If the student has not completed all the work line LLL If this area contains a grade and if you want to either adjust the grade or feedback you can click the link labeled Re enter grade feedback 3 Fillout the Results for Student Name form In the Grade field enter the appropriate number of points In the Feedback field enter any comments you have for the student If you want to provide a marked up copy of the student s file you can upload it to the File field Note that if you want to save feedback and or upload a file before you are ready to enter the grade you may do so However the student will not see your comments and or file until you enter a grade and not until the system is configured to display the grade for details see Show Grade on page 63 4 Click Save Closing an assignment If the due date has not yet arrived the Student Assignment Details screen includes a feature that lets
2. lior 165 ponam 166 Abou the Gradebook Pomel 22414 sede e Rr Rx EORR IRR GRE HERR RE RR bee PA RR TR Ri do 166 About he conhemrauos DIODESS LaceexqekbE Re SRSIE EURUEREPHEERUORERN T REESUEKPRU RIEN 166 BNaxiesasbnng Ba The Conade ODE aida pda ib o P or Ob Ud top da eeu pa deb reb Sedo dirige d 167 Seng up the Gradebook Lin ease RR PORRO REOR REIR RR Eben e CR ER qo Rl oe acere WE 168 About the selup GpUONE i lerebup leases Lecesi ae RIDE ESUERES RN Re EE F KEW I RERO MEER 168 Seng up ihe Crdebodk cis ded debo bb ed d ep qb ei deep qd Viddaup ba dae di e eid od 169 Changing the Gradebook s slp cse eu eoe RR RR REOR erie bie REESE TARA ORR ck 172 Nliansjng assronient WEEMS ects cri wer recede Noir sensed ERUKHENe REN CERES ERRE EN FREUE SS 175 M you usd sd vamced WIEN 44219 64 999 0649 d bad ba Ud du debebit a 175 It you use basic WEISDIING co pice siete bierki st EGRE ERU Re Ud eR a ios grub dp 179 Managing the etects OF atendante sesioni shades LESS RESATE RE NeR E ESGRRESAREESCRRERRERBORCREES 181 Making attendance a credit that must be earned 4454 oy ER beso DERE EORR Ue Ped E dg he A Rd 181 Automatically failing students who miss class 5 cocco 05s eee yes e o ye y RR RR s 183 Pesuhzmng students Whe are TRE iso Ruea t beeth yerUREqEREX SERES ERRES ERRENA NKOLE EEREN 184 Pes WI SUMO TENS PE EP UE 186 Creanng a custom Heil os eue sodio eR RECEP peur avec PTAA RPE obe d ee dea eR ERED qd 186 Dod mne a CUBO Velo veis oe
3. The system opens a new browser window titled Select Users b To add a user select the person s name in the left hand column and click Add to move it to the right hand column which is labeled Selected Users Note that you can use the search fields and or the drop down list to filter the names that show up in the left hand column tua nre mS Im T Pru i PE temm pum ur AAT det m tut me Aum m ftm A mna ORO an Ln Show 9 All Users O Users In RLGN 501 A New Religious Movements Search Last Name First Name Brown Melody ID Students All Roles melody v All Roles U Rodriguez Juan Jones Melody Chen Mike Jones Amy A lt Remove oen rm iir PRA adio SS BABIN cal P a IBS RAS nas pb c When you have added all the appropriate users to the Selected Users column click OK The system again displays the screen where you added the name for the new role 8 Click Save 464 e Racer Faculty Guide Modifying a role At times you may need to modify a role For example you may want to change either of the following The name of the role The users that are assigned to the role To do either of these things use the procedure below To modify a context specific role 1 Login to the portal and navigate to the appropriate context for example to your course section or to one of its sub sections whichever contains the role you want to modify
4. Show Grade As soon as grade is available and due date has passed v Ne Alei Jo enn ofa moe alot sn eh den dade toi te Ae Arocha o pl Aie Aue cae AA Loi dh mA m n ASA atit 4 Select or de select the checkbox as appropriate 5 Click Save If the assignment is active or inactive but visible the system adds the event to the course calendar If the assignment is not yet visible the system stores your preference and will add the due date to the calendar once the assignment becomes visible to students 268 e Racer Faculty Guide Managing permissions Once you have decided the purpose of the portlet instance you should decide who should be allowed to manage calendars and so forth This section explains how to grant these privileges Available permissions This section lists the available portlet level permissions Can Subscribe Calendars The Can Subscribe Calendars permission allows the user to give the portlet instance a subscription to a particular calendar Note that when a user does this every user with permission to display the portlet instance will see the calendar that has been subscribed to When a role has the Can Subscribe Calendars permission the system displays the Browse Shared Calendars link in the portlet instance The user can click this link to browse all shared calendars and can subscribe the portlet instance to any of these calendars This permission does not pertain to the user s ability to
5. Cl Make this page default amp Delete the page If you want to take time now to add portlet instances to the page or specify the layout of the page you can do this using the Content and Layout tabs For help with either of these procedures see 443 Managing the layout of a context When you navigate back to the parent tab or sidebar you will see your new page in the sidebar Home Admissions J Campus Life Candidate B You are here Academics gt English ENG gt Renaissand ENG 320 C Attendance About This Course Collaboration Course Information Coursework Gradebook Main Page e About This Course e Calendar Your teacher e Announcements Our class meets frg Strong Hall room I m Laura Martin e Handouts 4 30 p m You can Bookmarks Grading Guidelines EXP Add a Page Context Manager af 9 Material we will TTCTUTTEENEENENEN Please check the A tM me 3G Mtn ot aah a ab s Renaming a page If you want to create a page follow this procedure To rename a page 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the page you want to rename 2 Click Edit page The system displays the Customize page name screen with the Properties tab displayed 3 Inthe Page Name field enter the new name 4 Ifyou want the URL to reflect the new name click the Change URL checkbox Note that if you change the URL existing bookmarks will no longer work 5 C
6. Mary Davis i am working on a new poem Carlos_Rodriguez what is your poem about ffi General discussion 0 ff unit 1 review 1 ff Writers corner 1 Message I d really like everyone s input I Phila abide 5 Mim Mtt s sd ao e as aod mle gun IER te tili ede mnn ath Mons Bim MR n ele As nn ca MR RAT Parte I e AA D pum 272 e Racer Faculty Guide Users can click the yellow question mark over the Send button if they want to display Zbit s online help Message Although they are documented in the Zbit online help for the Chat tool the following chat functions are not supported by JICS e Moderated chat rooms e Private chat rooms e Invitations Room security Default location The default layout for course contexts includes an instance of the Chat portlet on the Collaboration page If desired you may be able to create additional instances If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 273 Chat Managing a Chat portlet instance You manage an instance of the Chat portlet using the Admin Chat pop screen You access this by clicking the Admin Chat link Chat Rooms f unit 1 review 1 8 General discussion 0 6 Writers corner 0 Our chat rooms open in a pop up window You up blocker or set it to accept pop ups from this Admin Chat NOTE The hat Admin only works in Intern
7. Maie MaA kE the Rama enn Mata Ata n atada MS Ah a Bt Rp hd akanan tahan nna a dt Melle kaana ma Mn ata an a If you are integrating into an instance of the Bookmarks or Handouts portlet the system displays a Header or Folder drop down list This list describes the sets or categories that exist in the portlet instance you chose Choose the area that the content belongs in If you select new header you ll create a new set or category to put the item into vernm m at mt Lag Lae T OE mm p Tm ttm rum ET mum tuere EP EE n e mA tuum Integrate Content Into Page Portlet Header ENG ENG 320 SUM2010 UNDG ENG 320 C Main Page Bookmarks select lt select gt new header General resources New translations Study abroad opportunities a minina Le amt mudah OR c eh ran Deh nn nmn mI meus NAIN emn ah LEEREN Note that if you are integrating the content into a portlet in your File Cabinet page you will see choices labeled ROOT and new folder If you select ROOT the item will go to the top level of items in the File Cabinet tab you selected If you select new folder you ll create a new folder to put the item into Note that password protected items cannot be integrated into the File Cabinet 5 Click Process 418 e Racer Faculty Guide 6 If you selected new header or new folder the system displays a dialog asking you to name the new set or category Enter the name and clic
8. Import bookmarks from the File Cabinet Delete any bookmark in the instance Can Manage Sets By default only the Administrators role is allow to manage sets However in any instance of the Bookmarks portlet you can give other roles this ability When you do this members of the role can Postsets in that instance Modify sets that they and any other user have posted by Changing a set s name Changing a set s description Modifying the default order of sets Delete any set in the instance 249 Bookmarks Granting a role a permission 250 Use this procedure to grant a role privileges in an instance of the Bookmarks portlet To grant a role a permission 1 2 Log in to the portal and navigate to the Bookmarks portlet instance that you want to configure Click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Bookmarks screen with the Preferences tab selected Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen Locate the role s that should have permissions Select the corresponding checkbox es in the Operations column Click Save 14 Bulletin Boards The Bulletin Boards portlet lets people post messages for the rest of the community Other users can respond to the original posters messages via e mail using links in the portal In this chapter Key concepts Working with categories Working with topics Setting the Maximum Days Active limit
9. 5 e Racer Faculty Guide Click Save You can also create a unit while you are creating an assignment just click the Add an Assignment Type link next to the Type field Rename a type If you want to rename a type use this procedure To rename a type 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 Click Manage Types The system displays the Manage Types screen Locate the type that you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the Edit a Type screen Modify the name as appropriate and click Save Deleting a type If you want to delete a type use this procedure Note that if you delete a type and one of your assignments is currently defined as being of that type the system will automatically re assign it to another type For this reason you might want to make sure that the type is not used before you delete it To delete a type 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 Click Manage Types The system displays the Manage Types screen Locate the type that you want to delete and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the type
10. 34 e Racer includes a few tools that let you manage materials and reuse them in multiple course contexts The File Cabinet Every member of the Faculty role has a File Cabinet which you can use to store materials for use in future course sections For example you can store any of the following Online assignments which you create in the Coursework portlet e Racer Faculty Guide Bookmarks Handouts Readings Some of these items can also be created from within the File Cabinet portlet The File Cabinet is located on a page within your My Pages context For most faculty members the content and layout of the File Cabinet page cannot be modified which means that you cannot remove the File Cabinet portlet nor can you add other portlets to this page For further details see Chapter 26 Working with the File Cabinet Copy Course Materials If you teach the same course regularly or if you teach similar courses you may want to copy portlets from one course context to another You can do this using the Copy Course Materials portlet which you access from the Quick Links area of the sidebar The idea behind this process 1s similar to the idea of saving something in your File Cabinet for later reuse but with the Copy Course Materials portlet you can copy whole portlets in bulk along with any permissions you have defined for the portlets This process is described in Chapter 27 Copying course materials Course
11. Do not shuffle section order YN Do not shuffle section order Lock Out icm Shuffle section order ST ts MEO es en ee eren te fs Mhan a diede ttn Lock Out The Lock Out setting determines how the student s attempt is affected if it is interrupted by an incident such as a computer crash or if the student points his or her browser away from the assignment and to another page The default is that students are allowed to resume an interrupted attempt which means they can re display the assignment and start from the last place it was saved If you choose to lock students out they cannot re display the assignment and the system will automatically submit the student s work when the time limit is reached or when the due date arrives warme AY org Lock Out Allow students to resume an interrupted attempt Extra Credit Allow students to resume an interrupted attempt k Lock students out if they leave the test mii Satanu aem m S n MA mer 3 math tre einem mathe asta T Anh a Extra Credit better than perfect scores The Extra Credit setting determines whether better than perfect scores are allowed The default is that such scores are allowed If you disallow extra credit the system will not prevent you from giving a student a better than perfect score on a particular question It also will not prevent you from adding extra credit sections to the assignment or from letting student earn points in those secti
12. Ifyou are currently in the Gradebook but looking at something on the Setup tab click the Gradebook tab The system displays the Grade Overview area 2 Click the link labeled Full View All Information Gradebook Overview Setup Gradebook Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Excel File Overview Attendance Detail Coursework Detail Full View All ERR Grade Overview NETTEN a ia i T EE E miner ennannermans mie The system displays a dialog asking if you want to open or save the Excel file 3 Follow the prompts to either open or save the file 200 e Racer Faculty Guide Exporting a summary to Excel This procedure exports an overview of student s progress so far Essentially it exports the same information that you see in the Grade Overview that is students overall scores along with their scores so far on coursework and attendance To export a summary to Excel 1 Do one ofthe following If you are not currently in the Gradebook display the portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 The system opens the Gradebook by default displaying the Grade Overview area If you are currently in the Gradebook but looking at something on the Setup tab click the Gradebook tab The system displays the Grade Overview area 2 Click the link labeled Export to Excel keita Amy 9 3 out of 100 0 FA 9 3 out Meyer John 88 5 out of 100 0 A A 10 0 o Sato Lisa 7
13. Philo s rule on Wed 5 26 2010 at 2 21 PM clarification regarding last night s review on Wed 5 26 2010 at 2 19 PM Re Re Re the syllabus on Wed 5 26 2010 at 2 10 PM This Reply is pe nding approval SMEs eA Aarti phe e a d 323 Forums When you display one of these posts the background is yellow rather than the standard blue or white and the system displays a link that allows you to approve the item PRIN ee OE FN TN UT PEE te P RR RR LI eee nes yee te ee question about makeup tests Original Post Wed 5 26 2010 at 2 29 PM Are makeup tests allowed What is the procedure Dana Brown Students 348 f Approye Z Edit T Delete t Move Post ortu ata s Lelie aS oman A Me lh ean tnl I Ah of PON a en RE Processing a post or reply that requires approval 324 If a topic s moderation setting requires posts to be approved before they are published you or a designated moderator must review each post that is submitted For each post you do one of the following e Approve it e Edit it and post it e Delete it To process a post or reply that requires approval 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Locate the post or reply that requires approval 3 Review the post and do one of the following Click the Approve icon Doing this makes the post active in the portlet Click the Edit link make any necessary modifications then click the Submit link Doing this mak
14. Submitting grades to the ERP system By default the content and layout of the Gradebook page cannot be modified which means that you cannot remove the Gradebook portlet nor can you add other portlets to this page Syllabus By default the Syllabus page hosts three portlets Course Syllabus You can use this portlet to list the agenda for the course section Though it is named Course Syllabus this portlet is an instance of the Custom Content portlet which is described in Chapter 19 Custom Content Downloadable Version You can use this portlet to host a downloadable version of the information listed in Course Syllabus portlet This portlet though it is named Downloadable Version is actually an instance of the Handouts portlet which is described in Chapter 21 Handouts Readings You can use this portlet to list recommended and required readings This list can include a link to an online bookstore details about the appropriate edition and whether or not the reading is required For details see Chapter 22 Readings 33 Introduction Portlets you may want to add to your context If desired you can add additional portlets to your course context Some of the portlets you might want to add include Blog With this portlet you can publish blog posts for students to review or you can set up the portlet so that they publish their own blog posts This portlet is described in Ch
15. The system adds the event to the appropriate course calendar and updates the view within students My Calendar portlets Displaying or hiding a due date Use this procedure to add an assignment s due date to the course calendar Note that the due date will show up on the calendar only after the assignment is made visible to students To make an assignment visible to students you either activate it or use the Display While Inactive checkbox which is described in Start on page 61 To display or hide a due date on the course calendar 1 Display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 2 Doone ofthe following Ifyou are creating an assignment click Add An Assignment to display the New Assignment screen If you want to create a password for an existing assignment locate the assignment you want to modify Click the corresponding pencil icon to display the Edit Assignment screen 267 Calendar 3 Scroll down a bit until you see the area of the screen that details when the assignment is due Notice the checkbox labeled Include this assignment s due date in the course calendar ee ttum ut rem rey um Tuus anth ee ar muy IT a fase o tr mu INIT ense nne um gt ue rete eut hte metu O Display While Inactive Due 12 3 2009 B 00 v PM v O Include this assignment s due date in the course calendar
16. course section For details on these levels see Setting preferences for the course section on page 141 uL F li Details iUt etm T at E TA Oe Pon ire am enm nt e Pune t Grid View Question by Question Question Analysis Question Difficulty Discrimination Index Average Score Q1 OR 0 74 0 52 2 60 10 D Q2 MC 0 66 0 74 3 40 10 Q3 TF 0 50 1 00 5 00 10 D Q4 ES 0 19 0 21 40 18 50 Q5 SA 0 22 0 37 7 80 10 Q6 MA 0 74 0 56 2 56 10 Question by Question The Question by Question offers more in depth analysis In this view the system presents the full text of each question alongside a more detailed set of statistics By default some of the details are collapsed but you can expand them by clicking the blue plus sign icons Attese ete Ay tm ttem t IT Led Ire m mae A DREE N y tV m T tm tue mtt nmt aue PIA T ht o etc rtm T pa tees Grid View Question by Question Question 1 Going from West to East order these U S Cities Ordering Honolulu 29 29 Question 1 Analysis Z San Francisco 41 4196 Difficulty Rating 0 74 Chicago 43 43 High Performers 0 93 Cleveland 26 26 Middle Group 0 86 New York City 78 78 Low Performers 0 40 Boston 26 26 Discrimination Index 9 52 Good discrimination Average Score 2 60 10 points More Details Bicolapse to hide details 139 Analyzing online assignments Navigating to the main Analysis screen You display the main Test Analysis screen in either of
17. malian Bir A Lodi ehem NER e ARA Pec anal uade o Babes s 1 arms uk HP ee tUa nes sal Pe tius ts i Heath IO Ate glos OM he te aee Ital RA ta us s Oy a Both the adjustment and the feedback show up in the Gradesheet as shown below This view is available to both you and the student ILLE Gradesheet for John Meyer Grade Results Grade Faculty Adjustment Grade Grade Letter A Feedback Great job this semester John I m adjusting your grade by 5 percentage points because I know how hard you ve been working 199 Reviewing and adjusting grades Exporting grades to Excel If you want to create a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet that contains a summary of students grades use one of the following procedures e Exporting all grade information to Excel e Exporting a summary to Excel Exporting all grade information to Excel This procedure exports the following information Each student s overall grade along with their overall scores so far on both coursework and attendance Each student s grade on each piece of coursework e Details about the student s attendance records and any scores they ve received for custom items To export all information as an Excel spreadsheet 1 Do one of the following Ifyou are not currently in the Gradebook display the portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 The system opens the Gradebook by default displaying the Grade Overview area
18. 231 Blog maximized You can also specify that fewer posts will be shown as described in Specifying the maximum posts to display on page 233 The University Observer Ey Fine arts students protest department cuts Wed July 1 2009 6 13 PM Hundreds of students in JU s School of Fine Arts today protested a new Board of Regents plan that will effectively cut the school s budget by 12 percent next year Students gathered on the lawn of Strong Hall during the board s monthly meeting where they erected a multicolored mural that depicted sheet music the opening bars of Mozart s 25th Piano Concerto in C being ripped in half by a woman that bears a strong resemblance to board chairman Elouise Desmond A spokesman for the students said that she does not think that the mural constitutes an overstatement Look Elouise Desmond has an utterly monstrous view about the importance of the arts said Kate Crawford chairman of Concerned Artists We ve had it with her limited mentality nth nilo dM 304 te h gp M MIA Fus htk a a B AS HO ak Ban MAD A ke Amanat Sn agi uf aal 5 e Aust To specify the layout of the portlet instance Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Click the Setup link The system displays the Setup screen 3 In the area of the screen labeled Main Screen select the layout style you want to use Mum vef mtm mv itum LS ut umi utum um T m LA AEE ree iT TT Vere tha m mtm meet tT
19. Am T cee Ye ete Oe fee ee ey mh mn ee us N E t ee flens Pme e E The system displays the Edit Topic screen 4 Adjust any of the fields as appropriate If you need help understanding any of the fields see Attributes of a category on page 302 5 Click Save Deleting a topic Note that when you delete a topic you also delete all of its posts and replies If you want to take a less drastic action you can simply restrict access to the topic as described in Access on page 311 You can also choose to delete a single post or to hide a post To delete a topic 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet and click the Edit Forum button 3 Locate the topic that you want to delete and click the corresponding trash barrel icon EPUM e o ER PR TRE PEOR eR Oe pat a RI NR er P e rn e A Dying Jonestown in modern American culture P 2 Use this topic to discuss what Jonestown represents in modern American cult ME Bente Ame en LUE The system displays a dialog asking if you re sure you want to delete the topic 4 Click OK 314 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with posts If desired can take any of the following actions with posts Edit any post or reply Delete any post or reply Move a post and all of its replies to another topic within the portlet instance Make a post and all of its replies read only or hidden Note that users with the Can Administer Port
20. Managing permissions Task Manager Key concepts This section offers an overview of the Task Manager portlet Portlet basics The Task Manager portlet lets you assign tasks to other users or roles or create a to do list for yourself For example you might create tasks for the teaching assistants assigned to your course section People who have tasks assigned to them will see those items listed in the portlet instance They also have the ability to mark a task as completed in progress and so forth Task Manager My To Do List My To Do List Current Tasks ENG 320 E Renaissance Poetry Show All Tasks Portal v Display Tasks Due Within 7 days Within 30 days All Tasks Task Created By Status Priority O Grade quizzes Susan Smith amp Not Started v Medium 08 f Not Started v Not Started In Progress Deferred Waiting L Please submit essay questions for the midterm Susan Smith amp Mark Selected As Completed v Save Changes No default location In the default layout of the portal there are no instances of the Task Manager portlet but you may be able to add this portlet to your course section s pages to a Campus Groups context that you lead or to any other context that you might manage If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 368 e Racer Faculty Guide Creating a task Use
21. Recall that the Syllabus and About This Course portlets are both instance of the Custom Content portlet so all of the above applies to them Forums When you copy an instance of the Forums portlet you copy its categories and its topics You also copy its settings and permissions the selections made after you click the wrench icon and go to the Settings and Permissions tabs You can also choose to copy posts by selecting one of the following options e The first post of any thread started by a faculty member The first post of any thread regardless of who started it Note that the option to copy posts is available only when you are copying selected course content not when you are copying everything Gradebook When you copy an instance of the Gradebook portlet the system copies the configuration and settings of your Gradebook portlet This includes choices about the value assigned to students attendance whether the Gradebook uses points or percentages and so forth Note that you can copy the Gradebook portlet only in conjunction with the Attendance and Coursework portlets This means that you overwrite all three existing pages and portlets in the target context Handouts When you copy an instance of the Handouts portlet you copy its sets and any handouts that have been uploaded You also copy its settings and permissions the selections made after you click the wrench icon and go to the Settings and Permissions tab
22. e About This Course Calendar Announcements e Handouts e Bookmarks e Live from the workshop Syllabus Grading Guidelines Add a Page Resources for TAs cu Context Manager ENG 320 C About This Cov Meeting time Our class mee Your teacher I m Laura Marti 4 30 p m You This section explains the following tasks e Creating a sub section Renaming a sub section Deleting a sub section Strong Hall roo For help hiding sidebar icons from the sidebar see Hiding or displaying sub section links in a sidebar on page 457 451 Managing the layout of a context Creating a sub section 452 If you want to group multiple pages within your course context according to topic or some other common factor create a sub section You can also create a sub section within a sub section To create a sub section 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to your course context and if appropriate to one of its existing sub sections Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected by default Click the Sub Sections tab The system displays a screen that includes a list of all the sub sections that already exist on this tab or sub section Click Create a New Sub Section The system displays the Create a New Sub Section screen In the Name field type a name This name will be displayed in the sideba
23. Bringing material into a CCI portlet instance on page 412 and you want to load it again into the CCI portlet use the procedure below To load a cartridge from the File Cabinet 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate CCI portlet instance 2 Doone ofthe following Ifthe portlet instance already contains material from a course cartridge you will need to remove the material before proceeding For details see Removing content from a CCI portlet instance on page 422 then proceed to step 3 e Racer Faculty Guide Ifthe portlet instance does not currently contain any content the instance will display a dialog stating as much as shown below Continue to step 3 Course Content Import Upload is There is currently no content in this portlet This portlet is used to display external course content that you wish to import Please use the form below to load content into this portlet Upload a Zip File C amp rowse Upload C Save this cartridge to your File Cabinet Load from File Cabinet E select v 3 In the Load from File Cabinet area of the screen use the drop down list to select the zip file you want to upload 4 Click Load The portlet instance displays a dialog stating that it is loading the course cartridge Do not use the portal while this process is taking place When the process is complete the portlet instance displays the material you ve loaded Note th
24. Fine arts students protest department cuts Wed July 1 2009 6 13 PM Hundreds of students in JU s School of Fine Arts today protested a new Board of Regents plan that will effectively cut the school s budget by 12 percent next year Students gathered on the lawn of Strong Hall during the board s monthly meeting where they Read More Survey JU s liberal arts program 7th best in nation Wed July 1 2009 6 13 PM JU s College of Liberal Arts and Sciences is the seventh best in l the nation according to a new survey conducted by a coalition With the Headline Only view the portlet instance list headlines but no body text With this option a maximum of 10 items are displayed on the initial view of the portlet instance before it is maximized You can also specify that fewer posts will be shown as described in Specifying the maximum posts to display on page 233 The University Observer ES Fine arts students protest department cuts Wed July 1 2009 6 13 PM Survey JU s liberal arts program 7th best in nation Wed July 1 2009 6 13 PM Student stage vigil for Michael Jackson Wed July 1 2009 6 12 PM Classes canceled in anticipation of blizzard Wed July 1 2009 6 05 PM EVEN tL etr E E Ath ane Amat att town NN UNITS The Full Item view displays the heading and full text of the newest posts in the instance With this option a maximum of two items are listed on the main page of the instance before it is
25. Handouts Handouts a Bookmarks Bookmarks Pp About This Course Custom Content 2 Calendar Calendar p Live from the festival Blog p Add a portlet Add custom content Preorder aoa a g EI Sneton Ae n fe AA AMANO a ole MMe Ata Aa Hare om Walle MoMA US AM adta Mee 8 To exist the Customize page name screen scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Exit 447 Managing the layout of a context 448 Renaming a portlet instance Use this procedure to rename a portlet instance Note that the names of the portlet instances are displayed not only at the top of the portlet but also in the sidebar and in breadcrumbs so you should choose a meaningful name To rename a portlet instance 1 2 Log in to the portal nd navigate to the page hosting the portlet instance you want to rename Click Edit page The system displays the Customize page name screen Select the Content tab The system displays the Content screen which lists all the portlet instances on the page Locate the portlet instance you want to rename and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays a screen that lets you rename the portlet instance In the Name field enter the new name Note that changing the name will not change the URL Click Rename The system displays a dialog stating that you have successfully changed the name of the portlet instance Deleting a portlet instance Use this procedure to delete a portlet i
26. It is not critical that you understand why one shows up in some cases and another shows up in different cases Retake If the student needs a retake you can reopen the assignment by using the following form For assignments with multiple attempts allowed the number of attempts and method of calculating the final score will be the same for the retake as for the original Note Due Date No Change Oo TAY 12 oo v aM E93 Final Grade Use retake final grade 9 Average original and retake final grades Use the highest final grade Allow Retake 3 Fill out the form as follows e Ifyou see a field labeled Action select the Retake radio button lfappropriate enter comments in the Note field These comments will be displayed both for you and for the student in the Workflow area of the Student Assignment Details screen Make the appropriate choice in the Due Date field Note that if the due date is in the past you must enter a new due date or the student will automatically be given a score of zero e Racer Faculty Guide Somewhere on the form either in a field labeled Final Grade or in one labeled Action you will see a question about how the system should grade the assignment Choose one of the following as appropriate Use retake final grade With this option the system will use the student s score on this retake If you previously granted the student other re
27. Managing permissions Bulletin Boards Key concepts When setting up an instance of the Bulletin Boards portlet you create categories and sub categories which are called topics Messages are then posted within topics Portlet organization For example an Athletics tab might have a category called Stuff for sale and within that category topics such as Football equipment and Hockey equipment Users with equipment to sell would then post their messages within one of those topics Bulletin Boards Search Transportation Name Cicar pooling to the Maize game Stuff for sale Name Hockey equipment Baseball equipment Football equipment General CJopen Discussion Messages Last Message 11 20 2008 1 07 38 PM Last Message 11 20 2008 1 08 24 PM 11 20 2008 1 09 07 PM 11 20 2008 1 10 03 PM Last Message 11 20 2008 12 29 02 PM We No default locations In the default layout of the portal there are no instances of the Bulletin Boards portlet but you can add this portlet to your course section s pages If desired you may also be able to add the Bulletin Boards portlet to a Campus Groups context or to another context that you might manage If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 252 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with categories When you add an instance of the Bulletin Boards portlet to a page by default it conta
28. Setting preferences While using the Readings portlet you can adjust your own personal view of the portlet instance using any of the following procedures Ordering readings alphabetically Ordering sets alphabetically Displaying empty sets Note that students and any other users of the portlet can also adjust their view using these procedures For this reason bear in mind that whenever you create a specific order for either readings or sets students will not necessarily see that sequence Ordering readings alphabetically If appropriate you can have the system display readings alphabetically within each set When readings are ordered alphabetically the system ignores any sequence that may have been specified when you or another authorized user configured each set as described in Working with sets on page 355 To order readings alphabetically 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon 2 Click the Preferences tab 353 Readings 354 Select the checkbox labeled Order Readings Alphabetically Click Save Click Exit The system now orders all readings alphabetically within your personal view Ordering sets alphabetically If appropriate you can have the system display sets alphabetically within the portlet instance When sets are ordered alphabetically the system ignores any sequence that you or another authorized user might have previously specified as described in Order
29. Tracking attendance 3 Usethe drop down lists to set the student s attendance for as many sessions as appropriate Attendance View a Student Main Screen View a Student Jane Jones Attendance Stats Total Attendance 1 1 100 Total Times Tardy O Absences Unexcused 0 1 0 Absences Excused 0 1 0 Total Missed Sessions 0 1 0 Attendance Record Edit saved entries Date Attendance Tuesday June 1 8 00 AM Present hi Thursday June 3 8 00 AM Tuesday June 8 8 00 AM Present v Thursday June 10 8 00 AM Present v Tuesday June 15 8 00 AM Present vj Thursday June 17 8 00 AM Present Present Tuesday June 22 8 00 AM Tuesday June 22 8 00 AM Absent Excused Absent Excused Thursday June 24 8 00 AM Absent Unexcused Tuesday June 29 8 00 AM Present v SA AA nal end inat I a ana Da BA anada B Be ot e PAN hatte tthe TN Note that the Tardy option is displayed only if you track attendance by whole session With other attendance marking methods you mark the student as Present and then enter the exact amount of time the student was actually there 4 Scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Save The system updates the screen to show the choices you made If you want to mark attendance for the next student or for the previous one you can use the links at the upper right portion of the portlet
30. ee 401 COnPSelUdlBS 2ocrbreiuiPetRbidekUTPERRNTPRRER EARS Ghee RR MESU MERC ERRSIPMPUSTHDOSTREESS 401 See A oobis be bb Eb E hU bs E P de beatos Wieser tha b ede odi iqeps 402 Custom CONE osesoe dad etr eh RCRROCRORS ERROR RHONE REOR D ELSE LEE PIG RC EORR doa 402 FOIS dokikgesrbbsskbD Ene WeRsLEbideRbedes EUER REG RERO RUE REM EE SE 402 dno rmm 402 Hando OUT 402 REINES cnibstRbrseiARS4 RbRSSREETCORRRDICERR PA RUPEE RE EE ERR Re EDI EM EE 403 Cher POPE ith diith eb ebs ke ib e pbp ie ibbq ebbe eb od bb quida quibue quide dqiqq 403 Navigating to the Copy Course Materials portlet i e 00 00 0scee ete eR ERR S RR Re Owe ds 403 Copying GUVELSIDUE asant gene eedG eet eeere ee ERE AERE e REPRE RN shen PARRA ERU E RS 404 Copying selected Wisteria cse veo ea Vb RE Oed bebe deb WEE FERE DP bed din p be ded 405 Chapter 28 Importing from course cartridges 407 Key Ganceplte ad ehe d p bibe debe Felder hep Edit howe haus ebqu ehq eoque bob ded 408 No delat IoCSIION cei cco pide ROC RU S RACE ORE RISER ERR eee CR aod ae RP RR dps 408 Available DUnclods oubes c eE LERRA ER REXCBRAE GREE HOLE RS LC ERE PT VAT OBR Rd ds 408 Poriler mstance functionality vs Universal 4 1 54 4 Debe dae RR bebo HCRS SCC Aq Laden S CRT PRESE 409 Using password protected 1060S 4 05620 ch vesc bee eR Ree REE REOR RR HERR CHR eds 409 Bringing material into a CCI portlet 3BSlange cisssuesnalessze eA RR se Sees SEO RSRETERELO SER ERO RS 412 Uploading s cariidge
31. ola h diim d deren o Jona Bali e B Bet AMA ch AMAA igo aad BRE Ps nae Meese A hin ct RIA o ARIA LG RA S e The author can mark a post as being of high importance which makes the item s headline red When such posts are new to the currently logged in user they are also denoted by a red bar at the left The next time the same logged in user displays the portlet instance the bar for the item will be omitted News i3 Classes canceled in anticipati f blizzar Mon June 29 2009 6 31 PM All JU classes are canceled Wednesday and Thursday because of concerns over the blizzard expected to hit tonight Chancellor Chen Yi Fang this afternoon announced a campuswide weather emergency that will disrupt some midterms that were scheduled to b Read More enl o ole Halte m a ood Bs P iles o m nh Bh nomm eae BIN o RIA oes duit ASM e diee Ps s s f Be Ps LATI AR nA uo th nll nated 227 Blog Depending on the configuration of the portlet instance the author can select the roles that are allowed to display the post INFO p UE PP a ad Show To all Users Administrators Ec Administrators dmissions Counselors Cl Admissions Officers Cl Advancement Officers Cl Advisor Administrators Cl Advisors C Candidates atl mt Minh de FERN ha Mtn Sian mo fide oft Depending on the configuration of the portlet instance the person posting the item can enable commenting for the post When commenting is enabled
32. performance groups Low Med High Avg Score by Performance Group 137 Analyzing online assignments Item Analysis 138 The Item Analysis area of the screen analyzes the difficulty and discrimination index for the entire assignment with details about each question This section is divided into the following parts e Overall e Grid View Question by Question Overall The overall section displays the following information The average difficulty rating for the assignment overall The average discrimination index for the assignment overall Alinkto the page on which you can configure the size of the performance groups for the course section pum ee rat oe metet attt se Dum ttem m utt dli Item Analysis Overall Average Difficulty Rating 0 51 Average Discrimination Index 0 57 Performance Groups View lAn n arma RULES Grid View The Grid View area of the Item Analysis section offers a summary of the key statistics on each question For each question it displays the following values Difficulty The question s difficulty rating Discrimination Index The question s discrimination index e Average Score The average score achieved by students on the question If appropriate the system displays a warning icon in this area The warning icon is displayed if a question s difficulty or some other parameter exceeded the minimal level you configured for the e Racer LMS Faculty Guide
33. you also delete all of its topics posts and replies If you want to take a less drastic action you simply restrict access to the category as described in Modifying a category on page 305 You can also choose to delete a single topic or post or to hide a post To delete a category 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet and click the Edit Forum button 307 Forums 308 Locate the category that you want to delete and click the corresponding Delete Category button MU um amu mmt memet estet a meta ume M m temm umm tt eut 4 Edit Category amp Delete Category Users Posts Replies LN 4 T 5 2 4 Q at Ite M A S TN pm e Se Sm IS SAP De v en The system displays a dialog asking if you re sure you want to delete the category Click OK e Racer Faculty Guide Working with topics At least one topic must be defined before discussion can commence By default the Forums portlet instance in your course context contains a topic called Open Discussion within the General category You can delete or rename this topic as appropriate as well as create new topics Attributes of a topic When you create or modify a topic you can make any of the following choices Topic Name The name of the topic is essentially its label in the portlet instance so you should pick a name that is meaningful The name shows up in the Forum Home Weeks 1 4 The evo
34. your course contexts In this chapter e Key concepts Displaying a list of your course sections Navigating to a context through All My Courses All My Courses Key concepts The All My Courses portlet offers another avenue for letting you and other users quickly navigate to your or their course sections The portlet includes a record for every course section that you teach with a drop down list that lets you show past current or future sections Default view versus maximized view This section describes the default view versus the maximized view of the All My Courses portlet Default view The default view of the All My Courses portlet shows details on your current course sections Information on each section is broken into three columns e Course The name of the course The text in this column also serves as a link to the main page of the context for the course section e Gradebook A link to the Gradebook page within the appropriate course context Schedule The course section s meeting time specifically the start times are shown Each term can be hidden or collapsed using the plus minus sign at the upper right Note that set the Show drop down list to Past Courses or Future Courses the portlet is automatically maximized Maximized view The maximized view of the portlet is identical to the default view except that it also includes a Course Code column which can help you distinguish between mu
35. 1 2 5 Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance Click the wrench icon Click the Permissions tab Locate the role that you want to have permission to mark attendance Make sure that the Operations checkbox is selected for that role Click Save If you want to revoke this role s permission later just de select the Operations checkbox Part 2 Gradebook This section includes the following chapters on the Gradebook portlet Configuring the Gradebook on page 165 Reviewing and adjusting grades on page 193 Submitting grades to the ERP system on page 203 Part 2 Gradebook 164 Configuring the Gradebook The Gradebook portlet can be used to automatically calculate midterm and final grades This chapter explains how to configure the portlet to perform this calculation in exactly the manner you require Later if appropriate you can still adjust an individual grade for a student as described in Chapter 8 Reviewing and adjusting grades In this chapter Key concepts Navigating to the Gradebook Setting up the Gradebook Managing assignment weights Managing the effects of attendance Working with custom items Setting letter values for grades Managing permissions Configuring the Gradebook Key concepts This section offers an overview of the Gradebook About the Gradebook portlet e Racer includes a unique instance of the Gradebook portlet for each cours
36. 333 Forums 334 21 Handouts This chapter describes the Handouts portlet which is the tool you use to post files that you want students to download In this chapter Key concepts Portlet basics Working with sets Working with handouts Managing permissions Handouts Key concepts This section offers an overview of the Handouts portlet Portlet basics The Handouts portlet lets authorized users post documents for members of a class or for the portal community at large In each instance of the Handouts portlet you define sets which are like topics Handouts are posted within sets set The 2008 2009 season handouts Game Schedule doc 224K Fundraisers doc 224K Travel Policy doc 224K Scholarships Applications The Rookie scholarship docx 1549K The Clay Barton scholarship docx 1549K Menem n annn ta Penh anat dan otter afters als staf ton Ae Me A Aaa uas Default locations 336 If your school uses the default layout for course contexts your course context includes two instances of the Handouts portlet One called Handouts on the main page of the course context Onecalled Downloadable Version which is on the Syllabus page and intended to host a downloadable version of your syllabus Further if you manage a Campus Group the context for your group is created with a Handouts portlet instance on its default page If desired you may be able to creat
37. 8 Reviewing and adjusting grades After students begin participating in the course you may want to review their overall grades for the course adjust their grades or enter feedback for them This chapter explains how to complete these tasks In this chapter Reviewing students grades e Entering scores for custom items e Adjusting grades and providing feedback e Exporting grades to Excel Next steps Reviewing and adjusting grades Reviewing students grades From time to time you may want to see how students are doing in your course While the Coursework portlet lets you review their progress on individual assignments the Gradebook portlet lets you see a snapshot of all their work in one place Reviewing all students progress To see a summary of how all students are currently doing in the course display the Grade Overview To review all students progress e f you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 The system displays the portlet with the Gradebook tab selected by default This tab includes a a box with the heading Grade Overview which lists all students in the course along with a summary of their progress so far The Grade section shows the overall grade so far To the right are the breakdowns for attendance and coursework In this illustration the students attendance a
38. Administrators and Faculty roles have permission to manage grades in the Gradebook If you have created a custom role for example a TA role and you want its members to have permission to work with grades you must manually give that role permission to administer the Gradebook portlet When you do this members of the role have permission to do tasks such as the following Set up the Gradebook and weight assignments Configure the value of attendance Review all students grades and adjust them Enter personalized feedback for students Submit grades to the ERP system if the system is configured to allow this and if they have the appropriate permission in the ERP system Basically with this permissions members of a role can do anything that you as a faculty member can do in the Gradebook To give a role permission to manage midterm and final grades in the Gradebook 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 Click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Gradebook screen with the Preferences tab selected Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen Locate the role that should be allowed to manage the Gradebook Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Administer Gradebook column Click Save 19 Configuring the Gradebook 192
39. Assignment Info Next gt Workflow Action Date Note Submitted by Dana Brown Monday August 02 2010 4 40 PM On time Results for Dana Brown Files Submitted by Dana Brown Grade 100 File Date Uploaded demi pasbordon Monday August 02 2010 4 40 Completed On Monday August 02 2010 4 40 PM Term maper coc pM Feedback rg Download all of this student s files for this assignment He L Browse R Assi t ERT If the student has not completed all the work has mistakenly submitted the assignment as final or needs an extension you can reopen the assignment for more work by using the following form Note Due Date 9 No Change O E 12 v o v Tae Ds uS n EI ona Mans IES TR b FUE a ns ens TBI Lee ca ae BRK Eee ROS BG Fo 5 IC ROE ONIS AIRS TA VOLE I gt doleo IY AX Nee Roa ROIG If you don t see this area of the screen it s probably because you have already entered a grade for the assignment In this case clear the Grade field of whatever value is entered there For help with this see Entering and adjusting grades on page 118 117 Grading assignments 3 Do either of the following as appropriate In the Note field enter any comments you have for the student In the Due Date field make any appropriate changes to the deadline for this assignment changes will affect this student only 4 Click Reopen The syste
40. Chapter 11 Announcements Bookmarks This portlet lets you post URLs or bookmarks that might be useful to other members of the context For details see Chapter 13 Bookmarks Calendar The Calendar portlet can be used to display and manage calendars Note that the system creates a calendar for each of your course sections Each course calendar automatically lists regularly scheduled meetings of the class Further you can manually add events to the calendar and when you create assignments you can configure their due dates to show up For details on the Calendar portlet see Chapter 15 Calendar Handouts You can use the Handouts portlet to upload files that you want students to have For details see Chapter 21 Handouts e Racer Faculty Guide Other pages in the context From the Main page and from any page in the context you can navigate to other pages using the sidebar on the left side of the screen By default the other pages in the context include the following Attendance Collaboration Course Information e Coursework e Gradebook e Syllabus As illustrated below each of these pages is listed in the sidebar on the left side of the screen When you select one of the pages in the sidebar the system displays that page and expands the sidebar to include a bulleted list of the portlets on that page MT rtt uot ete rt pee ee met ym rte stat A ro IT emu am uit cuum T ot om ee era
41. Click Add a portlet Customize page Main Page Properties Content Layout Permissions Portlets on this Page Handouts Handouts p Bookmarks Bookmarks p Announcements Announcements p About This Course Custom Content 2 Calendar Calendar Pp Add a portlet Add aaa bntent Preorder pie 9 ane Amft oo 2 Ab aide e Manda Quilt att a te mo nhe dtes The system does one of the following Displays a list of portlets This list includes all the portlets that are available to be added Continue to step 5 Displays a dialog stating that there are no portlets available to be added to this tab This can occur because of the way the tab is configured Contact the administrator of your portal for assistance Displays a dialog stating that the maximum number of portlet instances is already displayed on the page In this case you either must delete one or more of the existing portlets instances or choose a different page to add content to 5 Use the checkboxes to select the portlet s that you want to add to the page If you do not see the name of the portlet you want to add it may be because of the way that the tab is configured Contact the administrator of your portal for assistance For each portlet you select the system makes the name of the portlet editable o4 f A My Courses Lc L1 Announcements go Apply Online 2 0 Blog ji L1 Bookmarks o Browse g Bulletin Boards as daaa nd
42. Click OK 49 Planning your assignments Managing permissions 50 By default only members of the Administrators and Faculty roles have permission to create assignments grade them and so forth If you have created a custom role for example a TA role and you want its members to have permission to work with assignments you must manually give that role permission to administer the Coursework portlet When you do this the role has permission to do tasks such as the following Create modify and delete assignments Add content to online assignments using Test Builder Give a student an extension on an assignment or permission to retake it Grade assignments and enter feedback for students Review details about completed online assignments using Test Analysis Basically with this permissions members of a role can do anything that you as a faculty member can do in the Coursework To give a role permission to create and manage coursework 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 2 Click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Coursework screen with the Preferences tab selected 3 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 4 Locate the role that should be allowed to manage coursework Select the corresponding checkbox i
43. Content link The system displays the Course Cartridge Import Admin screen Click the Remove Cartridge link which is at the bottom right corner of the screen The system displays a dialog stating that removing the cartridge cannot be undone Click OK The system again displays the main screen of the portlet instance this time with a dialog stating that it contains no content Managing permissions If appropriate you can give other roles the ability to manage an instance of the CCI portlet Users need management privileges in order to access to the Manage Content link which is necessary for completing most of the procedures described in this chapter 422 To give a role management privileges 1 Navigate to the appropriate CCI portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize portlet Course Content Import screen Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Define Permissions tab which lists all the roles defined in the system Make sure that every role responsible for managing this instance of the CCI portlet has the Can Manage Content permission Click Save 29 Creating portal only courses If you have access to the Course Creator portlet you can use it to create portal only courses course sections terms and departments In this chapter Key concepts Working with departments Working with terms Working with courses and sections Creating portal only courses Key
44. Course Creator portlet click the Departments link amp 3 thout having to add them officially in your ERP 1 i Add a New Section i to an existing course 3 4 4 d Manage Terms n i Anch MA tm om eh matty ann Nnm A euh Ann ot Acne fs A tD nite A ate te f ete m a fhe The system displays the Add a Department screen which lists all the portal only departments defined in the system 3 Locate the department you want to delete and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog box asking whether you are sure you want to delete the department along with all its courses and course sections 4 If you are sure you want to delete the department click OK The system deletes the department An alternate way of deleting a department is to click the downward arrow icon next to the name of the department then select the Delete Department option e Racer Faculty Guide Working with terms When you create a course section you must assign it to a term You can either assign a section to a term defined within the ERP system or you can assign it to a portal only term This section describes how to create and delete portal only terms Creating a term You might want to create a portal only term if you are planning to create portal only course sections that have nothing to do with the standard academic calendar defined in your ERP system For example if you are planning a course section design
45. EECEPRESUIHEE RE RE TRES WP psi EREN RREO CREN EPOR ENS 187 Dees Pewee io odo obice aa o qaibns Ja eoe Qi del db qoi qoo q 188 yii Contents poling leter values TOl orales Lassen eet EG ERRERERIVCRER Meee de NE Leeda ERER dC RAP EE RE EE 189 Monaco PENNIES soi ese sided be Rede eR Arb eb A Ebro b RE qi mee db bes 191 Chapter 8 Reviewing and adjusting grades 193 Review ie SS SINS oboe bdo EP ERR ERE ELE E AES REM R ERRE EEE RED E EE TEK S 194 Reviewing all students DEOBIERS cisocckEsaREe x RESI REqUREYqAREESERRESCRRESAEEEQ RU RENS 194 Reviewine d smplestideats progress qti detail scwcd biog nr 6 oes dees XO E Se d Roe RR 195 Entering Scores for custo IEE 4 eee sete er e SR DES OR SOEUR bec RR CORR EG CESSES Red ori 197 Adus ng srudes and providing Teed Back 22 r240b Pu iRRSPREREERES REESE be SE Lu SR ER ORC UNE 198 Exports graues to Picco nice mee donin EE de ec Reb Coke eee eee ARR eee ees 200 Exporting all grade information to Excel ice sed exec eR eee FREER GRE RR dn 200 Esport s summary 10 Exoel 52s oeteshsseRpb4erkRUOURRRERESCERON C TERE Ir SN SS 201 lois Do MEC bg eS Gh We Rhee ORR m E 201 Chapter 9 Submitting grades to the ERP system 203 peice 0 Ca ee eee ee eT ee eee ee eee eee eee ere ere eer ee re T 204 Navizatme to The Submit Grades SCDBETT o neko ed kee DERE EREE EEEE EEEE EEEE UE RSS 205 Understanding the Submit Grades sereen cnc ed vase dee Ghiv eked ee
46. ENGL 210 MANS A ENGL 205 MANS A ENGL 105 MANS A ENGL 105 MANS B FO srowse Shared Calendars SS Ae Pn Ln os aas tne Pie ees amp hum ets By default each course calendar shows only the schedule for that course section However you can also e Manually add events to a section s calendar For details see Adding an event on page 267 nclude the due dates for any of your assignments That is for every assignment you create or modify you have the option of including the due date in the calendar using the New Assignment or Edit an Assignment screen For details see Displaying or hiding a due date on page 267 In most aspects the process of using a course calendar is similar to using any other calendar in the portlet Note however that it is not possible to delete a course calendar e Racer Faculty Guide Default locations By default there are probably a few instances of the Calendar portlet already available to you If your school uses the default template for course contexts the Main page of each context will include an instance of the Calendar portlet Each instance will be automatically subscribed to the calendar for that course section For help navigating to a course context see Navigating to a course context on page 29 The default layout for your My Pages context includes an instance of the Calendar portlet labeled My Calendar This instance will be automatically subscribed to the
47. Gradebook which involves making a few choices about how midterm and final grades will be calculated and displayed as described Setting up the Gradebook on page 168 Configuring the relative value or weight of each coursework item as described Managing assignment weights on page 175 Configuring how attendance will affect students grades as described Managing the effects of attendance on page 181 Optionally creating custom items that can affect the student s grade and giving those items a weight as described in Working with custom items on page 186 Defining letter grades as described in Setting letter values for grades on page 189 e Racer Faculty Guide Navigating to the Gradebook The way you navigate to the Gradebook portlet may vary depending on whether your school has customized the portal The following steps describe how to display the portlet using the system s default template To navigate to the Gradebook portlet 1 Log in to the portal 2 Navigate to the appropriate course section a b In the Quick Links area of the sidebar expand the link labeled My Courses Click the section whose course context you want to display 77A ru rum ptt E My Courses ENG 320 C Renaissance 2x My Pages eter cn oN Is The system displays the context for the course section 3 In the sidebar click the Gradebook page button The system displays the
48. Handouts Bookmarks ee TY er ee ee ee on ALAS de omo feet a rm With the Overwrite option the Main page in the target context will be entirely overwritten and it will contain nothing but the imported Handouts portlet If you simply want to add the Handouts portlet to the Main page in the target context go back to step 4 and select Merge If you are copying an instance of the Forums portlet make the appropriate selection in the Forums box on the right hand side of the screen Click Copy The system generates a dialog asking whether you are sure you want to copy the selected material Click OK The system displays a Please Wait dialog then a screen that indicates that the materials were copied successfully 20 Importing from course cartridges This chapter describes how to use the Course Content Import portlet or CCI portlet which lets you import material from course cartridges into your course context In this chapter Key concepts Bringing material into a CCI portlet instance Understanding the administrative screen Integrating content into another portlet Managing the display of items in the portlet Removing content from a CCI portlet instance Managing permissions Importing from course cartridges Key concepts This section describes key concepts related to the CCI portlet The CCI portlet lets you integrate cartridge materials into other portlets You can also examine the contents of a cartridge
49. If you choose to have a topic end at a specific point you can choose to delete it or have it become read only after the specified endpoint Remove Posts After You use this setting to specify when posts will be deleted if ever Permitted Users A setting that determines which roles and users are allowed to display the category Creating a topic This procedure describes how to create a topic To create a topic 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Choose Manage gt Add a Topic The system displays a form Fill out the fields as appropriate For help understanding a specific field see Attributes of a topic on page 256 Click Save Editing a topic 256 Use this procedure to edit a topic e Racer Faculty Guide To edit a topic 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet instance 3 Locate the topic that you want to edit and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays a form 4 Make any necessary changes For help understanding a specific field see Attributes of a category on page 253 5 Click Save Deleting a topic Use this procedure to delete a topic Note that when you delete a topic you also delete all of the posts within the topic To delete a topic 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Locate the topic that you want to edit and click the corresponding
50. If you want the student to be allowed a better than perfect score on the assignment that is controlled separately For details on allowing or disallowing better than perfect scores see Extra Credit better than perfect scores on page 102 By default better than perfect scores are allowed Randomize If this is a Regular section that is if you chose Regular and not Question Pool in the Section Type field then you can use the Randomize field to have the system to randomly shuffle questions If this is a Question Pool type section questions will be shuffled regardless of which option you select in this area 95 Adding sections 96 There are two ways to add a section Creating a section Importing sections from the File Cabinet Creating a section Use this procedure to create a section for an online assignment For more details on any of the fields mentioned below see About sections on page 93 To create a section 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 Click the link labeled Add a Section In the Name field enter a name for the section The other fields in this form are optional but you may want to configure them as follows By default the system will make the new section the first in the assignment If appropriate use the Position drop down list to specify a different
51. Import Browse Contents Manage Content Default Organization El 1 content Syllabus label El 11 CSC107 WW Syllabus El 2 COURSE DEFAULT CourseDocuments 21 Final Exam Study Guide 22 Midterm Exam Study Guide 23 Presentations 24 Presentations 25 Presentations 25 Presentations 27 Presentations sessili smt AS APIESEDtSEORS aee ee one S oogun e Racer Faculty Guide Ifthe portlet instance does not currently contain any content the instance will display a dialog stating as much as shown below Skip ahead to step 3 Course Content Import Upload There is currently no content in this portlet This portlet is used to display external course content that you wish to import Please use the form below to load content into this portlet gt Upload a Zip File np Upload Save this cartridge to your File Cabinet W Load from File Cabinet select Click the Browse button Your browser opens a dialog box that lets you navigate to the appropriate zip file Use this dialog box to select the correct zip file and click Open The dialog box closes and in the CCI portlet instance the system populates the Upload a Zip file field with the path to the file you chose If appropriate select the checkbox labeled Save this cartridge to your File Cabinet Doing this means that in the future you can load the material directly from your File Cabinet You will also
52. Options on page 315 To edit a user s post or reply Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance Locate the post or reply you want to edit Click the Edit icon tuum mtt mtm em tu Te Te MPs ttt tem nmm e mue T TT mut ue ait didi i question about makeup tests Original post and 0 replies question about makeup tests Are makeup tests allowed What is the procedure for arr Edited Tue 6 1 2010 at 1 38 PM by Dana Brovn Dana Brown Students E 6 ten mh animalis sh f faf NR f flos dins ene atem ne Ae m mtem efi tf AMI mm th e Racer Faculty Guide The system makes the post modifiable If this is an original post the system displays two tabs at the top of the post with the Content tab displayed by default prete m ttt mrt emnt ARTT omy Content mm Subject question about makeup tests Your Post DefautFont Size B Z Are makeup tests allowed What i Tome e n SIM Bs Gl noh RA al rm aia Bo In this case do one of the following If the change you want to make is on the Content tab go ahead and make your change Click the Options tab to display it Make any changes that are appropriate 4 When you have made all of the changes you want to make click Preview to preview the post 1f desired 5 Click Submit to save your changes The system saves your changes and adds a note stating that you edited the item mettent ttm my m um mtt Lum esa imm hm t im Mutter age P a
53. Present v Brown Dana 8 Present v Garcia Ana Present v j He Steve Present v NaN eS n n n A A RA n Mma adan ANSA MARA A AAD AM A This highlighting will occur in the Weekly View and the Most Recent Session screens Note that this highlighting will not be displayed in the View a Session screen 153 Tracking attendance Working with sessions At times you might need to do any of the following e Mark a session as cancelled e Create a session Modify a session by change its start or end time adding a note to the calendar about it and so forth This section describes how to complete all of these tasks About the options that define a session When you create or modify a session the system displays a form that contains the following fields e Start and End Required Minutes Optional for By Minute or By Hour tracking only e Notes field Optional Start and End Required Use these fields to establish the date time and duration of the session Minutes Optional for By Minute or By Hour tracking only You can optionally use this field to configure the session to count for a value that is greater or less than its actual duration Doing this is relevant only if both of the following are true e You are tracking attendance By Minute or By Hour You have configured attendance to be able to affect students grades in the Gradebook Notes field Optional You can optionally use this fie
54. Sle ot ahama teh Note that the Access setting does not have any effect on whether or not users can submit posts The ability to submit posts is managed separately by clicking the wrench icon and making choices on the Permissions tab Private Topic If you want a topic to be used solely for private communication between individual users and administrators which includes you as the faculty member for the course you can make it a private topic When you do this users who display the topic see only their own posts and any responses from administrators With this setup the topic functions like an e mail system between an individual user and the administrators of the portlet instance To make a topic private you select the Private Topic checkbox Note that if you select this checkbox the screen updates to hide the moderation options since moderation is not relevant to private topics Private Topic xs this a private topic N Anneta Fh ASIN us Antonin Ae htm Athe uui on AL Ld see tt Moderation If appropriate you can appoint moderators and enable one of the following types of moderation e You can give the moderator or group of moderators permission to edit and delete users posts 311 Forums tSt Moderation e You can require that all posts be approved by a moderator before they are displayed With this level the moderator can still edit or delete users posts If you choose to require that all posts be approved
55. The system displays the Customize Portlet Calendar screen with the Preferences tab selected Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Define Permissions screen which lists all the roles defined for this context as well as all the global roles Locate the role s that should have portlet level permissions In the Operations column select the corresponding checkboxes Click Save 16 Chat This chapter explains how to manage the Chat portlet In this chapter e Key concepts Managing a Chat portlet instance Managing permissions Chat Key concepts The Chat portlet is a chatroom powered by a third party application called Zbit Note that the user must enable pop ups in order to use the Chat portlet Portlet basics Within each instance of the Chat portlet you can create rooms targeted toward specific topics Individual users can then enter the room and chat When a user goes to the Chat portlet instance he or she sees a list of the rooms that exist with a notation about the number of conversations that each hosts Chat Rooms Unit 1 review 1 General discussion 0 ff writers corner 0 The user can click the name of any room to display a pop up window for viewing discussions and entering comments mtm um Tum tomi o s an T rese mn tT m tT tune uum e Dm sm f m uu oa m mp T t up n um pm tttm mp aiti aa a utm s Smith hi Chat GE fi pueni on fi Mary Davis Bp i Carlos Rodriguez
56. This will change the position of the set relative to other sets for those users who are not displaying the sets alphabetically Use the list at the bottom of the screen to re order the handouts in the set Doing this will change the order for those people who are not displaying the handouts alphabetically If you want to delete any handout click the trash barrel icon that corresponds with that handout If you want to move or copy a handout from this set to another choose Move or Copy from the last drop down list on the screen In the corresponding drop down list at the right select the set to which the handout should be copied or moved 4 Click Save Ordering sets 342 This option allows you to place sets in a specific order Note however that any sequence you create using this technique will not be seen by students who choose to display sets in alphabetical order as described in Ordering sets alphabetically on page 339 To order sets 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it e Racer Faculty Guide 2 Select Manage Order Sets The system displays the Handouts Order Sets View screen 3 Use the text boxes at the left to specify the desired order of the sets 4 Click Save Deleting a set When you delete a set you also delete all of its handouts If you definitely want to delete a set and its handouts use the procedure below To delete a set 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance
57. VE rtt taroen s n ASA Qu tent One nt 115 Grading assignments The system prompts you to choose a location for the files 3 Follow the prompts to choose a parent directory for the files The system creates a zip file in the location that you chose Within the archive is a folder for each student s work Mame 4 mum mum VL Vico Ty ptt aty Anderson Jim File Folder Brown Dana File Folder Garcia Ana File Folder He Steve File Folder jackson George File Folder a Mite it od odium NLD c ilie ea a fed s et Downloading a single student s files To access a student s file use the following procedure To access a file submitted by a student 1 Display the Student Assignment Details screen for the appropriate student as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 2 Locate the area of the screen labeled Files Submitted by Name of Student The name of the student s file s are displayed as hyperlinks From here you can open any of the files for viewing in a new browser window or you can download one or all of them Files Submitted by Steve He File Date Uploaded Bibliography doc Monday August 02 2010 4 31 PM Term Paper doc Monday August 02 2010 4 31 PM ES Assignment Download all of this student s Files For this assignment ccv edes ne deu Moon ade ttl Ps ael e oen bah PNP aedi msi Anime Abe mme Ages Aue cnet etm Note that when finished wi
58. You can also send e mail to students from the printable roster for the course section which is E described in Displaying a printable course roster on page 283 To send e mail to members of a course section 1 2 Navigate to the Coursemates portlet Do any of the following To send e mail to everyone in the class a Check the checkbox labeled Select All b Click Open E mail To send e mail all of the course section members who belong to a particular role a Select the appropriate role in the E mail All drop down list b Click Open E mail To send e mail to one or more selected members a Using the checkboxes next to people s names select the recipients for your e mail b Click E mail Selected Members The system opens an e mail form Fill out the form as appropriate Note that you have option of uploading an attachment that is smaller than 2MB Click Send Displaying a printable course roster If you need a printable version of the students enrolled in a course section display the course roster To display the course roster 1 2 Navigate to the Coursemates portlet Click View Printable Roster The system displays a printable list of all the students in the course along with their ID numbers Note that from this page you can also send e mail or display any student s My Info portlet 283 Coursemates Managing permissions 284 By default only members of the Faculty role can view the printa
59. a Discuss link is added to the item Users can click this link to leave a comment and review other people s comments Note however that the usability of this feature varies depending on whether an administrator has configured the portlet instance to allow any roles to add comments News Sal Survey JU s liberal arts program 7th best in nation Mon June 29 2009 6 53 PM JU s College of Liberal Arts and Sciences is the seventh best in the nation according to a new survey conducted by a coalition of national news organizations On the downside the survey also ranked some of JU s professional school s surprisingly lo ang 3 Read More Oe comm aA Ae ola hm o 0 on flet Slo Aa ein fes eee ee ot omes amit n Ie dta di dt Choices for the faculty member managing the portlet 228 When configuring the Blog portlet you as the faculty member have several options You can enable a Blog portlet instance to generate RSS feeds as described in Enabling or disabling RSS feeds on page 229 In any given portlet instance you can set default values for options available to authors when they post blog items as described in Changing the default settings for authors on page 230 You can specify the layout of the portlet instance as described in Modifying the layout of the portlet instance on page 231 You can specify the maximum number of items to display on the opening screen of the Blog portlet instance e Racer
60. add a personal subscription to their My Calendar portlet instance Users do not need a special permission for personal subscriptions Can Administer Calendars The Can Administer Calendars permission allows the user to do the following Create calendars in this portlet instance Import items from a csv file into a calendar Access the Manage Calendars link which lets you do both of the above tasks Edit calendars that were created in this portlet instance their names and descriptions but not their events Delete calendars that were created in this portlet instance Can Administer Events The Can Administer Calendars permission allows the user to do the following e Add events to existing calendars in this portlet instance e Edit and delete events that belong to the calendars in this portlet instance Though this permission is called Can Administer Calendars it does not give users access to the wrench icon menu If you want to give a role permission to the wrench icon menu this can only be done by giving the role the Can Admin privilege for the context which is a much bigger privilege overall as described in Letting a role administer a context on page 471 269 Calendar Granting a permission 270 To give a role permission to any of the instance level permissions use this procedure To grant an instance level permission 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon
61. all possible credit or no credit e Graded Students will get a grade If you select this option you must also enter the total number of points that the assignment is worth Not graded There will be no sort of grade or indication of whether the student has completed the assignment This option is only valid for offline assignments Online assignments are always graded therefore when creating this type of assignment you do not have a Grade Method option When creating the assignment or modifying its settings you choose a Grade Method using a drop down menu tem eK re sumet ur IT Aem tur Reus Grade Method Graded v Credit No Credit Not Graded Sse The Grade Method is shown to students after they display the assignment Coursework Student Assignment Detail Paper The role of the narrator Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Format Offline Grade Method Graded out of 100 esent otl ha A RRAN oon Bs s nan ime Mie Sehen nA Ar A met ML Description You can optionally add a description that describes the assignment 58 e Racer Faculty Guide When creating or modifying the assignment definition you enter the description using a rich text editor am tuentur oet m ttum Lua tpm am pe a UT gm eT aes mee Bean mf mem amm tum Am Iu tum m ALMAE hs Am OEE uu m Description DefaultFont 7 Size 7 WIBIUA V G E i eed d amp Jg Faulkner s fourth novel offers exemplifies the use of unrelia
62. and maximize it 2 Locate the set you want to delete and click the corresponding delete icon which looks like a folder with a trash barrel on it Handouts Edit View File Tools The Novels of William Faulkner zi Study questions unit 1 pdf 869K Downloaded 0 times O Theme topics pdf 869K Downloaded 0 times The novels of Ernest Hemingway 3 Ca Cm CO Study questions unit 2 pdf 319K DdDeletepded 0 times CO Theme topics pdf 1390K Downloaded 0 times ome elita Ah ille s oe Imi sugli Lame ut Is h A I Sn nate iR Hee mAh Metre fae The system generates a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the set 3 Click OK The system removes the set and its handouts 343 Handouts Working with handouts This section describes how to add modify and delete handouts along with related tasks Configuring whether handouts will be displayed indefinitely In the default setup you and any other authorized user can specify the length of time that individual handouts will be displayed That is each handout can be associated with a specific start and end date You specify these dates when you create or modify the handout However you can configure the portlet instance so that all handouts are displayed immediately and indefinitely until someone manually deletes them To configure whether handouts will be displayed indefinitely 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the
63. as a student 375 reviewing and adjust grades 193 setting up 169 submitting grades to the ERP system 203 weighting methods 168 see also Gradebook Grade Entry Gradebook Grade Entry 203 displaying the Submit Grades screen 205 re submitting grades and attendance data 210 submitting grades and attendance data 209 understanding the Submit Grades screen 207 Gradebook page 29 grades for individual assignments 109 midterm and final managing 193 midterm and final submitting to the ERP system 203 on assignments letting students view 63 See also Gradebook Gradesheets Gradesheets defined 195 displaying 166 214 grading assignments 43 109 H Handouts portlet 33 335 adding a handout 344 copying or moving handouts to a different set 342 copying to a different course context 402 hiding sub sections in a sidebar 454 importing an assignment 67 475 Index from course cartridges 407 handouts 346 questions from saved assignments 88 readings 359 instructions for assignments 60 integrating coursepack material into another portlet 417 Item Analysis area in Test Analysis 138 L letter grades displaying grades that students received on an online assignment 137 setting 189 links posting 239 loading a coursepack into the CCI portlet 412 Main page default layout of 28 matching questions 85 Merge option when copying course materials 405 Message Center 151 midterm and final grades calculating 165 exporting a summary to Exc
64. as some other type In this chapter e Key concepts Understanding the main Analysis screen e Navigating to the main Analysis screen e Setting preferences for the course section Analyzing online assignments Key concepts This section describes general concepts related to Test Analysis About Test Analysis Test Analysis provides data on all graded online assignments after they are completed by three or more students This feature is useful if you want to assess the effectiveness of an assignment and each of its questions or if you want to see which parts of the curriculum students struggled with Test Analysis provides Asnapshot of students performance on the assignment Asummary of the relative difficulty of the assignment and each of its questions e An assessment of whether each question adequately distinguished between students who understood the material and those who did not Analysis using parameters that you set about whether a question was too hard or too easy Analysis of multiple choice answer questions including a look at the efficacy of the incorrect options within multiple choice answer sets distractors Key terms 134 This section defines key terms that you ll need to know in order to configure Test Analysis and understand the data the system generates Performance groups Performance groups are categories that classify students as high low or midrange performers Essentiall
65. assignments for the portlet organized either by unit or by type The portlet will be organized by whichever organization method you choose when you set up the Gradebook as described in Organization methods e Racer Faculty Guide on page 168 If you have not yet set up the Gradebook the Coursework portlet will be organized by unit wave m n att ey te Le tu etm m me Weeks 1 5 Faulkner wmm ectetur Lu T vm AS m um ntm m umts ot dh Add an Assignment Import test from File Cabinet Assignment Format Due Date The Sound and the Fury 6 o A 9 11 2009 1 00 PM Spotted Horses aed 9 18 2009 1 00 PM Luigi i Agit a cach nnnm 2428 2009 11 00 PM If appropriate you can temporarily change the organizational display within Coursework within your own view just set the Organize by drop down list to Type or Unit However this preference is not remembered If you navigate away from this screen and return to it the assignments will again be organized according to whatever organization method you have chosen within Gradebook From this screen you can do either of the following Create modify or delete assignments as described in Chapter 2 Creating assignments Modify the content of an existing online assignment as described in Chapter 3 Adding content to online assignments 45 Planning your assignments Working with units and types The Coursework portlet does not require any kind of detailed con
66. at a point in the term during which the system accepts submission of this data If you have ability to submit grades then you also have permission to submit attendance records if the portal is set up to allow this To submit or grades and attendance data 1 Display the Submit Grades screen as described in Navigating to the Submit Grades screen on page 205 If you have any questions about the data on the screen review Understanding the Submit Grades screen on page 207 Check the Not yet submitted area of the screen to review the data that is ready for submission At the bottom of the list of students you will see one of the following A Submit Selected Grades button If this button is displayed you have permission to submit grades A grayed out button that says You don t have permission to enter new grades If this message is displayed and you think you should have permission contact an administrator Using the checkboxes at the left select the student s whose data you want to submit If appropriate modify the grades or attendance data displayed for any of the students Click Submit Selected Grades If you clicked Submit Selected Grades without having entered a piece of information that was required the system displays a dialog stating as much In this case click OK The system again displays the Submit Grades screen Return to step 3 Assuming you entered all required data the system displays a Ple
67. at the left to select the questions you want to import 4 Click Import Selected Modifying questions If an assignment is not activated you are allowed to modify its questions When you modify a question you can do any of the following Change the question text Change the answer Change the question s automated feedback For multiple choice and ordering questions Specify that the system gives partial credit automatically or does not give it Add or modify incorrect options For multiple choice questions specify that the options are randomized or not randomized 89 For details on the options available with each question type see Modifying questions on page 89 To modify a question 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Do one ofthe following Scroll down to the area where each question is listed Locate the question you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays a form that lets you edit the question Scroll down to the bottom of the screen and select the link labeled Edit All Questions The system displays a form that lets you edit all the questions in the section Note that with this method you cannot work with automatic feedback To work with automatic feedback open an individual question for editing 3 Make any changes necessary 4 Click Save Movi
68. away from the page or logged out of the system Attempts Allowed The Attempts Allowed setting determines whether the student can attempt the assignment once twice or some other number of times including unlimited The default choice is that the assignment can be attempted only once However if this is a practice test that includes a large pool of possible questions you might want to allow the student more than one attempt eue ua t pe nho me ti e um n Tee ET a Time Limit Minutes i Attempts Allowed One attempt v Pagination MWCS Two attempts Section Order Three attempts Four attempts Five attempts i Unlimited z a EXtra Credit 2 mns P CC weer ef Lock Out 101 102 Pagination The Pagination setting determines whether the assignment is split into multiple pages The default choice is that each section is presented on its own page Note that None means the entire assignment is presented on one page voL perm Pagination ett ya TE ee eee amat m on tees One section per page ud None One question per page Five questions per One section per page EX Credit AIO ETET MISI ELE Section Order Lock Out Section Order The Section Order setting determines whether or not the order of sections will be shuffled The default choice is that sections are not shuffled tmm DO aam ee A n mn my Ty re nn n MT Ten Se Section Order
69. be able to view and organize course cartridges using a Course Cartridges tab in your File Cabinet Click Upload If this cartridge is password protected the system displays a dialog box asking for an authorization code In this case enter the appropriate password and click OK Note that the dialog box will not hide or obscure your password as you type it Locked Cartridge The uploaded course cartridge requires authorization 413 Importing from course cartridges The portlet instance displays a dialog stating that it is loading the course cartridge Do not use the portal while this process is taking place Course Content Import Upload E Loading of cartridge may take several minutes Please wait before interacting with other portlets When the process is complete the portlet instance displays the material you ve uploaded Note the following e At this point you can transfer the course cartridge material to other portlets as described in Integrating content into another portlet on page 417 The material is available for browsing to anyone who has access to the page that hosts this instance of the CCI portlet If you want to restrict certain items from being viewable see Managing the display of items in the portlet on page 420 Loading a cartridge from the File Cabinet 414 If you have previously saved a course cartridge zip file to the File Cabinet as described in
70. before being displayed note the following e Ifa post is approved and the author later edits the post the post is removed from the portlet until it is approved once again Members of the Administrators role and people with the Can Administer Portlet permission are allowed to approve posts even if not specifically named as moderators e For those people who have the ability to approve posts their own posts automatically display as soon as they click Submit that is no approval is required By default topics do not use moderation If you select one of the two levels of moderation the system expands the screen to include a form that lets you choose moderators If you are setting up a Forums portlet instance within your course context note that you are automatically considered a moderator T Cre O Do not use moderation Posts and replies in this Topic DO NOT require moderator approval before displaying but the 9 Posts and replies in this Topic must be approved by a moderator before displaying 6 Add Individual Users Call Users Administrators O Constituents Cl dmissions Administrators d Admissions Counselors inancial Aid Administrators Admissions Officers O Staff Advancement Officers O Staff Administrators o we Adh sos nam Ah p sh eB ou Bo ROBA a HEP ea n dim e aankan Aan ons dile MaA im Bet o Aana aah Aaaa e MaA as ed es M p Aem A PAIS a a ana Ld erm Bat Creat 312 ing a topic Use
71. checkboxes peer qu n p e Vp e ap gt rr REIP WU VIE pe APRES QR eq Operations and Administer Portlet 4 Scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Save 237 Blog Allowing roles to comment By default no roles are allowed to comment on blog posts What this means is that if the author of a post enables commenting the Discuss link will be active on the post but users who click through will not be able to add comments To resolve this you can configure the portlet instance to specify that some or all roles have the ability to comment To allow roles to comment 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Click the Setup link The system displays the Setup screen 3 Onthe section of the screen labeled Contents Permissions select the roles that should be allowed to comment rfr oppor p pud Vp Hep pr PPP PPP rper Comment Permissions Select which roles are allowed to leave comments here Accept comments from all Users Administrators Admissions Administrators Admissions Counselors 205m Officers dvancement Officers Cl Advisor Administrators C Advisors O Candidates 4 Click Save 238 13 Bookmarks This chapter explains how to set up the Bookmarks portlet and add links to it In this chapter Key concepts Working with sets Working with bookmarks Other administrative tasks Managing permissions Bookmarks Key concepts The Bookmarks portlet lets you
72. combined with the additional portlets from the source simply added to the target page If a copied portlet instance has the same name as an existing one the system adds the word Imported to the name of the newly copied instance e Overwrite With this method if the target context has one or more pages of the same name as those you have selected to copy the target pages will be overwritten Note that a page will be overwritten even if you select only one portlet to copy from the source page even in this case the target page will be completely overwritten with a new page that contains only that portlet To copy selected materials 1 After you ve displayed the Copy Course Materials portlet as described in Navigating to the Copy Course Materials portlet on page 403 choose the context that you want to copy from by making the following selections in the area labeled Step 1 Use the first drop down list to select the term of the desired source context In response the system populates the second drop down list with the course sections that exist in that term Usethe second drop down list to pick a source context the course section that you want to copy from 2 Inthe area of the screen labeled Step 2 select the target context The list should include all existing contexts for course sections that you teach now or are scheduled to teach in the future Note that you can select more than one course section by using the Shift o
73. completed the assignment You will have to download their files later Student Results Student Date Finalized Grade Anderson Jim Monday August 02 2010 4 41 PM 100 Brown Dana 8 Monday August 02 2010 4 40 PM 100 a EAN A EERE QORCRPRCPRRRCHRIPRREOTEOE OP nota fm kuaa Ba ARA DCN aoc Roto oam he h e k une ad For all file exchange and online assignments the system also creates a Student Assignment Details screen which can be displayed by clicking the student s name The Student Assignment Details screen lets you take a variety of actions related to the assignment such as entering personalized feedback and allowing the student to retake the assignment It 110 e Racer Faculty Guide includes a header similar to the one on the Assignment Info screen though if the student has been granted an extension the due date displayed will be specific to this student Coursework Student Assignment Detail i Exam Term Paper Unit 1 You have 6 assignments that need grading Format File Exchange 4 Students have not yet completed the assignment Grade Method Graded out of 100 E This assignment is required It is due in 6 days at 9 00 AM Monday August 09 2010 Sam Taylor Assignment Details Previous Back to Assignment Info Workflow Action Date Note Extension granted by Laura Martin Tuesday August 03 2010 11 25 AM New Due Date 8 9 2010 Navigating to the Assignment
74. contexts Members of the Students role can view several pages of the contexts for course sections that they are enrolled in Inthe Forums portlet by default members of the Users role can publish posts and reply to posts Manually assigned privileges 468 This chapter describes the privileges that you may want to grant to the various roles including permission to View pages View links to sub sections Managing a course section or a sub section Permission to view and manage portlets or to take specific actions within portlets This chapter deals with the first few bullet points but not the last The last bullet point is not covered in this chapter because the specifics of portlet permissions vary depending on the type of portlet For help with this view the chapter or section for the portlet for which you need to assign privileges Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution 7 3 x Administration Guide Letting a role view pages and context links You may have pages in your portal that should be viewable by some roles but not others For example you might set up a series of pages intended only for your teaching assistants who belong to their own role You manage this by granting the Teaching Assistants role access to the page but not the Students role If the page is part of a sub section note that when you grant the role permission to display the page you also grant the role permission to display the display
75. courses and interact with students In this chapter About e Racer Intended audience Conventions used in this guide For more information Providing feedback Preface About e Racer e Racer is a web based learning management system or LMS e Racer is a component of Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution which is a product used to generate a web site where members of a school s community teachers students and others can log in communicate and collaborate A great deal of e Racer s functionality is usually accessed through the Academics tab in your portal Intended audience This guide is intended for faculty members people who are members of the Faculty role in JICS Portal administrators people who are members of the Administrators role may also find this guide useful This guide is intended for sites using version 7 3 x of Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution It covers of e Racer and some features that are considered part of base JICS For an overview of the features that might be of interest to you see the Introduction on page 23 Conventions used in this guide This following sections describes conventions used in this guide Terminology This guide refers to the web site powered by by JICS as the portal Your school probably has its own name for this site but portal is the term that we use generically for any JICS web site Additionally your school probably uses its portal in conjun
76. described in Ordering sets alphabetically on page 354 355 Readings e Re order the readings within the set However note that the sequence will not be seen by students who choose to display sets in alphabetical order as described in Ordering sets alphabetically on page 354 Delete a reading Move or copy a reading to a different set To modify a set 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Locate the set that you want to modify and click the corresponding Edit icon which looks like a folder with a pencil on it Readings Edit View Manage Week 1 Faulkner 4 cy O The Sound and the f William Faulkner go to bookstore Required The system displays the Readings Manage Set View screen 3 Do any of the following as appropriate Modify the text in the Name and Description fields Change the value in the Position drop down list This will change the position of the set relative to other sets for those users who are not displaying the sets alphabetically Use the list at the bottom of the screen to re order the readings in the set Doing this will change the order for those people who are not displaying the readings alphabetically Ifyou want to delete any reading click the trash barrel icon that corresponds with that reading Ifyou want to move or copy a reading from this set to another choose Move or Copy from the last drop down list on the scr
77. displayed As long as an item is awaiting approval no one can reply to it For more details see Working with an approval queue on page 321 Users cannot display a post or reply If users cannot display a particular post or reply and if you think they ought to be able to there may be a few reasons why The item or the topic that contains the item might be hidden To check to see whether the topic is hidden check the topic s Activation setting for help with this see Modifying a topic on page 313 To check the post look at the display setting which is viewable at the bottom right of the post s text For help with this see Adjusting a post s display setting on page 320 The item might be part of a category or a topic that the user is not authorized to display To check this check the Access settings for the category and topic For help with this see Working with categories on page 302 and Working with topics on page 309 If the item is a reply the original post might have been set up such that replies are not displayed until after a certain date or until after the person looking at the post has submitted his or her own reply To check this open the post for editing and display the Options tab This tab contains an area labeled Replies which will detail when replies are available For more details see Editing a user s post or reply on page 315 The post might be hidden To check the post look at the displa
78. displayed only if you are working within a folder 6 Click Go The system moves the item s you selected 2 Copying course materials At times you may want to copy portlets and their data from one course context to another This chapter describes that process In this chapter Key concepts What can you copy Navigating to the Copy Course Materials portlet Copying everything Copying selected materials Copying course materials Key concepts 400 At times you may want to copy pages and portlets and all the content they hold from one course context to another This may be useful if you ll be teaching multiple sections of a course in the same term or if you teach the same course every semester You copy materials using the Copy Course Materials portlet Only members of the Faculty and Administrators role have permission to copy courses Additionally unless you are a member of the Administrators role you can only copy to and from your own course contexts That is only members of the Administrators role can copy one teacher s materials to another teacher s course context When you copy the context that you copy from is called the copied context or source context The one you are copying to is called the target context Note that while the Copy Courses feature is often referred to as a portlet it is not the type of portlet that you can add to a page It exists in only one place and is always accessed thro
79. displays a screen that summarizes current weights and lets you make adjustments The exact display of this screen varies depending on choices you made when you set up the Gradebook The following illustration shows what this screen looks like if you have chosen to organize the Gradebook by unit and you have chosen to assign weights by unit Gradebook Coursework Breakdown E Setup Gradebook The values must add up to 100 Coursework Grade Breakdown Relative Weight 9 o of Grade Relative Weight 0 0096 p 0 00 9b The relative weight is the percentag 0 00 Coursework score that a Units comp 0 00 relative weights must always add up 0 00 85 00 must enter weights for all Coursewo grade can be calculated Weight All Equally Weighting Units To assign weights to your Units ente TNR Imi5nnmg o ons a USS all ara E m The illustration below shows what this screen looks like if you have chosen to organize the Gradebook by unit and weight items all together Gradebook Coursework Breakdown Setup Gradebook Coursework Grade Breakdown Unit Relative Weight of Grade Relative Weight ER sad eris The relative weight is the percentag Unit 2 0 00 0 00 Coursework score that a Units compris Totals 0 00 85 00 weights must always add up to 10096 weights for all Coursework items befor Weight Coursework Items calculated Weighting U
80. drop down list to Save to File Cabinet The system updates the screen to include a Submit button Click Submit Importing readings from your File Cabinet If you need to import one or more readings from your File Cabinet use this procedure 359 Readings 360 To import readings from your File Cabinet 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Click the link labeled Import Readings from File Cabinet The system displays the Readings gt Import View screen Using the checkboxes at the left select the readings you want to import Click Import Selected The system adds the readings to your portlet instance placing them in the Ungrouped set e Racer Faculty Guide Managing permissions In some cases you may want to allow members of another role to assist you with management of the Readings portlet This section explains how to grant other roles this permission Letting roles manage readings By default only the Administrators and Faculty roles have permission to post readings However in any instance of the Readings portlet you can give any role the ability to post and manage readings When you do this members of the role can do any of the following Postreadings in that instance Modify readings that they or any other user have posted by Changing the name and description of the reading Changing the URL that s referenced Making the reading required or optional D
81. ete tt ot re My Subscribed Forums All Posts and Replies v a 13 posts and replies in my subscribed forums Title Datew Author Category Topic Central themes of The Bacchae Amy Keita Weeks 1 through 4 on Wed 5 19 2010 at 2 44 PM x48 Ancient Greece an Re Re Re Roughing it Amy Keita ca of Peo on Tue 5 18 2010 at 5 59 PM li ERE question about last night s lecture Sam Taylor General on Tue 5 18 2010 at 5 57 PM e Open Discussion TA ne us afe tite P ion PLUS Brett a o a cien suu null Ph SONGS CERIS hi Sata Mary mares Ambo un bf Ay cun dart Pm Adi LAS SERA BRN LAB as Peres This view includes a drop down list that lets the user filter to display activity from one portlet instance only M euer AL Hut tT mta um mmm ums et FE L mutum mem umts a em Trete My Subscribed Forums All Posts and Replies Suim Mim ihia All Posts and Replies HIST 110 A Introduction to Western Civilization Forums RLGN 201 A Jonestown Forums RLGN 105 B Introduction to Religious Studies Honors Forums i Campus Life Forums eerte Pee hunt Aft eee Peste ene eet tein d AU atl dy aren cette inh luum ve hae ii FA Permissions overview Within your course context by default members of the Students role will have the ability to add posts and reply to posts However you may want to add or change the permissions setup All permissions in the Forums portlet are specific to a single in
82. for multiple items in the list at the left but no option can have more than one correct match If appropriate you can set up the drop down list so that it contains extra items that have no correct match To set up items that have no correct match just make sure that in Test Builder the corresponding text in the Object column says Incorrect Option stmt ht eT e m um m tem Perm unt ese PD f mutum ttem T t umet m mtu mtem ttt ve cem den emen m term Tm A vett rs thm Answer Object Correct Match Ole Andreson gt The Killers Dr Adams Indian Camp Marjorie SCR The End of Something Trudy o Fathers and Sons Bill The Three Day Blow Incorrect Option SOE Wedding Day Mills Mo an AR BA agement Aa Pe ome Perle te fa Maaah Merk MAN Ha o altes MAI Aint tar aha tige ams Ah Bron nag SRM n aste dn nbn A aai ho A n With this type of question you can choose to have the system automatically give students partial credit So for example if students correctly match five out of 10 options they will get 50 percent of the available points for the question The default setup is that automatically calculated partial credit is allowed so if you prefer that students must answer all items correctly to get any points de select the Partial Credit checkbox Incorrect Option lt Add more objects Add more unmatched options Partial Cr
83. from the score If desired in the Feedback area of the screen enter comments for the student Click Save If the grade is already available for the student s review the adjustment and feedback will also become available Otherwise the system waits to display them until the grade is available 125 Grading assignments Reopening an assignment 126 If the online assignment is one that the student may attempt multiple times there may be cases in which you want to reopen the assignment That is with these assignments students can state they are done with the assignment before they have used all of their allowed attempts For example the student might have used only one of three possible attempts then clicked the button labeled Mark as Final When the student clicks this button the system closes the assignment and the student cannot use his or her remaining attempts However there may be situations when you want to restore the student s ability to use the remaining attempts such as the following The student clicked Mark as Final by accident and would still like to use his or her additional attempts You have reviewed the student s initial attempt s and you think the student needs to try again In these situations you should reopen the assignment If the assignment is set up so that it can be attempted only once it cannot be reopened though you can arrange for the student to retake it as described in Allowing a
84. give each person the appropriate point value The question can be graded automatically which means that you have to enter the answer within Test Builder In this case students will be expected to match the answer exactly with the correct capitalization spelling spacing and so forth You choose this setup using radio buttons in the Answer area If you select graded automatically the system adds a text field to the screen where you can enter the answer Short Answer Question Question Text z DefaultFont 7 Size 7 VIBIU A What was the name of Shakespeare s wife MM P hehe iisdem anam lime nmn tn wale ih ANA n eom tlm tos dm ath tthe met ah nml Answer Graded manually 9 Graded automatically Must be an EXACT MATCH with the answer provided below swer Anne Hathaway nos altus od ito e StF ra Been P en Boos ils dis Fee ROS Ae Pont ABBA Mes ARR Ah ce Myth Aa S lh Dae RE RIAL Morn 83 84 Ordering With an ordering question students must put a list of items in the correct sequence ILLE 2 Put the following sections in the order that they appear in the book A Soldier Home Company of Two 4 On His Own E The Northern Woods War REA o R a a a aA hte aian dandini n tahan daanin rth tn nti With this question type it s important to note that when you create the question you yourself must enter the items in the correct sequence On the version of the assign
85. gt Renaissa ENG 320 C About This Cours ENG 320 C Renaissance Poetry Attendance Collaboration f M Cc ourse Information c oursework G radebook ru e Our class meets Main Page Strong Hall room Meeting time a e About This Course Calendar Your teacher e Announcements 1 e Handouts I m Laura Martin Bookmarks Syllabus gr Add a Page o Context e The system displays the Create a new page screen 442 e Racer Faculty Guide 3 Inthe Name field enter a name for the page This name will become part of the URL It will be displayed in the sidebar in breadcrumbs and as a title at the top of the page unless this page is the default page for the context For these reasons you should choose a meaningful name A e cr t ie ie e m MR a e Rt Create a new page Name can contain letters digits spaces single Name Grading Guidelines 4 Click Create The system creates your page and displays the Customize page name screen which lets you add content to the page and take other actions Customize page Grading Guidelines Properties Content Layout Permissions f Page Info Page Name Grading Guidelines Change URL If there is more than one page then you will see a cl page This ensures the URL looks right and minimizes remain as it is currently
86. have permission to see the Add a Post button that person s role should have the Can Add Posts permission For the person to have permission to see the Reply button that person s role should have the Can Reply to Posts permission For more details see Troubleshooting on page 331 The post or the topic that contains the post might be read only To check to see whether the topic is read only check the topic s Activation setting for help with this see Modifying a topic on page 313 To check the setup of the post itself look at its display setting which is viewable at the bottom right of the post s text For help with this see Adjusting a post s display setting on page 320 If the Reply button specifically is not showing up there are a few additional possible reasons The post might be set up so that users can respond only once If this is the case once the user has responded the system will remove the Reply button from that user s view To check this open the post for editing and display the Options tab This tab contains an area labeled This post is 331 Forums which will reveal whether users are restricted to only one response For more details see Editing a user s post or reply on page 315 If the user is a moderator or an administrator he or she could be looking at a post that still requires approval You can tell an item is awaiting approval if it has a yellow background and if an Approval link is
87. have this permission and you think that you should speak with an administrator for your portal Default locations By default you course context includes two instances of the Custom Content portlet About this Course and Course Syllabus Note that if you manage a Campus Group the context for your group is created with a Custom Content portlet instance on its default page If desired you may be able to create additional instances If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 Course Syllabus The Course Syllabus portlet is intended to be a place where you can create a version of your syllabus that students can display in their browser window without opening a file This portlet by default is located on the Syllabus page Note that the default setup of this page includes a portlet called Downloadable Version which is intended as a place for you to post a downloadable version of the same details entered in the Course Syllabus portlet The Downloadable Version portlet is technically a Handouts portlet so if need help using it see Chapter 21 Handouts 287 Custom Content 288 About this Course The About This Course portlet is intended to offer students a quick overview of the course section By default this portlet is located on the main page of your course context You might use it to post your office hours and details about where your class meets Abo
88. in the Coursework portlet you may want to manually grade or adjust students grades review their work and so forth This chapter describes these processes In this chapter e About the informational screens Working with offline assignments Working with file exchange assignments Working with online assignments Extending a deadline for a student Working with bonus points Grading assignments About the informational screens Regardless of their format all assignments in the Coursework portlet have an Assignment Info screen which you use to manage completed assignments The exact display of this screen varies depending on the format of the assignment but all versions have the following two elements e A header that includes details about the assignment its point value its due date and so forth A Student Results area which lists all students in the course section along with each student s grade on the assignment if a grade has been assigned Coursework Assignment Info Exam Term Paper Unit 1 You have 6 assignments that need grading Format File Exchange 4 Students have not yet completed the assignment Grade Method Graded out of 100 E This assignment is required It is due in 2 days at 5 00 PM Thursday August 05 2010 Edit this assignment f Delete this assignment S9 Save to File Cabinet D Download all of the submitted files for this assignment Note Not all of your students have
89. includes the name or URL of each bookmark its description if any and the last date it was last modified If the bookmark has not been modified the Modified column shows the date it was created For help creating folders for your saved bookmarks see Working with folders on page 397 This section assumes that you are familiar with the general characteristics of bookmarks For more details about readings see Chapter 13 Bookmarks Adding a bookmark Use this procedure to create and store a bookmark in your File Cabinet To add a bookmark 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and click the Bookmarks tab 2 Click the Add a Bookmark link which is in the lower right corner of the screen The system displays a form that lets you add a bookmark 3 Fillout the form as appropriate 4 Click Save Modifying a bookmark Use this procedure to modify a bookmark saved in your File Cabinet To modify a bookmark 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and click the Bookmarks tab 2 Locate the bookmark that you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the File Cabinet Manage Bookmarks View screen 3 Modify any of the fields as appropriate 4 Click the Save button 390 e Racer Faculty Guide Deleting bookmarks Use this p
90. is displayed only if there are posts and replies awaiting approval how Search Options w s 2 Edit Forum ne Subscribe to Forum D Unread Posts and Replies P My Posts and Replies User List Approval Queue 4 f Similarly if any of the items in need of approval are in the Recent posts list they are highlighted in yellow pcc pv t Re Central themes of The Bacchae E in Ancient Greece and Rome by George Jackson on Wed 8 4 2010 at gt 1 51 PM Re Re Re the syllabus in The Classical World by Dana Brown on Wed 8 4 2010 at 1 47 PM i t Re Re Re the syllabus in The Classical World by George Jackson on Wed 8 4 2010 at 1 47 PM ed wh Forum Home EJ User List Approval URN 322 e Racer Faculty Guide In the Forum Home if there are items listed in the Approval column these too are highlighted in yellow Weeks 1 through 4 Topic Users Approval Unread Late Antiquity 0 A 0 Totals 5 4 9 An nat Me t hos itae Pai e n 7d me Mte HS diners A EIL aimen fifi d hn MIA e Ae uf If you display a list of posts such as the list of unread posts or the list of all posts in a topic items that require approval are flagged 10 unread posts and replies Title Date v uestion about makeup tests on Wed 5 26 2010 at 2 29 PM the Homeridae on Wed 5 26 2010 at 2 24 PM This Post is pending approval
91. is an offline or file exchange assignment enter details on when the assignment will become active In the Due area of the screen enter details on when students must complete the assignment In the Show Grade area of the screen specify when students should be allowed to review their grades If this is an on online assignment use the Allow Review drop down list to specify whether review will be allowed If you have a file that you want students to use while completing the assignment use the Relevant Files area to upload the file Click Save e Racer Faculty Guide The system creates your assignment If this is an online assignment Test Builder opens You use Test Builder to add content to the assignment For details on this process see Chapter 3 Adding content to online assignments Importing an assignment If your Coursework portlet is organized by unit and if you previously have saved an assignment to your File Cabinet you can import a copy of it into any other course context If your Coursework is organized by type you will need to set the Organize by drop down list to Unit in order to import an assignment If you want to import an assignment from a course cartridge you must first load it into the Course Content Import CCI portlet For details see Chapter 28 Importing from course cartridges To import an assignment from the File Cabinet 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portl
92. meae Otte ee ee ome T ee aye amt KIT ee Wise Belli KELCES Academics Bice EES a Wie Mallia Rz You are here Academics gt English ENG gt Renaissance Poetry gt ENG 320 C Renaissance Poetry gt Main Page ENG 320 C Renaissance Poetry Attendance Collaboration Course Information Coursework Gradebook Main Page e About This Course e Bookmarks e Calendar Announcements e Handouts e Live from the workshop Blog Blog e Bulletin Boards e Task Manager Syllabus ENG 320 C Renaissance Poetry About This Course Meeting time and place Ca Our class meets from 8 00 a m to 9 40 Tuesdays and Thursdays at Strong Hall room 101 Your teacher I m Laura Martin My office hours are Mondays and Wednesday 3 p m to 4 30 p m You can also make an appointment with me Material we will cover Please check the Syllabus page for details of what this course will cover Quick Links My Courses My Pages 34 M3 ml epi Bookmarks New translations This set contains links to new translations of some of the foreign language works we have been studying Introduction Attendance The Attendance page hosts the Attendance portlet which you can use to track whether students are present tardy or absent As part of this you can use the portlet to specify how attendance is tracked and manage a variety of preferences These options are describ
93. of the portlets and associated data including grades and attendance information 5 If you are sure you want to delete the section click OK 437 Creating portal only courses 438 Part 5 Pages sub sections and roles This section describes how to manage roles and pages within a context Managing the layout of a context on page 441 Creating and maintaining roles on page 461 Managing page and context permissions on page 467 Part 5 Pages sub sections and roles 440 30 Managing the layout of a context This chapter explains how to refine the layout of your course context by adding and modifying sub sections pages and portlets In this chapter Working with pages Working with sub sections Working with sidebars Managing the layout of a context Working with pages You may want to add pages to your course context or any of its sub sections You may also need to rename pages delete them and so forth This section covers all these tasks as follows Creating a page Renaming a page Deleting a page e Arranging portlet instances e Deleting a page Creating a page If you want to create a page follow this procedure To create a page 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate course section or sub section 2 In the sidebar click the Add a Page link Home I Admissions Campus Life Candidate You are here Academics gt English ENG
94. of your question s options as displayed below for two of the options listed LT tee t MAT v MT dui m tes a hup TT Hu metit ne rtr t mme 3 Who said But T do love thee And when I love thee not Chaos is come again 20pts E Hamlet C Romeo C Othello This verse occurs in Act III page 39 in your text Rosalind C Desdemona Right play wrong person Theme neus s tB ety 0 Aunt a A ath Pes S mof AH A unes dm edid ASAP Aute testen de Sid Amt ues fine meuf omm sum ane e Racer Faculty Guide When you set up the question you enter the question text and then list the options in text boxes Make sure to select at least one answer as correct Feedback for each option can be configured in the text boxes at the right utm etur tinum diem mtr et Tm umet pet metr tem m UI TS ust Tu mt mnm meet ett tT ott Question Text DefaultFont Sze YIB Z U A Z g I iMi il B Who said But I do love thee And when I love thee not Chaos is come again moa Ale em Bombe m Aah a Athe MADAAN DDG em wi Moan RA Pai a Oe MS emus ard afters An colt f wile en Mae PR Correct Text Feedback Hamlet Romeo Othello This verse occurs in Act III page 39 in your text Rosalind Desdemona Right play wrong person e aid bh s Ra e So Ps ON te SI o s s Ht e end he eth BAR At niet Mane s P rs om anf ta Me de anne Ae es Bn ty abre AS There are a few different opti
95. or modifying the assignment definition you choose the Required value using a drop down menu ait a Grade Method Extra Credit Optional This choice is shown to students in the initial view of the Coursework portlet instance fummam Tum my tete amt ue Lae meat ate um e m uum mt mtt tmu rm uum P umor mm mST mu at mA etm 1 5 Faulkner Assiqnment Format Due Date Type Required The Sound and the Fury 9 11 2009 1 00 PM Exam Spotted Horses A 9 18 2009 1 00 PM Exam Required Light in August A 9 25 2009 1 00 PM Exam Required This choice is also shown once the student displays the assignment Coursework Student Assignment Detail Exam The Sound and the Fury Weeks 1 5 Faulkner You have not yet taken the test Format Online fen This assignment is required Grade Method Graded out of 100 Itis due tomorrow A NARR N MAD A antte d When creating an assignment or modifying its settings you select a unit for the assignment using a drop down list PD gh TES EE Ek P E Dee P Unit Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Weeks 6 10 Hemingway Weeks 11 15 Fitzgerald 7 alin SAIN ep inn ire odios REP Aaina aliis Description e Racer Faculty Guide In the default view of the portlet the Organize by drop down list is set to Unit which means that units are displayed as headings Coursework Organize by Unit Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Assignment Analyze Absal
96. or other users post links or bookmarks that students and others may find useful Portlet basics Within each instance of the Bookmarks portlet you create sets which are essentially groups of bookmarks Individual bookmarks are placed within sets Bookmarks S set Scholarship info University of Kansas Iowa State University Texas A amp M George Washington University University of Chicago Kenyon College Summer leagues Serious Soccer East Arlington tennis Golf for all bookmarks Go to Main Screen All users are allowed to view instances of the Bookmarks portlet so if you want to restrict access to it you must place it on a page that is restricted By default only you as a faculty member are allowed to post bookmarks and sets If you want other roles to be able to do this you must give them access as described in Managing permissions on page 249 Default locations The default layout for of the portal includes the following Bookmarks portlet instances The default layout of course contexts includes an instance of the Bookmarks portlet on the Main page e The default layout of your My Pages context includes a Bookmarks instance called My Bookmarks e f you manage a Campus Group the main page of the group is created with an instance of the Bookmarks portlet If desired you may be able to create additional instances If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Cr
97. page 168 Select one of the following as appropriate e Use Units e Use Type Click Save The system displays the Assignment Weighting Method screen which describes the two choices Weight all together lets you assign a percentage value to each assignment Weight by unit type lets you assign a percentage value to each unit or type whichever you chose in 5 and then to each assignment For more details on these options see Weighting methods on page 168 Choose an option and click Save You have now successfully set up the Gradebook At this point you might want to do one of the following e if you have already set up coursework you can begin weighting assignments as described in Assigning weights on page 175 Make attendance a part of the student s grade as described in Managing the effects of attendance on page 181 171 Configuring the Gradebook Changing the Gradebook s setup After setting up the Gradebook for a course section you may later want to make one of the following changes Change the weighting method that is from basic to advanced or vice versa Change the organization method that is change from unit to type or vice versa If your current weighting method is advanced any weighting that you have already set up for assignments and for attendance will be lost if you make changes To change the Gradebook s weighting or organization 1 If you have
98. portlet it means the Forum Home The following illustration represents how the Forum Home will look to a student The administrative view includes additional options Forums ENDE NMEDIUHEENE Search Show Search Options w Re Group project Team A in Indiana by Amy Keita on Wed 8 4 2010 at 6 21 PM ne Subscribe to Forum D Unread Posts and Replies x Re Re Which member did you empathize with most in California by George Jackson on Wed 8 4 2010 at 12 43 p e My Posts and Replies Re Describe the role of Peoples Temple in munici in Indiana by Amy Keita on Wed 8 4 2010 at 1 08 PM EA User List Fa View My Subscribed Forums E m Describe the role of Peoples Temple in municipal affai in Indiana by Laura Martin on Wed 8 4 2010 at 12 38 PM Weeks 1 4 The evolution of Peoples Temple Users Approval Unread Posts My Replies My Latest Indiana B Use this topic to discuss the church s founding and the period when it wes 0 E 2 0 1 0 Moderators Isabelle Thomas Malin EER Ad ME os t dii MB a Mme Ata roo sili itn Le AURI About the primary icons used The Forums portlet uses the following color scheme to classify posts and replies D Yellow indicates that the currently logged in user has already read the item Green with an asterisk indicates that the currently logged in user has not yet read the item Grey with an ey
99. portlet lists any course associated with a portal only course section that takes place in the currently selected term and under the course the appropriate course section s are listed If you are allowed to take any actions on any of the elements listed the system marks the item with a downward arrow icon You can click the icon to display a pop up box that lists actions you can take Training Department More Info PTLT Portal training Edit Departmen T Delete cervi Portal Only Sections p nl oA AR e mele Aine Pen S endi S nacio On naf fito Mahe ame Leute emo Planning As noted in subsequent sections in this chapter for each portal only element that you can create you must assign it a code These codes are defined when you create the elements and they cannot be modified later For this reason your school may want to define acceptable protocols for these codes before faculty members begin creating portal only elements Note also that portal only departments and courses are sometimes listed alongside those that were created in the ERP system and this distinction may not be immediately evident in some cases For this reason you may want to create a protocol for codes that denotes portal only elements as being just that for example you could mandate that the last two characters in each course code be O for online 425 Creating portal only courses Working with departments If you plan to cre
100. position for the section If appropriate add a Source Image or Source Text By default the Section Type for the section is Regular If you want to make this a Question Pool section select the Question Pool radio button and enter values in the Number to Select and Point Value Each fields By default the new section is not configured to be an extra credit section To change this select the Extra Credit checkbox By default the new section will display the questions in the order you arrange them in Test Builder If you want the system to randomly shuffle the questions select the radio button labeled Randomly shuffle the questions within the section Note that this setting applies only to Regular type sections questions from Question Pool sections are always presented randomly 5 Click Save Importing sections from the File Cabinet If you have previously saved assignments to your File Cabinet you may want to import one or more those assignments sections When you do this you import not just the section and its settings but also any questions defined for the section To import sections from your File Cabinet 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Click the link labeled Import questions from your File Cabinet e Racer Faculty Guide The system displays the Import from File Cabinet screen Locate the approp
101. questions from those assignments To import questions from the File Cabinet 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 Click the link labeled Import questions from your File Cabinet The system displays the Import from File Cabinet screen Do one of the following Search by keyword and or question type a Click the link labeled Search for questions The system displays a form e Racer Faculty Guide b Ifappropriate enter a keyword in the text field provided Use the radio buttons below the e f field to specify whether you want the system to search the question text only or to include the answer text Coursework File Cabinet Question Search Search for questions Trudy Al Question Types EEA O Search questions only a um questions and answers Mol LL If you want to restrict the search to a specify type of question use the drop down list to choose one Click Search The system displays all the questions that match your criteria Select the questions you want Click Import Selected Browse through a particular assignment for your questions a c Locate the assignment and click the corresponding View Sections link The system displays a list of the assignment s sections Click the name of a section The system displays a list of all the questions in the section Use the checkboxes
102. see Setting the value of attendance on page 181 174 e Racer Faculty Guide Managing assignment weights Once you have set up the Gradebook you may want to review and manage the value of individual assignments to ensure that grades are calculated in the manner you want Ifyou are using the advanced weighting method see If you use advanced weighting on page 175 e Ifyou are using the basic weighting method see If you use basic weighting on page 179 If you use advanced weighting This section describes how to weight assignments and configure the system to automatically drop students low grades Assigning weights If you have set up the Gradebook using the advanced weighting method you must assign weights to your coursework assignments You can also use this procedure to modify weights that you previously set If you have set up the Gradebook using the basic method you do not have to actively assign weights To assign weights 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the screen that lets you assign weights That is display the Gradebook as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 then do one of the following Click the link labeled Click Here to Go to Coursework Breakdown this is displayed only if some assignments currently do not have weights Display the Setup tab then click the View Coursework Breakdown link 175 Configuring the Gradebook 176 The system
103. select items that are supposed to go to different places 4 Inthe Integrate Content Into area of the screen make the following selections a Use the Page drop down list to choose the page that hosts the portlet instance you want to import to You should see several choices in the drop down list including Each page in the course context Choices are displayed in the following format Department Course Course Section Page 417 Importing from course cartridges Each page in your My Pages context For example My Pages File Cabinet Baia MR i o i M m RR i e d I ci o e e d ae I a de a b n cdi al e e i Integrate Content Into Page ENG ENG 320 SUM2010 UNDG ENG 320 C Coursework Portlet lt select gt ENG ENG Collaboration Coursework 320 C Main Page 320 C Syllabus 320 C Resources for honors students Defa 320 SUM2010 UNDG ENG 320 C 320 SUM2010 UNDG ENG 320 SUM2010 UNDG ENG ENG ENG 320 SUM2010 UNDG ENG ENG ENG 320 SUM2010 UNDG ENG My Pages File Cabinet My Pages Main Page ENG ENG ENG ENG b Use the Portlet drop down list to choose the portlet instance you want to integrate content into wv aes tet mmm d Tem tae tT em te a tutte P m ty t T tn pe am met at ittm en dirt ttt inn ot me at Integrate Content Into bad Page ENG ENG 320 SUM2010 UNDG ENG 320 C Main Page v Portlet select m lt select gt Announcements Handouts A
104. sidebar 458 questions in an assignment 91 sections in an assignment 97 sub section links in a sidebar 457 units in the Coursework portlet 47 resending attendance warnings 152 roles copying 405 defined 25 modifying 465 See also permissions S sections adding to online assignments 74 deleting 98 modifying 97 sessions in the Attendance portlet cancelling 155 characteristics of 154 creating 155 defined 146 deleting 156 displaying a list of 154 modifying 156 recording attendance by 158 tracking by 149 setting letter values for grades 189 setting up a Custom Content portlet 289 folders in the File Cabinet 397 portal only courses sections terms and departments 423 the Gradebook 169 types in the Coursework portlet 48 units in the Coursework portlet 46 warnings in the Attendance portlet 151 sidebars hiding or displaying sub section links in 457 reordering page links in 458 source context defined 400 selecting 404 Student Assignment Details screen 110 136 Student Emulation 34 373 students categorizing into performance groups 134 how they use the Gradebook 166 overview of how they use e Racer 25 penalizing for lateness or unexcused absences 181 478 posting a list of readings for 351 previewing the course context as 373 sending attendance warnings to 151 their view of the Attendance portlet 147 Submit Grades screen displaying 205 understanding 207 using 209 sub sections creating 452 deleting 454 hiding or dis
105. sub sections specifying 450 deleting a custom item from the Gradebook 188 apage 450 a portal only course 435 a portal only course section 437 a portal only department 428 a portal only term 430 a question from the File Cabinet 389 a reading from the File Cabinet 395 a section of an assignment from the File Cabinet 385 a session in the Attendance portlet 156 a sub section 454 atype in the Coursework portlet 49 a unit in the Coursework portlet 47 an assignment from the File Cabinet 383 an element in the Custom Content portlet 290 assignments 71 bookmarks from your File Cabinet 391 handouts from your File Cabinet 393 questions from assignments 92 sections from assignments 98 difficulty rating defined 135 reviewing for a particular assignment 138 discrimination index defined 135 reviewing for a particular assignment 138 Display While Inactive checkbox 61 displaying a printable course roster 283 the Attendance portlet 148 the Coursemates portlet 265 the File Cabinet 380 the Student Assignment Details screen 112 displaying sub sections in a sidebar 457 distractor performance configuring warnings for 141 defined 135 Downloadable Version portlet 33 287 336 dropping low grades automatically 178 due dates for assignments extending 130 hiding or displaying in the course calendar 267 setting 61 E elements in the Custom Content portlet 289 ERP system submitting grades to 203 ERP defined course
106. tere heehee hee Heke eae heh ee db qi g 278 Displaying details about course Sectors casses ete RE HERPES EER EREDAR TERS EERE OEE RO 279 Chapter 18 Coursemates a PER ere er 281 Key CONCEDES P se sae ae Ry TOES EAATIR ATER TSS H OE HERTS REESE RRS EE HRD S ERR SESE ED 282 Potlet BASIS 1cesekpeb 6A ee BEE ERER DEERE SONS EREE PERE RS E EPOR ERES ERE RDEE CRD S SHORE 282 Canale aons eee ee ee ee SOPORE qq bg ede bed debi e ib ee ere 282 ASUS Voli MIEW 2c praca shear neeer heer deere Paw ERAS eR FREER HERE RAO ER BORE ORATOR ES 282 Sending e mail t members OF A COUESG Loa ovo cake ee ded ean ienei tero LASER err LES Eee SESE ERE SS 283 Displaying 8 printable COUFSO TOSIEY 24 4 ceds plese de bb Eee Feb bdo quoiiebe cie lash e dog digg 283 Managing nerisslotl eoque edet hie or eee RETO RR HU CR E RO eR Ae ER TU ORR T ERA ER ES 284 Chapter 19 Custom Content ac oan eee cores teteaketeexx gere 285 iS 100 0 CST 286 Content VOU CADO oiosssdosbhrtEbEPIPOA X que OSES GR Re EXP IUE E REEEYERE ERE ERA RR gs 286 Saale gos o PA rmm 287 Workins with elenienfe 4o nep bee OE ER Re a RH ERR RR ba E c RAPERE Ge RA 289 Puno ao PL 289 Reordering gemens 2 o4 9d gb eed ebbe e eq o Sabe wb dado quc ba ded due dd bias 290 Modifying au element 11d cere RR SOR OR RH UE RO e EUR EIE RR ERU RR CORR don 290 Delis 4n element 21 co EE ERBRARED PERRA tokid keti bA erar EAGER ERO OSES HRA 290 Norris verti Tele CONE uiii oe Seb repe S EC eque obe de p quasque D
107. the CCI instance The primary way of bringing material into the CCI portlet instance is to upload the course cartridge zip file from your local system or from elsewhere on your network When you do this you have the option of saving the course cartridge to your File Cabinet If you do this then later you can load the cartridge directly from the File Cabinet This section describes both loading processes loading from outside the portal i e from your own computer or network and loading from the File Cabinet Note also that an instance of the CCI portlet can only hold the contents of one course cartridge at a time So if you have added one cartridge to the portlet and want to add another you must remove the first before trying to work with the second Uploading a cartridge from outside the portal 412 The primary way of bringing material into the CCI portlet instance is to upload the course cartridge zip file from your own computer or from elsewhere on your network To upload a cartridge from outside the portal 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate CCI portlet instance 2 Do one of the following Ifthe portlet instance already contains material from a course cartridge as illustrated in the figure below you will need to remove the material before proceeding For details on how to do this see Removing content from a CCI portlet instance on page 422 then proceed to step 3 Course Content
108. the Coursework portlet on page 44 Locate the assignment whose content you want to add to or modify Click the name of that assignment The system displays the Assignment Info screen which summarizes which students have completed the assignment Click Go to Test Builder The system displays the main Test Builder screen for this assignment which lists all the sections and their questions If the Go to Test Builder link is not displayed check to make sure you are in the correct assignment the link is not displayed for offline and file exchange assignments From here you can do any of the following Modify the assignment s sections as described in Modifying a section on page 97 You can modify any of the following The section s name The section s image and any accompanying text Whether or not the section s questions are shuffled if this is a Regular section Modify settings for the assignment as described in Managing online assignment settings on page 100 You can configure any of the following A time limit the maximum duration of the session starting from when the student displays the assignment and ending when he or she submits it A maximum number of attempts the maximum number of times the students can display and submit the assignment The way that sections are displayed on pages Whether or not sections are shuffled Whether or not students can s
109. the Name field modify the text as appropriate Click Rename The system changes the name of your sub section Deleting a sub section 454 If you need to delete a sub section use this procedure Note that when you delete a sub section you also delete all the pages and portlet instances it contains To delete a sub section 1 2 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate course section Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected by default e Racer Faculty Guide 3 Click the Sub Sections tab The system displays a screen that includes a list of all the sub sections that exist on this tab or sub section 4 Locate the sub section you want to delete Click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog asking whether you are sure you want to delete the sub section When you delete a sub section you also delete all content associated with that sub section including all child sub sections all pages and the associated portlet instances So do not delete a sub section unless you are certain you don t need any of this content 5 If you want to delete the sub section and all its content click Yes Delete Specifying the default page for a course section When a user selects any tab or sub section the system displays the default page for that tab or sub section However you can make any page the default page The defau
110. the assignment as if it had been New Due Date E marked as final and submitted 12 lo00 AM Reason i Grant Extension Close Assignment T Be An ue sali tem eremi tom lir o dent menlis Jide le en Sane ot AH Ines coffee hd salire errem me anm Mes cnn Aan ata dem f eot 28 eae odit AAAA roth a Att damtin ade ndih onte 3 Ifappropriate use the Note field to enter any comments you have for the student 4 Inthe Due Date field enter the new deadline 5 Click the Grant Extension button The system changes the due date and indicates the change in two places n the header area at the top of the screen Inthe Workflow area 130 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with bonus points With assignments of any format you have the option of adding a bonus that will be applied to all students in the course section Adding bonus points Use the procedure below to add bonus points to all students scores To add bonus points 1 Display the Student Assignment Details screen for the appropriate student as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 2 Inthe field labeled Bonus Points enter the points that you want to be added across the board 3 Click Add the Bonus The system responds in the following ways Adds the bonus value to all scores that you have already entered e If you enter additional grades the bonus points will be au
111. the following Provide a set of instructions specific to the section Configure the system to shuffle the section s questions Designate the section to be a question pool from which a certain number of questions will be randomly selected for each student Designate the section as being for extra credit only When you create an assignment the system automatically creates a section titled Exam which you can rename if appropriate If your assignment is lengthy you may want to create additional sections About sections When you create or modify a section you have several options and preferences These are described below Name The name of each section is displayed on the online assignment as a heading over its questions For this reason you should choose a name that will be meaningful to students Position The position of a section determines where it is displayed relative to other sections Source Image You use the Source Image field to select an image to display at the beginning of the section Note that you can use the Browse button for help navigating to the image 93 94 Source Text If you want to enter instructions or any other comments at the beginning of the section enter the appropriate message in the Source Text field If you created a Source Image the Source Text will be displayed below the image qnte t emt eam atte ent ens urne SENNA PO um tfo di crine t me ett T T gina mam EO ear ne
112. the following situations Ifyou want to review data about the assignment as described Understanding the main Analysis screen on page 136 Ifyou want to set general analysis preferences for the course section as described in Setting preferences for the course section on page 141 To navigate to the main Analysis screen 1 If you haven t already done so display the Assignment Info screen for the assignment by completing the following steps a Display the appropriate Coursework portlet instance as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 b Locate the assignment for which you want to view data E GP Add a unit Organize by Unit w Weeks 1 5 Faulkner h Add an Assignment i Import test from File Assignment The Sound and the Fury Spotted Horses meom efi hs ens odio ee ee en ee a eee c Click the name of the assignment The system displays the Assignment Info screen for that assignment 2 On the Assignment Info screen click the Test Analysis link which is in the Assignment Stats area of the screen amu a Ny mete ett et ate ete mm im ten et eye ny Time Limit Not Timed Show assignment details Edit this assignment Dele Assignment Stats Average Score 61 54 100 sl View more High Score 99 100 Test vm Low Score 30 100 Average Time Used 1 minute NON Aen RR Aa Bah otl rt eur bbe tA ros ops dae ono AIMIR A hem Ste petal
113. the sidebar link to the sub section though if desired you can hide some or all of the other sub section pages from the role Note that you may want to check with your portal administrator to see whether the role has permission to display the Academics tab If the role does not have permission to display the tab you may need to provide members of the role with a link to the sub section or pages that you want them to have To let a role view a page 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the page for which you want to set permissions 2 Click Edit Page The system displays the Customize page name screen with the Properties tab displayed 3 Click the Permissions tab The system displays a screen that lists each role 4 Locate the role to which you want to give permission and select the corresponding Can View checkbox Customize page Grading Guidelines Properties Content Layout Permissions Define Permissions Permissions for Members of RLGN 501 A Role Can View Faculty Guest Lecturers oR oO Honors Students f a Fj Students L1 Teaching Assistants J g EN Ville ie eiie affe n sons Amet stn smi ft ms en ann lhl on Om 5 Click Save The system refreshes the page and saves your selection The role you chose now has permission to view the page 469 Managing page and context permissions Managing portlet permissions 470 Managing access to portlets is done in a few ways e You can set permissions fo
114. these values or any of the other fields on the Edit an Assignment screen which is described more fully in An assignment s basic settings on page 52 If you want to modify the content of an online assignment for example to change a question or an answer see Chapter 3 Adding content to online assignments To modify an assignment definition 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 2 Locate the assignment you want to modify 3 Click the corresponding pencil icon Weeks 6 10 Hemingway d Add an Assignment ge Import test from File C Assignment The Sun Also Rises 2 8 A Farewell to Arms ix 4 The system displays the Edit an Assignment screen Coursework Edit an Assignment Edit Assignment Name The Sun Also Rises Format Type Exam M 4 Add an Assignment Type Required Required v Unit Weeks 6 10 Hemingway CF Add a Unit Description Default Font Size 7 V IBIUA V 2 Mh i i Il i q AON Aili aiiin ainiin aaa EUER RENT PRU NITORE 5 Make any changes that are necessary Note that you cannot change the assignment s format 68 6 Click Save e Racer Faculty Guide 69 Creating assignments Saving an assignment to the File Cabinet If you think you ll want to re use some or all of an assig
115. this procedure to create a task either for yourself or for others To create a task 1 Navigate to the appropriate instance of the Task Manager portlet and maximize it The system displays the maximized view of the portlet instance By default the system displays the tab labeled My To Do List 2 Doone ofthe following If you want to create a task for yourself click the link labeled Add a New Task If you want to create a task for someone else select the Tasks I Assigned tab then click Add a New Task ge eo mur rtt meme IT ttt me ur yum ue TT T DV m Lm reum em yt All Tasks Status Priority Due Date Murs AUT EN i 0 Complete Medium 08 10 2010 11 00 AM im 2 S 0 Complete High 08 12 2010 11 00 AM b Assign a EU Task ef meteo ee e The system displays a form 3 Fill out the form as follows In the Name field enter a short label for task If this is a task for someone else use the Assign To area to select the person or role to which you want to assign this task In the Description field enter a description of the task If this is a task for someone else use the Due Date area to set a deadline If this is a task for you use the Status area to describe the current state of the task Use the Priority drop down list to select a priority 4 Click Save 369 Task Manager Managing permissions 370 By default users can create tasks for themselves but only members of the Faculty ro
116. this procedure to create a topic If you need help with any particular setting see Attributes of a topic on page 309 To create a topic 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet and click the Edit Forum button 3 e Racer Faculty Guide Locate the category to which you want to add a topic In that area click Add a Topic murem theta Ze elm eum men AMICI ers MOVES ierit ra r SRE Tata Weeks 1 through 4 2 Edit Category amp m Users Posts EF Add a RUE t The Classical World f 0 F Ancient Greece and Rome 6 fF 1 4 Late Antiquity p T 0 Totals 1 The system displays the Adding a Topic screen In the Topic Name field enter a name for the category If appropriate enter a description in the Topic Description field As appropriate adjust settings for any of the following e Access e Private Topic Moderation Click Save Modifying a topic Use this procedure to change any of the following Topic Name Topic Description Activation Access Private Topic Moderation To modify a topic 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet and click the Edit Forum button 313 Forums 3 Locate the topic you want to modify and click corresponding pencil icon fitm hee me Ap me tm Atm mm umm te teeta ete t rm o Petru meu eim Lum et ay ama mre t mm z A Indiana E Use this topic to discuss the church s founding and the period when it was
117. to retake the assignment You may also want to extend the deadline for a particular student who has not yet uploaded a file For details on how to do this see Extending a deadline for a student on page 130 Checking students progress After you have activated an online assignment you may want to periodically check your students progress The Assignment Info screen offers an overview of who has finished For help getting to the Assignment Info screen see Navigating to the Assignment Info screen on page 111 b LLL LIPPE PL PD LEES Student Results Student Date Finalized Grade Time Spent Anderson Jim Thursday March 18 2010 2 55 100 49 minutes 5 seconds Brown Dana Thursday March 18 2010 2 100 50 minutes 57 seconds Garcia Ana E Thursday March 18 2010 2 100 49 minutes 50 seconds He Steve B Thursday March 18 2010 2 100 45 minutes 36 seconds Jackson George Incomplete TupTRGENW Thursday March 18 2010 2 100 45 minutes 6 seconds Thursday March 18 2010 2 100 45 minutes 21 seconds 100 46 minutes 31 seconds 100 45 minutes 22 seconds Keita Amy amp Meyer John Thursday March 18 2010 2 Sato Lisa 8 Thursday March 18 2010 2 Taylor Sam 8 Incomplete The information on this screen includes the following Ifthe assignment is not yet due any student who has yet to submit the assignment is labeled Incomplete in the Date Finalized column e For
118. trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog asking whether you are sure you want to delete the topic 3 Click OK Setting the Maximum Days Active limit By default a message posted in the Bulletin Boards portlet will be left active until a user deletes it However you can configure any instance of the portlet to automatically delete messages after a certain period of time This section explains how to work with this setting which affects all categories of the portlet instance unless the category has its own setting Note that users who have permission to manage categories can also further limit the lifespan of messages in any particular category as described in Managing permissions on page 258 To set the Maximum Days Active limit for messages 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Bulletin Boards screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Settings tab The system displays the Settings screen 257 Bulletin Boards 3 Inthe Maximum Days Active area of the screen choose the appropriate value from the drop down list Choices are 3 7 15 30 60 120 and No Limit 4 Click Save Managing permissions This section explains how to grant these privileges to other roles that need to use the portlet instance Available permissions 258 The available permissions include the following Can Add Posts
119. uade ABN Keno Mali entr The system displays the Analysis data for that assignment 140 e Racer LMS Faculty Guide 3 Doone ofthe following Ifyou need help understanding the information displayed on this screen see Understanding the main Analysis screen on page 136 Ifyou want to set preferences see Setting preferences for the course section on page 141 Setting preferences for the course section The Test Analysis feature provides you with statistics on high performing students versus low performing ones and it also warns you about potential problems with your assignment This section explains how you can customize this behavior Configuring warning settings The Test Analysis feature warns you about potential problems with your assignment For example the system warns you if any of the following is true e Ifa question is too hard e Ifa question did not discriminate well between high and low performing students Ifa distractor is not effective multiple choice questions only For more details on these concepts see Key terms on page 134 The way warnings are issued varies depending on preferences that you can set for your course section Note that this procedure sets these preferences for your entire course section and all of its assignments not just this one To configure warning settings 1 Display the main Test Analysis screen for any online assignment as described in Navigating to th
120. umet mtt T Ae Ic Main Screen These settings determine how posts will be displayed on the Main screen Format 9 Headline Only O Summary O Full Item PARRA SATs RON aille n fio s eet Ades Mb 4 Scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Save 232 e Racer Faculty Guide Specifying the maximum posts to display In the first views of the Blog portlet instance that a user sees the instance probably will not display every post that has been launched It shows a limited number of posts For example the portlet instance below is actually host to more than 100 items but in this view where the portlet is not yet maximized the portlet displays only two items This is the default view of the portlet instance Blog Calendar Classes canceled due to snow storm Mon November 16 2009 9 48 AM Event raises 2 million for student union renovations Wed November 11 2009 9 40 AM View more posts Bookmarks News around the world The New York Times The Wall Street Journal RSS News Select a C Go to Main Screen When the user maximizes the portlet instance the instance might show a greater number of posts than it did in the initial non maximized view but it still will probably not show all of them 233 Blog depending on how many exist Users can click the Older Items link shown below to display more posts Classes canceled due to snow storm Mo
121. using Test Builder Adding content to the assignment Reviewing settings that determine how the assignment behaves such as whether it is timed and whether extra credit is allowed This process of adding content is described in Chapter 3 Adding content to online assignments e Racer Faculty Guide C Activating the assignment The activation process means different things depending on the format of the assignment as follows Online assignments Activating the assignment means that students can see the assignment in the Coursework portlet They can also display and complete the assignment e File exchange assignments Activating the assignment means that students can see the assignment in the Coursework portlet and that they can go ahead and upload their files Offline assignments Activating the assignment means that students can see the assignment listing in the Coursework portlet For online assignments the activation process is described in Activating and deactivating assignments on page 105 For offline and file exchange assignments you can make an assignment active at the time that you create it or you can go back and activate it later on the same screen where you created the assignment For details see Start on page 61 D Grading the assignment This process of grading completed assignments and providing feedback is described in Chapter 4 Grading assignments E Analyzing onl
122. you close an assignment for a particular student who has not uploaded a file and enter a grade You might want to do this in the following situations e Ifthe student gave you a hard copy version of his or her file Ifyou know that the student is not going to be submitting a file and you want to enter a grade 119 Grading assignments 120 To close an assignment for a student 1 Display the Student Assignment Details screen for the appropriate student as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 2 Locate the area labeled Results for Student Name PL nM Jane Jones Assignment Details lt Previous Back to Workflow No workflow Results for Jane Jones gsm T Leech p LR age oe Status In order to enter a grade and feedback for this user you must first close his her assignment When the assignment is closed the student will not be able to add edit or remove any files and you will be able to grade the assignment as if it had been marked as final and submitted Close Assignment voies AMA onde o IB A es de IRI eso dine lee tle Oh PR ent aei fe A o Site SONS HERB cese c le ee aat de If appropriate enter comments in the Reason field Click Close Assignment The system takes the following actions Records your action in the Workflow area of the screen In your view of the screen in the Results for Student Name area adds a form that
123. 0 desk Gdes ees hehe CL OE asa EE S 359 Manota pertelssiQUS be lieeu erbe ie eii rb Zeng es ee tchaw esa EE uu Rd KU debt ddp baee 361 Letting roles manage desdPE ouosseeecntee sek ered Gere He Ke RO HEURE RU A PSOE Rd OEE RES 361 Lethngroles Taandge SEES eoo pesce eq erb P ERREY EFE REA ELE GOEL E EUSA GASES OSS RON Ra 361 Chapter 23 RSS News Header llllllllllls 363 h io 0 o PH 364 Ngee about Hernies aod bd d ebd eeu edd eee d bbs d bp e pquiE qae e tiques 364 ING debat Deans ouest eres HR PNE RH EORR RITE ER RA CER lee RC RR d RR YS 364 aubscribuiP to A Ted ico G EVE EROS ARP e EPOR EPI FLORALS RAE ERA RR ded reb EE E Re RA 364 Cant ARMIES eddie es dae ated beides did qud eda be dida dedu TE eo ignique d 365 Marnasine porm4lssloUS 4uuouaeoesekeu e Reo R CR ORRHRCOLER EUR REESE RUP Qe ER UO RARE E Rae oU d 366 Chapter 24 Task Manager RC 367 ee ee ee E 368 pu d o T 368 ets lit a ee eee io eb E Eb ee ee DIU ee deo qi eb d ebbe iq 368 e ea BIAS AETA OPER UPPESqOErCa way ea thy SIRE de vq aime pui eq thoes pede d 369 WISna pip permissions TC CI TT 370 xiv e Racer Faculty Guide Maintaining your course context 371 Chapter 25 Previewing a context as a student 373 Key concepts oie cca V bRbRVebtq Vehestelepddeheds egeo S eee Co ribqie pb D be ded 374 Recommended Wses idees cde breve Reb Ro ele Fore Rb RR PCR Re eR HRK EWE DROS ERA ER s 375 ener NAAN
124. 00 PM Exam Light in August p T D 9 25 2009 1 00 PM Exam The role of the narrator Oo R Z 10 2 2009 5 00 PM Paper Term Paper 1 FA T e 10 9 2009 5 00 PM Paper Weeks 6 10 Hemingway gp Add an Assignment ee Import test from File Cabinet Assiqnment Format Due Date Type The Sun Also Rises 2 dd 10 16 2009 1 00 PM Exam A Farewell to Arms tenu LR n 10 23 2009 3 00PM Exam e Racer Faculty Guide By default the content and layout of the Coursework page cannot be modified which means that you cannot remove the Coursework portlet nor can you add other portlets to this page Gradebook The Gradebook page hosts the Gradebook portlet The Gradebook portlet automatically imports data from the Attendance portlet and the Coursework portlet so you can see at a glance how each student is doing in your class You can also use the portlet to do the following e Assign relative values to both attendance and coursework so the system can automatically calculate students midterm and final grades Configure how many points or what percentages percentages merit an A B C and so forth e Override a grade that is automatically calculated by the system All of the above tasks are described in Chapter 7 Configuring the Gradebook and Chapter 8 Reviewing and adjusting grades You can also use the Gradebook portlet to submit midterm and final grades to your school s ERP system which is described in Chapter 9
125. 0096 i Totals 0 00 0 00 Back to Coursework Grade Breakdowm T Relative Weights The system makes the screen modifiable e Entera weight for each assignment Note that you will not be allowed to save the weights unless all of the percentages add to 100 percent f Click Save 177 Configuring the Gradebook 178 The system displays a success message g Repeat steps c through f until you have assigned weights for all assignments in every unit or type Automatically dropping bad grades In some cases you may want to configure the system to drop each student s lowest grade s Note that this option is available only if you have set up your Gradebook using the advanced weighting method and your exact options vary depending on which advanced weighting choice all together vs by unit type you have made By default the system is set up to count all grades To configure the Gradebook to automatically drop bad grades 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 2 Click the Setup tab 3 Click the View Coursework Breakdown link The system displays a screen that summarizes current weights This screen includes a few options below the summary of weights 4 Doone ofthe following If you are currently weighting assignments all together you have only one option you can drop each stude
126. 1 that portion will have zero points Options This area shows links to other options you might want to pursue Items without point values This area lists any assignments that do not have point values The system now allows you to select the Gradebook tab When you select this tab the system displays a list of all students in the course section and their grades so far 7 At this point you might want to do one of the following Review the relative point values of your existing coursework as described in If you use basic weighting on page 179 Make attendance a part of the student s grade as described in Managing the effects of attendance on page 181 e Racer Faculty Guide Using the advanced weighting method If you have not yet set up the Gradebook and you want to set it up using the advanced weighting method use this procedure To set up the Gradebook using the advanced weighting method 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 The system displays a wizard Click the Continue link The screen updates to include details about the two weighting methods Select the radio button labeled Use Advanced mode percentage Click Save The screen updates to include details about the two organization methods For details on these methods see Organization methods on
127. 2 Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected Context Manager Properties Pages Sub Sections Permissions Name RLGN 501 A New Religious Movements 3 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Define Permissions screen 4 Locate the role you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon Context Manager Properties Pages Sub Sections Permissions Define Permissions Permissions for Members of RLGN 501 A New Religious Move Role Can Admin Attendance Collab Faculty Guest Lecturers oR Honors Students g Students Teaching Assistants m send nali s diae SSS sudo Inl s t e jan ii LI m RI DI D 465 Creating and maintaining roles The system updates the screen to include a form that you can modify 5 If appropriate use the Role Name field to modify the name of the role 6 If desired select or de select any roles that you want to add or remove from the role you are currently editing 7 If appropriate select or remove individual users from the role as follows d Click Edit Users The system opens a new browser window that lets you add and remove users from the role Users currently assigned to the role are displayed in the Selected Users column e Using the Add and Remove buttons add or remove users from the Selected Users column f Click OK The browser window closes and the previo
128. 2 Click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Portlet name screen with the Preferences tab selected 292 e Racer Faculty Guide Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen Locate the role that should be allowed to manage the portlet Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Edit Custom Content column Click Save 293 Custom Content 294 This chapter explains how to set up an instance of the Forums portlet In this chapter Key concepts Working with categories Working with topics Working with posts Working with an approval queue Working with private comments Reviewing activity by user Working with the permissions tab Other administrative tasks Troubleshooting 20 Forums Forums Key concepts The Forums portlet lets students and other users engage in conversation This portlet is ideal for classroom discussions and other types of collaboration By default there is an instance of the Forums portlet on the Collaboration page of your course context This section offers a short overview of the Forums portlet It may be useful to review this section before setting up the portlet Categories and topics Within a portlet instance all conversation is organized into categories and sub categories which are called topics So for example a category might be Hemingway and topics in that category might be The Sun Also Rises The Nick Adams St
129. 27 Dogg o Toc IDs BEEF NAE orco oE orb OD EQ DEI E a Pd eid doo MA Geb rip be eq o bibas EA Displaying a User patticIpalion SO GGU sis en sehr eens Reese RR Re RHE RR dao Role HS 328 Working with the permissions tabe circio seres RENREREESUERESTERERA Hide eb E eRiE AR CROCE Td 329 Aboni INS Permissions p EEUU 329 xii e Racer Faculty Guide CAVING A 1016 3 POLTIISBIOR oues ed des edere par REPRE PE ie R ERE b i ie ERR E UM 329 Cher adip E e cocks hee Ebbbrk eet bad E baie bud bird i bbb reb Pbi kbps 330 Allowing or disallowing anonymous posts s cesirencirerekist diusir RE ERSEURPERGREAEWEE RR kini 330 Tok OOE erei E Pa iod CS E N NAN SRR es ENT BERETES 331 The Add a Post or Reply button does not show Up iiscecoso tes ehe o RR RRRRS RR ELE RR 331 Users cannot display se post or eps operis trint rk Eb ESERERSPRRENERKRSCNEESAKbbb RT RE RE 332 Users cannot upload diles and MASES oo ko dka sd sewed d iit redt X rE EE e E RES EE Re TER P ERE 332 The Approval Queue 18 Dot displayed a iik ead donk eondeieehedeGiekeekassacbes ESPERA dae 332 Chapter eh oo ees oe ec Kee eee eee ewes 335 Key one eine Aae E ke ara e TEENE 336 Porilet PONCE Lee meERRUIUERMEERRSEEREEPCRROR C RS AC RE RM E Ra RNC e E RES 4 OEE RESERS Or ES 336 Dera CANONS MC TE HC eem 336 zd UUEETEUUTTMTT 337 Navigating to the Handouts Pret oui Lesad beweRkESLEREWARERRUCREMENRARESCRERSS REEL RT ENS 337 Navigating to the Downloadable Version portlet 1usiscs ea
130. 290 After you create an element you might want to delete it To do this use the procedure below To delete an element 1 2 Navigate to the Custom Content portlet instance that hosts the element you want to delete Click the Edit Content link The system displays a screen that summarizes the elements on the page Locate the element you want to modify and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system generates a dialog asking whether you are sure you want to delete the element e Racer Faculty Guide 4 Click OK 5 Click Save Working with remote content This section describes how to add elements to a Custom Content portlet how to modify them and so forth Note that the Custom Content portlet should allow you to enter any URL but some Internet sites may cause problems for users That is the URL may try to break out of the frame that the system puts it in In these cases when a user displays the page hosting the Custom Content portlet the system will present the user with a dialog box asking if they want to navigate away from the site In general these types of URLs should not be used with the Custom Content portlet Adding remote content Use this procedure to add an element to a Custom Content portlet instance To add remote content 1 2 Navigate to the Custom Content portlet instance to which you want to add content Click the link labeled Show Remote External Content The system displays a
131. 5 0 out of 100 0 C 0 0 ou Taylor Sam 90 0 out of 100 0 A 0 0 ou Show Percentage Grades Grade Custom Items lt P Export to This grade is approximate due to ungraded items reos Mal Nn al Ems the x Re EN Ath o re em fne f ME ONIN tl diam te Pme a anl The system displays a dialog asking if you want to open or save the Excel file 3 Follow the prompts to either open or save the file Next steps Once your course section is complete and you are satisfied with all the final grades in the Gradebook you probably will want to submit the grades to your school s ERP system Depending on how your system is set up you will probably use one of the following methods The Gradebook Grade Entry feature If your school uses this feature you can submit the grades directly from the Gradebook For details see Submitting grades to the ERP system on page 203 The Grade Entry portlet which is a feature available with CRM Faculty For details on this portlet see Getting Started with CRM Faculty which is available from MyJenzabar 201 Reviewing and adjusting grades 202 9 oubmitting grades to the ERP system Gradebook Grade Entry is a feature in the Gradebook portlet that lets you submit grades and attendance records to your school s ERP system In this chapter e Key concepts e Submitting grades and attendance records Re submitting data Key concepts 204 Gradebook Grade Entry is a f
132. ABS ERE SS 220 WOEKING wn Anco WES iioc bee REN EL RU RRERCRERECS GRRE SREY eee ee Rae eres 222 PSOne un Supe mE NE 221 padece PO IRR EHEDPEFDEFE KPESEK DERE IPIE EPI IE Pi ceed 222 Edine Bn amnouce ment sex caked dake ees age ri best ieee CREER KEEN RREESCuENDPMPPAT PUES 224 Delne Ease al WR Tr r 224 Ghapier 12 o E m 225 OI au De rcr 226 Choices Ior adt oes ck hither ek heehee olo een RC UER Ub e EUR P eR PR Ra cda 227 Choices for the faculty member managing the portlet 5006 lt 5 ub RR ERREIREE EE 228 ING Gea IOCAWONS i305 ou cn c rrTmT 229 Enabling or disabling RSS 6606 05 coc rdaecte e ema tiser rue NOCERE arent raped Po RRR RGR ER EA 229 Changing the default setings for authors oo oe a cae cake cede nth Osho Sew e ESAS LEG eHEOEReSSS ELE SE 230 Modi ying the layout ot tbe portlet msanii ues or eser ee ERR REG ewe DER deo Rap RR op Rn Zal Specifying the maximum posts to display aee uet este IR tiniee EREE RR A Ta ROWER ED 233 Niansmng peris 008 2 cece cee Seek Peres eee aeeeeengedeagriecawihedliaqesieereseeeckens 236 Allowing roles to post blog items access the Setup men iliis sies et xx Re Exe ex xe Ra 236 Allowing roles to comine iios doter e er RR OER Ree RR Hee Re deii edepol e Rape qn 238 Chapter 13 Bookmarks 2a dris wo GE HERR ETE IER E DG PRERPRUS 239 Rey cone PROTEUS 240 a a A A A A A E E E E E E E TA T E 240 Eoi Uc iu io e ped pee ER EE AE E EA 240 W
133. Ade N Alden aseo Em enm MAM 0 aM ea fa Fe RP a on feri on dB often inn AA IA see ARA hana e ms 4 Doeither of the following as appropriate e Change the weighting method and click the corresponding Save button Change the organization method and click the corresponding Save button If you have changed to the basic weighting method you have nothing more to do as part of this process However if you want attendance to be part of students grades you must set that up as described in Setting the value of attendance on page 181 Any weight that attendance had previously was lost when you went to the basic weighting method If you have changed to the advanced weighting method the screen updates to include an area labeled Assignment Weighting Method 5 Ifthe system has displayed the Assignment Weighting Method screen complete the following steps a Choose one of the following Weight all together lets you assign a percentage value to each assignment Weight by unit type lets you assign a percentage value to each unit or type and then to each assignment For more details on these options see Weighting methods on page 168 b Click the corresponding Save button 173 Configuring the Gradebook You are now ready to assign weights as described in Assigning weights on page 175 If you want to modify the value of attendance which by default has a weight of 15 percent regardless of what it had previously
134. Be careful about posting announcements to base roles from within a portlet instance that was set up using the Context Based option Your announcement will not show up in that portlet instance but it will show up in every General portlet instance throughout the portal It may be wiser to pen these announcements from within a portlet instance where you can immediately review the posted announcement for errors 5 In the Details field enter the text of your announcement 6 By default your announcement will be displayed immediately and indefinitely But if you want to change this chose dates and times for the Start and or End field If you choose to end the announcement at a specific time you can specify that after the end date the announcement will be deleted or that it will be archived When an announcement is archived it is removed from view for most users Only the author of the announcement or someone with the Show Admin Section global portlet operation can then re post or delete it 7 If the portlet instance is set up to allow for anonymous posting note that if appropriate you can select the checkbox labeled Post Announcement Anonymously 8 Click Save If you chose to have the announcement display now then the announcement becomes visible to the specified role s Unless you posted the announcement anonymously your name will be listed as the author 223 Announcements Editing an announcement In order to edit an announcem
135. Can Admin privilege for a course context the role can view all the pages that are direct children of the context such as Attendance and Coursework Display and administer all pages on all child contexts of the context if any exist For example if you grant a role the Can Admin privilege for a course context then that role is automatically granted the Can Admin privilege in all of the child contexts Add pages either directly to the context and to any child contexts Edit any existing pages Add sub sections Administer existing sub sections View and administer all portlet instances in the context This includes having access to the Settings and Permissions tabs for all portlet instances Give permission to other roles to view and administer the tab or sub section as well as remove the permission give users permission to administer a context Log in to the portal and navigate to the page for which you want to set permissions Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected by default Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Define Permissions screen which lists all the roles in the system and at least two columns at the right labeled Can Admin and Can View Page Locate the role to which you want to grant administrative access and select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Admin column Note that when you select Can Admin the system automatically g
136. Content Import You use the Course Content Import CCI portlet to upload items from a course cartridge and if desired integrate them into other portlets For example you may want to import cartridge items into the Coursework Forums or other portlets This CCI portlet is described in Chapter 28 Importing from course cartridges Navigational tools To assist you with navigating among all of your school s course contexts e Racer includes the following portlets Course Search You can use this portlet to search for details about any course sections that exist in the portal and to navigate to their contexts This might be useful if you want to review details about sections taught by other faculty members For details see Chapter 17 Course Search e All My Courses The All My Courses portlet offers a way for you to quickly navigate to your own course contexts This portlet is not included in the default template for course contexts but you can add it to your context or to your My Pages area For details on how the portlet works see Chapter 10 All My Courses 35 Introduction Tools for creating portal only elements e Racer includes a few additional portlets that are not included by default in any course context but which you may be able to use to supplement your work These include the following Course Creator Depending on your school s teaching strategy you may be able to create courses that are d
137. Deleting assignments Use this procedure to delete one or more assignments along with all the sections and questions contained in those assignments To delete one or more assignments 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 383 Working with the File Cabinet 2 Locate the assignment s that you want to delete Click the corresponding trash barrel icon File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Readings Course Cartridges Coursework Coursework Format Type Edit Delete F Midterm y Exam s o amp Quiz 1 A Quiz f t L1 Lab 1 PA Lab Report O Research Paper lt Exam a Delete Selected NPM AAR AAA afe AAAS Ka B oH tos lili a POO nae He e See s di Be cn armen fe RS Lame hI ON The system displays asking if you are sure you want to delete the assignment s 3 Click OK As an alternative you can use the checkboxes at the left to select multiple items to delete then E click the Delete Selected button Working with sections From within the File Cabinet you can do any of the following relative to sections Display a list of the sections in an assignment Rename sections Delete sections Displaying an assignment s sections Use this procedure to display a list of sections in an assignment and optionally a list of questions in any section To display an assignment s sections 1 If you haven t
138. ER OL Gl Fe EUER 309 Creatng amp DIG dessus eR ereinen kiat RAR RR RIE RE ER be M rede dea or aac ds 312 Dp ned S TOpIC 2 ociaterbb6s RESNXIPRESSU HORE HEsUREIER P MESIERENA E ERSIPIPURTRDORTPINNS 313 Delepns a ID ee Debe bb Epio the cbe AE E E E E E dod 314 Working Wi C UIUDUTTTUTUUTTTUTTTT 315 Elus a users pastor veply oosstecxkcsbeXebeev exe eR reU ERED ERRES TERESIN IDEO RES 315 DCE g nOSE GC TEN renren erba cop qe unida Pb Fede mid eaae 317 Moving a post and 15s TOEDIIGS ucees 50 bce Roe REO RP RR RR dep ER Oe RO RR MR de Rover qa 318 Adjusung a past s display SEU LieceeREsUPRIEERe AERE hoe bb Se Rh EGE hie EXEPORT ENSE 320 Woaknus vns approval GURUS 3 9 bd qub ena deba Hnhet EE bb dct a eu dude dad dq dep d 321 Indicators Tor GHG MEES 46 ose toes ow ienee aa eb ER Rb dr RACER Rd RR ES 321 Indicators for faculty members and moderators 2 620555 ccsee nese eae b ttd bee dud Mad RE xa EE RE 321 Processing s post or reply that requires approval 42222 cee sss RE ERES CC ADELE eA ORES 324 Working with pmvate CODIMEBES eoa 5 68456 ER CCCRE4g RP AER EHI Rr ROO Ro RR Pn RR de EA 325 Addins a VAIS CONNUBUE Loco Lebe rbbhecPbbecHE eb RR EEO EREET ASS CRid ex RE EE NE 325 blue a prete Sommet 4152s tede Eo Rel bbb E tebe EE ie do eb Ei bed deed boo hip b ded 326 Deleting a private Domen os coerce ek peace EROR RORR COLOR eR RR UR RR e RAI RR RR RS 326 Reviewed Acivity Dy USEF Loo scepeqe FEREERERUC REP Ren REP CMS ERES E RESUKEPES C RPEMURESE 3
139. Faculty Guide e As described in Managing permissions for each instance of the portlet you can allow roles to do any of the following Post blog items Administer the portlet instance Comment on posts No default locations In the default layout of the portal there are no instances of the Blog portlet but you can add this portlet to your course section s pages If desired you may also be able to add the Blog portlet to a Campus Groups context or to another context that you might manage If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 Enabling or disabling RSS feeds For any instance of the Blog portlet you can enable an RSS feed With this functionality people can use an RSS reader to view items posted in the portlet instance The RSS reader will display the 20 most recent items from the portlet instance Note that when you enable RSS feeds the options available to authors change slightly That is normally an author could specify which roles can display his or her post However when RSS feeds are enabled authors cannot restrict the availability of the items they post all users with the ability to display the portlet instance including guests can also display all posted items To enable or disable RSS feeds 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Click the Setup link The system displays the Setup screen 3 As appropriate select or
140. Gradebook on page 167 2 Click the Setup tab Gradebook Overview _ Setup Gradebook Page 1 Page 2 Overview Attendance Detail Grade Overview The system displays the Setup tab This screen includes a link labeled Submit Your Grades Gradebook amp 3 LI Setup Gradebook Grade Breakdown Options Configure Attendance amp Custom Items Attendance 15 00 96 Coursework 85 00 96 Total 100 00 View Coursework Breakdown Set Letter Grade Values Edit this Breakdovm Change Grade Weighting and Organization Assignments without weights All your coursework assignments are Submit Your Grades weighted 205 If you do not see the Submit Your Grades link there are a few possible reasons why including the following The portal is not currently configured to allow faculty members to submit grades from the Gradebook portlet You do not have permission to view submit or re submit grades This is determined within your school s ERP system This course is a portal only course which means that it does not exist in the ERP system If the link is not displayed and you think that it should be contact a system administrator Click the Submit Your Grades link The system displays the Submit Grades screen which is shown as part of the Gradebook tab as opposed to the Setup tab But note that if you simply had navigated to the Gradebook portlet instance and clicked th
141. Gradebook portlet 167 Configuring the Gradebook Setting up the Gradebook Before you can use the Gradebook you must set it up As part of this process you select a weighting method and an organization method You do this once for every course section that you manage through the portal You must make these choices before you can do anything else with the Gradebook About the setup options 168 Part of what the Gradebook does is calculate students midterm and final grades The way the Gradebook does this depends on the weighting method and organization method you choose Weighting methods There are two weighting methods Basic The weight for each assignment is taken directly from its point value which you set within the Coursework portlet as described in Working with point values on page 91 Advanced Within Gradebook you manually assign percentage weights to Coursework assignments These weights have no correlation to the point values set within the Coursework portlet With this method the you have two choices Weight All Together With this method you choose a percentage weight for each assignment Weight by Unit Type With this method the weighting process has two steps a You choose a percentage weight for each unit or type For example one unit could represent 25 percent of the grade and another unit could represent 75 percent Similarly you could make all assignments of type Quiz wor
142. IODL 2 6 sede opened O2ERA OER RRECER RIE AREER bed ee Roose Ree RES 454 Specifying the default page for a course SECHION iiio sesso ku REI RAE ee need dene ddan seins 455 WOE Me wt Seba o see qiie debe Fb bct bd Rb CEP e dq betae e Fade ees beans 457 Hiding or displaying sub section linksin a sidebar 2 2 seei ce esse sees sews ven wav mes 457 Reordering sub section Haks m Sidebar 1iusctussuhkees e ERR REG ER ESXCRERRE ERES REN 457 Reamerina pagelinks inma debi i FERES RED E be d ebbe Hebe qudd ote P dbbbibque od 458 Chapter 31 Creating and maintaining roles 000000 461 13 417 ATP E E E E E T E EEE ET 462 xvii Contents LIGSDHP AIO oos cs hat Benet dente eie dido Chee chee et EE PEPPER EM Pes ed dees 463 Modifying a role Chapter 32 Managing page and context permissions 2j rg PR TP EUTTOTLIMTPUUTUPPEMUU MTMTT 468 Automatically asstened privileges coc aciecacsac des p4veeRPis A Y Sie eee er seers Seb as Hehe Se 468 Manually assigned privileges 2s ede wa uo eRe RO e QR UR Brice RR RU BUR Ru IR RU RR a A Ep OR 468 Letting role view pages and context link 12e deste esse eee key IR d eR idur RU RR e 469 Managing portet neiiiSIOUS ceo iesciwexcbMeselxwRelkeosix e eges sckbRsemiz sebbesdize3 470 Letne arole adiu sier SOONER 1s cated pP Rex LER RE REA Ee eee Bobo E prp eee ds 471 bolso APERTE E eo oe eee Oe Rd eee peewee eee xviii Preface This guide explains how teachers can use e Racer to manage their
143. IU Format Offline hd File Exchange Offline Required The format is shown in the initial view of the Coursework portlet instance wA VT mtm er I Sl Weeks 1 5 Faulkner mutuum tium Peur tm Hurt Aeg vm ut rm uM ym Emmy Assignment Format Due Date Required Ihe Sound and the Fu y 9 11 2009 1 00 PM Required Spotted Horses 9 18 2009 1 00 PM Required Light in August 9 25 2009 1 00 PM Required 53 Creating assignments Type 54 The format is also shown when students display the assignment Coursework Student Assignment Detail Exam The Sound and the Fury Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Format Online MBs ns Bs me As MM RAN manly A n Rt For a definition of the term type see Types on page 41 When creating the assignment or modifying its settings you choose the type using a drop down menu y rm pa ee rem Type Exam Required Homework Grade Method Lab Report Paper Quiz Reading Test 7 a dd etl a fne cdit M The type is shown to students in the default view of the Coursework portlet instance The exact view of the Coursework portlet varies depending on the organization method that you choose when you set up the Gradebook portlet as described in Setting up the Gradebook on page 168 If you have not yet set up the Gradebook the Coursework portlet displays assignments according to unit and type is represented as a c
144. Info screen Regardless of an assignment s format you always use the same procedure to display its Assignment Info screen To navigate to the Assignment Info screen 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 2 Click the name of the assignment The system displays the Assignment Info screen which lists all students enrolled in the course section and the following e If this is an offline assignment a form for entering or changing grades Ifthis is an online or file exchange assignment links to the Student Assignment Details screen for each student 111 Grading assignments Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen 112 For all file exchange and online assignments the system creates a Student Assignment Details screen which you can use to take a variety of actions related to the assignment This section explains how to display this screen To navigate to the Student Assignment Details screen 1 If you haven t already done so display the Assignment Info screen for the appropriate assignment as described in Navigating to the Assignment Info screen 2 Click the name of the student whose details you want to review The system opens the Student Assignment Details screen which includes more details about the individual student s work on this assignment and lets you take several a
145. PUM 5 If you want this group to be the same size as its counterpart on the other end of the spectrum select the checkbox labeled Use this percent for the Low High Performer group as well If you need to reset the size of the performance groups to their original default settings click the link labeled Reset to the default configuration for this course 6 Click Save The system changes the size of the group and if appropriate the size of the other groups 143 Analyzing online assignments 144 6 Tracking attendance You track each student s attendance using the Attendance portlet This chapter describes how to configure and use this portlet In this chapter Key concepts Navigating to the Attendance portlet Configuring the attendance marking method Working with warnings Working with sessions Working with attendance records Managing permissions Tracking attendance Key concepts The Attendance portlet is used to track students attendance Data from the portlet is automatically imported into the Gradebook portlet where you can use it to help determine students midterm and final grades if desired About the value of attendance If you want attendance to affects students midterm and final grades you will make that configuration within the Gradebook portlet as described in Chapter 7 Configuring the Gradebook Although that setup is not done here in the Attendance portlet this section provides a br
146. Pap Dep D be eg 392 Adding a DaINIOUE 4 2424 ier debet Re Roe RR DADE One b Re oe bea Rec qua 392 Modifying BandoMiS 222v RE EROR ERR AXC ARA TEES Reda TREE ERR EXRRG ERE RR REP EER RE 392 Peleme D TDUES bch iege bebe i eb ebbe Hebg eked b vb edu equ cbe Fede sd edd 393 Usine the Readings Talia iiie oce eee yore e eer eee RR YESS REE ERE ERLE RR Oe RR oe ED 394 Addis d QOIS sisse ERES HOA ERRARE SED RHEE RELIG e EERSTERB RETREAT RO EA 394 Moding Wis n C C UUUUETUEUTT 394 Using the Comse Cartridges D co oeocesecek xe RR eee se Cee CORR RACER RR ee RR e Rb s 396 Working with 1016606 es whee eee dPpRALIERELIUCRARHIQEEYPREARTQERRA EP ELEY RARE REPBAYRA AE YQ pe 397 Cveabng CINE eiie be Ed ERE Eb E Ee a ob eb QU AME eod e tia qq 397 Reisimine a Tolder isset e Ce Se RO DERG EE RRDNSE RIE ER ERO re RACER E Rd e RE 397 b iuri P sch by bo bE ode 8 EES OEE REREIADSLRSLIEIEEE ER EY EEE RDETE RSA ROE 398 PAGS Ie eres 0 ONE 4 git ode bn de Dp eee obe FRIES comet the be ebd 398 XV Contents Chapter 27 Copying course materials llli 399 Key Gon eps etka bbb E Red duet bebes beeen eee nb qub i d quide e dg qug 400 What can VON CODY Loissseeck wet bre eee Re OE RU e ROPA eR OE AER TEASER vac Re ee RUE RU da 401 DUERUSDOE LuseckbESCERQPRERUDCEEUTcEK CPU DRE ERE ERE Eq p bw RT hee oie RICE SE 401 HOCKING 2452 5 bea o Ebor o ebTR VEA Eb HERR LE Equidem debe debe iei a iibqdend 401 CIAT P
147. Pe Tt in Rp atm nmm rune vum Password Take this Test Similarly if a student begins an assignment navigates away from the screen and then returns he or she will be prompted to again enter the password before being allowed to resume the online assignment You can only create passwords for online assignments not file exchange or offline assignments The purpose of the Start field varies depending on the format of the assignment For offline and file exchange assignments the Start field determines when the assignment will be active While such assignments are active both of the following are true e The system displays the assignment in the Coursework portlet instance e If itis a file exchange assignment students can upload their files For online assignments you will activate the assignment later in Test Builder This process is described in Activating an online assignment on page 105 For any assignment including online assignments you also have the option of displaying the assignment prior to its being active You do this using the Display While Inactive checkbox which is part of the Start field The Due field determines the deadline by which students must complete the assignment When creating the assignment or modifying its settings you can choose both a due date and time Due B 22 oo amv d EL NN T A LOWE R DO DX X OD SR Re VD LL o ut es o PU If you do not set a due date the system w
148. Pici banc e UM 262 About the two types of SuDSCODBONS srriteerirerr indt hEn Irbid Erk TT RE e ERNS RR ba EE 263 ADOUL YOU SON SO ERICKA uu bovine wad Kets REIN dec ee dc Ed i rod pra qe bp bp ra 264 arbe ETC CD D 265 Spec ym s manih view or Dst VIEW usce vs tratant ERE ETMEK OEI P ERCEEESTRFRECbRUC RON Ee 266 Working with course Cabe is eL oh Ear ERR OG REO CR ERS RUE EREE EUREN ees 267 Ading ai EVENE ee re Ro RU EnbRR ord Qro didt bd Ro qd 267 Displaying or dme a deda 2 29 59 PRETEREA Rea i4bscbebesbbeqeesesdsrbbeesbicss 267 lipciun asm lic MC neer 269 Jonulable pesilsetofis 14e aeger RIVER SHORE ROCRORERORR CERE ACE RUP Reb C el d Ra oec da 269 e Racer Faculty Guide Oranune 3 PONIISSIDU Leo bp d Ee dep E ot Red ede REPRE ELEM A DI ad dd p epp d Ed 270 Chapter 16 Chat 65 iue d PEE RR Rar CHEER ERR 271 iC Io T PH T eT 272 Portlet PASS 1oooeceeeie eee ADRSOORR PORRO EROR E eb Qd RR eso RR PG SRA ri dn 272 Deut IGORIGB sesueresbebbReRkeUIFRERCPRRRST IR ES PERS d x d RE ES EaseuUpREC REM EE SS 273 Managing Chat Perle Wis NOR Lus iii os bie eas bake ERREUR RET RE ERR RR AP E Re HERE RO ERR Eds 274 Managing permissiolis iue cedent tree Re a RUPEE dur gogo eod Pg nio e e dei qd 275 Chapter 17 Course DONI Lua cnn hoe OSE SE 24 oe eH ee SOR ES 277 gen i ee eS er 278 Inia Wiepie 2 peeves sol et iskusi rken rinst ehrn eied Shoe ehh So chi wee ERO LEES 278 Deri een eh ese eA bebe
149. Racer Faculty Guide The system displays the Select a Course screen You use this screen to pick the course to which you want to add a section c Inthe Select a Course field enter the name of the course or part of the course name and then wait a moment The system displays a list of courses that include the letter s you entered along with their course codes Note that this list includes both portal only courses and courses that exist in the ERP system If appropriate you can filter the list using the Department drop down list d Select the course you want The system displays the Add a section screen with the name of the course you chose displayed at the top Use the Term drop down list to choose a term for the new section In the Section Code field enter a code for the section Note that once you create the section the code cannot be changed so be sure to enter a code that conforms to whatever naming convention your school has decided to use You are not required to fill out any other fields at this time though you may want to do some or all of the following Usethe Section Title field to enter a name for the section Click the Add Faculty link to assign a faculty member to the section Click the Add Students link to assign students to the section Do one of the following e If you are not planning to create additional sections right now click the Add Section button at the bottom left of the screen Add secti
150. S 97 peletng 8 38clol 6 cise ccee bu REDETIPEPCRERSNEW RUP AN FREqaxbEdrRRENARFEESU E ETT 98 Previewinn amass ONMO 1s oe bp ER eei R o RU OR ERE RR RR ER QUERER EE A p ace Rud Cab Robes 99 Managing onlme assienametnt SGU GS si sree euet ete RR CLAP ESOP CORR ERR Dee RATES OH 100 About the onlime asstenment setings vlads ci rk eb ER Heke SERRE PEKES SERENE A HERE HELE RS 100 Modifying onBne assienment SEUNG Gia is aeree kara keep bdo REDE RP X UR CR RR Rew eR 103 Displaying online assigniment settings 2 ecrse eee Rm n x xe kk Rx X REX EVE EAS 103 Achvatng and deac vating assrEmHenis i 2cnixeessbstktixwe br RREARERAG RSEN REC REESE Sd 105 ACUVADAUE an online assi tnmen oes uiii pi bd IRE Ro ER bis PROC R B RS aoe AGER E RR 105 Deactivalng an online Assigns ince suce eee ee dete GRE R ob de bs d Ra RR RR EE 107 Chapter 4 Grading assignments 000 anaana anaana 109 About the informatiorn l SCEGOIIE luas sema Ree ewe FREE E Cord Hee qoe desk Bach Rode dee 110 Navigating to the Assrenment nfo Screen yi oe kbd oe bad pRERGXOOEREET RRA ERR S ERRARE A RE 111 Navigating to the Student Assignment Details scree ini ce ou rdea obec esd RR RR sete Ee YS 112 Working With ollie assen 62 654 owen pe eR WER RG e eH ROSES REGAN HERES COOH LOSER DEER OA 113 Working with fe exchange assigamemts s coc Ee REST RE4 eee ERREUR ERG REESE ERE EN 115 Downloade al students Mesa Onee os eed ER PRESA FERE DE RU A IEEE REP A eheb eee Oe 115 Downloading a sin
151. Setting the value of attendance Automatically voiding the attendance credit optional Setting the value of attendance By default after you set up the Gradebook attendance has the following value If you are using the basic weighting method attendance has no value e f you are using the advanced weighting method attendance is 15 percent of the student s grade In either case you can modify the setup so that attendance has whatever relative value you want To set the value of attendance 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 2 Click the Setup tab 3 Do one of the following If you are using the basic weighting method a Click the link labeled Configure Attendance amp Custom Items b Inthe area of the screen labeled Attendance and Other Breakdown click the link labeled Edit Point Values 181 Configuring the Gradebook 182 The system makes the Attendance field modifiable Attendance and Other Breakdown Name Point Value Attendance 200 otals 0 Points R MATS eah aD a in MAA aene ANE mantane uma IE oos aan 5 AMR A oe Aa AA o c Enter the appropriate point value d Click Save Ifyou are using the advanced weighting method a Inthe area of the screen labeled Grade Breakdown click the link labeled Edit this Breakdown The system makes the form m
152. T seg y atte OTT GE ng AT pte ons EEUU IPTE ett at meg NS Resend all Send warnings X This will send notification e mails to the indicated recipients for students who currently meet the warning condition set above ajant daa Bee cA hmmm Aah aln me Mina Ie n aen AAR Mm A TRU Aa a Aan ABA adaa naan afte Aa oss RS ad onan a IAA ah eo ao da AM Mn BO ALS A a dan Aea anh om nah an e Racer Faculty Guide Highlighting students who have been absent Within your own view of the Attendance portlet you can configure the system to highlight in red those students who meet the warning conditions that you set up in Setting up attendance warnings on page 151 The highlighting also shows up in the details of the most recent session view in the default view of the portlet To highlight students 1 Display the settings screen a Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in About the faculty view on page 147 b Click the Settings link The system displays the Attendance Notification and Attendance Method screen 2 Scroll down to the area labeled Notification 3 Select the Warning Highlight checkbox 4 Click Save The system saves your changes and exits the Attendance Notification and Attendance Method screen Now the system will highlight in red the names of the students who meet the warning condition Most Recent Session Name Tuesday 8 3 Anderson Jim amp
153. The Can Add Posts permission lets the user post items and reply to other people s posts Can Edit and Delete Own Posts The Can Edit and Delete Own Posts permission allows the user to edit and delete their own posts Note that this permission is not meaningful unless you also give the user the ability to add their own posts and reply to other people s posts Can Manage Messages The Can Manage Messages permission allows the user to edit and delete other people s posts Can Manage Categories The Can Manage Messages allows the user to create edit and delete categories and topics Note that modifying categories and topics means being able to Change their names and descriptions e Reordering categories Hiding them and all their child messages or otherwise modifying the time span that they are displayed Specifying whether messages will be deleted or marked read only after a topic is no longer active Selecting a maximum lifespan for messages in the category after which messages will be deleted Note that if the instance is already set up to have the shortest possible lifespan for all messages then this will not be an option e Selecting roles that can be allowed to view messages By default all users can view messages e Racer Faculty Guide Users with this permission are also allowed to search for messages Giving a role a permission Use this procedure to grant a role a permission To grant a role a perm
154. We ll use this category to delve in to the growth of the church in three main phases its founding amd early years in Indiana its growth in California and its final year in Guyana We ll measure the Guyana period as beginning when Jim Jones moved there permanently LESS Topic Users Approval Unread Posts My Replies My Latest Post o Indiana Use this topic to discuss the church s founding a the pex eR izk ess 0 3 2 0 1 0 Moderators Isabelle Thomas Topic ordering method Within each category you can select a method for ordering topics You have the following options e Alphabetically Manually this is the default choice Newest to Oldest Oldest to Newest With the manual choice the portlet instance lets you you drag and drop topics into different arrangements as described in Manually arranging topics on page 306 Pruning Within each category you can set a preference for how long posts and their replies are displayed before being automatically removed You make this choice once for the category and this setting applies to all topics in the category The choices are to remove posts after any of the following time periods 1 week e 30 days e 60 days e 90 days DO NOT REMOVE This is the default choice With DO NOT REMOVE posts are never automatically removed though they can be manually deleted or hidden by an administrator 303 Forums 304 Access The Access setting for
155. a AA 6 If appropriate change the name of any portlet instance from the default name For example you may want to choose a name that s more tailored to the way you re going to use the portlet Note that the name will also become part of the URL to this portlet instance and once you 446 e Racer Faculty Guide create the portlet instance you will not be able to change the URL even if you change the name ptmentemaeet tum unn mute mmt g All My Courses L1 Announcements go Apply Online 2 0 Live from the festival g Bookmarks F Browse R d Bulletin Boards Note that the names of the portlet instances are displayed at the top of the portlet instance in the sidebar and in breadcrumbs 7 Scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Add Portlets to page Note that if you are attempting to add too many portlet instances to a page the system will display a dialog stating as much Otherwise the system displays the main Content tab which lists all portlet instances on the page along with a dialog stating Your new portlet was created successfully Your new portlet instance s are listed on this tab If you changed the name of any portlet instance the name you chose is listed first and the portlet type is listed in parentheses Customize page Main Page Properties Content Layout Permissions Your new portlet was created successfully Portlets on this Page Announcements Announcements Pp
156. a category determines whether or not users can display the topics within a category and the posts within those topics However even if this setting allows access each topic has its own Access setting which may be more restrictive than whatever you choose at the category level The default setting is that access is open to all users and all guests but note that the user first must permission to display your Collaboration page To restrict access you click the Restricted access radio button then specify who should be allowed access if anyone The administrative view of the portlet includes icons that indicate what type of access the category has That is if all users and guests have access to the category and if that access is not superseded by restrictions at the topic level in the administrative view all topics in the category are marked with a globe icon aUa met y t rima trm m sys te omn true a ms me t uy mt II m 2 i O Subscribe d jst Post or Reply Re Group project Team A by Laura Martin on Tue 5 4 2010 at 6 21 PM 3 Re Re Which member did you yempathize with most by Jane Jones on Wed 8 4 2010 at 12 23 PM j me Re Re Those first settlers were tough by George Jackson on Thu 4 29 2010 at 6 3 PM If access to the category is restricted a red do not enter icon is displayed over the globe po z i De Subscribe ERI ot ed a Oe EET LP 1 E Post or Reply Access J Re Group p
157. ab displayed by default File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Readings Course Cartridges Coursework There are no assignments or folders for assignments in your file cabinet Ies fs ef hah Aa LS Be NON ataa oues n Pall on eset ak APM ems my Uf Ae Md Ae oft 6 Rede An ADL FR HP mm alioi A teca e Racer Faculty Guide If appropriate see any of the following sections for further guidance on what you can do from this point Using the Coursework tab on page 382 Using the Bookmarks tab on page 390 Using the Handouts tab on page 392 Using the Readings tab on page 394 Working with folders on page 397 361 Working with the File Cabinet Using the Coursework tab The Coursework portlet lists assignments that you have saved You can use this tab to do any of the following Browse and display details about saved assignments Delete or rename an assignment Delete or rename a section Search for questions review them and or delete them File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Readings Course Cartridges Coursework C Coursework Format Type Edit Delete F Midterm A Exam Z7 ff L1 Quiz 2 A Quz Z Ff oO Quiz 1 y Quz 2 Ff O Final y Exam Delete Selected BAIL E MUI E RE ET For help creating folders into which you can organize your saved assignments see Working with folders on page 397 Understanding the default view 382 The
158. active This section describes both methods If the assignment is inactive Test Builder is automatically displayed after you create the online assignment that is after step 18 of Adding an assignment on page 65 If you navigate away from the screen use the procedure below to display Test Builder again To display Test Builder if the assignment is inactive 1 Ifyouhaven talready done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 2 Locate the assignment whose content you want to create or modify Click the name of that assignment m utm m tts Weeks 11 15 Fitzgerald Assignment Flappers and The Great Gatsby i he t eMe rs Fam and e Antes alti te tat The system displays the main Test Builder screen for this assignment Coursework Test Builder Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Format Online Grade Method Graded Total Questions 0 Total Points 0 Status Inactive Set a future activation date Add Questions Question Type Multiple Choice Answer Y Number of Questions 1 v Add to Section Exam 75 76 From here you can do any of the following Add questions as described in Working with questions on page 78 Modify questions as described in Modifying questions on page 89 Organize questions into multiple sections and define the qualities of each section as describ
159. alendar for the course section select the checkbox labeled Include this assignment s due date in the course calendar For details about course calendars see Chapter 15 Calendar Note that the following actions automatically occur when a due date is reached and a student has not yet finished Ifthe assignment is an online assignment and if the student has not yet submitted the assignment the system automatically gives the student a zero If the assignment is a file exchange assignment and if student has not yet uploaded a file the system automatically gives the student a zero If the student has uploaded a file or files but failed to click the Mark as Final button the system automatically submits the file s on the student s behalf If the assignment is an offline assignment there are no automatic actions taken when the due date arrives e Racer Faculty Guide Show Grade This area lets you specify when students should be allowed to display the grade they got on the assignment You can choose to show the grade at either of the following times As soon as the grade is available and after the due date has passed As soon as the grade is available When creating the assignment or modifying its settings you choose the Show Grade value using a drop down list ILE Show Grade etm th uum ener s As soon as grade is available and due date has passed nc AS SOON as grade is available and due date
160. alog stating that you have successfully reordered the pages 459 Managing the layout of a context 460 31 Creating and maintaining roles This chapter explains how to create and maintain roles for use in a course section or sub section In this chapter e Key concepts Creating a role e Modifying a role Creating and maintaining roles Key concepts 462 In order for users to have permission to take actions in the portal they must be assigned to roles Each user inherits the privileges that are associated with the different roles that he or she belongs to Note that most users probably belong to more than one role and will therefore have a variety of permissions throughout the portal The system already includes several roles that you will probably use such as the Students and Faculty roles However you may want to create custom roles for different groups of people such as guest speakers teaching assistants or some other group Essentially you create a role if there is a group of people who should have a different set of privileges than any of the other existing roles Note that the system allows for two different types of roles As a faculty member you probably have permission only to create the first type context specific roles but because you may see the other types of roles referenced on certain screens and because you may want to grant privileges to them both types of roles are explained
161. already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 2 Click the name of the assignment 384 e Racer Faculty Guide In response the system displays a list of sections File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Hand Coursework gt Midterm E Donne p Spenser a E Gray p Cavendish a p rw qw C IL aoa E mg gm Shakespeare Delete Selected D Nena Andah agni ilt n Mech eS je ne n Renaming a section Use this procedure to change the name of a section To rename a section 1 If you haven t already done so locate the assignment that contains the section whose name you want to change Click the name of the assignment to display a list of its sections as described in Displaying an assignment s sections on page 384 2 Locate the name of the section that you want to change and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the Rename Section screen 3 As appropriate modify the text in the Name field File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Readi Rename Gray Name Gray and Burns Save Cancel Sheth eae Le AA Metern Ahe te en eh eit me tm tmt e 4 Click Save Deleting sections Use this procedure to delete one or more sections along with all the questions contained in those sections 365 Working with the File Cabinet To delete one or more sections 1 If you haven t already done so locate th
162. ame logged in user displays the portlet instance the bar for the item will be omitted In general the information contained in each portlet instance is specific to that instance in the default and mizzenmast views of the portlet though this portlet also includes a My e Racer Faculty Guide Subscriptions view With this feature individuals can use any Blog portlet instance to subscribe to posts from other portlet instances and they can read all relevant posts from within a single portlet instance Choices for authors When adding a post to an instance of the Blog portlet the author of the post has several options The person posting the item can include or exclude his or her name under the item s headline 3 Group raises 2 million for new student union Posted By Laura Martin Mon June 29 2009 6 06 PM A loose coalition of students faculty and community members said Tuesday that they have raised 2 million to rebuild Hawk Hall JU s aging student union The initiative dubbed Project 5 kicked off in April with ambitious goals and dubious expec Read More Fine arts students protest department cuts Mon June 29 2009 5 15 PM Hundreds of students in JU s School of Fine Arts today protested a new Board of Regents plan that will effectively cut the school s budget by 12 percent next year Students gathered on the lawn of Strong Hall during the board s monthly meeting where they Read More
163. an Estria pr OE OERE 134 FCW IEG M rer 134 Understanding the main Analysis BC GON oaedereesr e etch eR Hes RR RR Re eee RR Rees eRe eww RS 136 SUMMA IIO scr eedere igen tens ne neeg heehee OO ORL Ee Cae Se Ee we SES MeL DER ches MORES 136 SNUG RIT red do SR aah eRe A heh deh oa oe deh ana LE 137 kem ARABS AUAM 138 Navigating to the mam Analysis SCEEB 4 0 ckace scenes bidi RE OUx REGERE RAE KE pees oh RT RETE 140 Seting preferences Tor The COUESe stoN Lee uu eds eed E Ep Iob ES ER GER bee dae RO EE d ps 141 Configuring warming Seg oue sedere RR ot RR olde RO eR re dO V eR CP RO RU Rd 141 Contisuring the size of performance groups rrip ccc cnc 4 CRPAAERRXERRESRREXURPRA ERES RR MS 142 Chapter 6 Tracking attendance 0 ccc cnn n nnn 145 Jes POLES cesuquebbdexbbesk ENS UPS dI RP E RE MEM EEbIERENEbODFERO MESE qua d 146 About the value ol Mendini E o erede pP D XR Wee E Robe BR Na BR heared eR Ripe eek wees wb 146 Linn no LETT 146 BOSC ipe DEM VIEW Le vse eka hee Hehe eh Rer ERESEREkQeECRESuWIidosup dedu law quede xia 147 APOM Desde TOW M PHI TT 147 ADO the Actendonce PALE cesses ker a EROR EROR RU OR RO eR D RR RUP HERE Rd 147 Navigating to the Attendance portlet iciuacsckeex inti RRE4EEREAUREESERRESUEREESSTEERRKRA Y Ea 148 Configuring Tie attendance markme MING u lods ssrdk CROIRE ERGO ERR INR REGE ERR RR Ra oR 149 Abont the ODIO 6420s cette eee e RR eR cede oet Abie Rob Peor d doe RP RR REA qr 149 Selectmg n attendance markin
164. an administrator for your portal To delete an announcement 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Locate the announcement that you want to edit and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system generates a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the item 3 Click OK 12 Blog The Blog portlet allows authorized users to post text and images for the rest of the portal community to review For help posting a blog item see the Blog portlet s online help click the question mark icon in the corner This section offers a brief overview of the portlet and focuses on how to administer and manage it In this chapter e Key concepts Enabling or disabling RSS feeds Changing the default settings for authors e Modifying the layout of the portlet instance e Specifying the maximum posts to display Managing permissions Blog Key concepts 226 The Blog portlet lets you and other authorized users post blog items As shown below the typical blog post might include a headline body text and optionally one or more images The University Observer Sl Faraday Hall renovations now 1 3 million over budget Fri June 12 2009 2 52 PM Who would have thought when ground was broken on the Farady Hall renovation that five years later not only would E the project remain unfinished but evidence of corruption would abound injuries at the site would have sparked a lawsuit and the bill fo
165. an anam m er Replies Access UNES Click this icon Note that the category becomes translucent when you do this Drag the category to the desired location and release the mouse The system automatically saves your change Manually arranging topics If the category has been set up so that you arrange topics manually this is described in Topic ordering method on page 303 then you can manually drag and arrange topics within categories 306 e Racer Faculty Guide You cannot move a topic from one category to another To manually move a topic 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet and click the Edit Forum button 3 Locate the category whose topics you want to rearrange Note that each topic on its left hand borders has an icon made up of an upward and a downward arrow Tem umm ee E Per ent s see eeks 1 4 The evoluti We ll use this category to d MORE Topic gt Indiana amp Use this topic to Moderators Faith e n California Use this topic to ls Moderators Edie Guyana This topic is for di Moderators Isaa SSA tation Lf Main Ann hanna She alh on 4 Locate the topic you want to move and click this corresponding icon Note that the topic becomes translucent when you do this Drag the topic to the desired location and release the mouse The system automatically saves the change Deleting a category Note that when you delete a category
166. anage Hide Editing Tools eee D Add a Set Edit a Set Order Sets Vogelwe O Agrippa d Aubign gt keena o The system displays a list of the existing sets 4 Use the boxes at the left to change the order of the sets 5 Bookmarks Order Sets View Manage New translations d Study abroad opportunities amp General resources d f OF add a Set IN St Mt ee RE AS te in silo ABP Mtn Rh le Oo Ae A MAN Click Save Deleting a set Use this procedure to delete a set Note that when you delete a set you delete all the bookmarks that the set contains To delete a set 1 2 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance Maximize the portlet instance Choose Manage gt Order Sets The system displays a list of the existing sets Locate the set you want to delete and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog asking if you re sure you want to delete the set Click OK 243 Bookmarks Working with bookmarks This section describes the process of adding and modifying bookmarks among related tasks Attributes of a bookmark name of bookmark In the Bulletin Boards portlet a bookmark or link has the following characteristics Name The name is label that is used to identify the link in the portlet If you don t enter a name the system will use the URL URL You use the URL field to enter th
167. andouts to your portlet instance placing them in the Ungrouped set 347 Handouts Managing permissions By default only members of the Administrators and Faculty roles have permission to administer the Handouts portlet This section explains how to grant other roles this permission Letting roles manage handouts 348 When you let a role manage handouts in an instance of the Handouts portlet members of the role can Post a handout by Uploading a file Giving it a label and description that will be displayed in the portlet instance Placing it in a set Specifying the duration of time that the handout will be displayed if the portlet instance is configured to allow this for details see Configuring whether handouts will be displayed indefinitely on page 344 If the handout is only to be displayed for a specific period of time specifying what happens to the handout if it is no longer active for example simply make it inactive or delete it Modify handouts that any user has uploaded by altering its name label the duration of time it is set to display for and any other setting that was chosen when the handout was created Deleting handouts than any user has uploaded To let a role manage handouts 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Handouts screen with the Preferences tab selected Click the Permissions tab The system
168. ange the name of a department To rename a department 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it The system displays the full view of the Course Creator portlet 2 Display the Edit Department screen a Inthe main Course Creator portlet click the Departments link S jthout having to add them officially in your ERP 1 Add a New Section i to an existing course L i 4 2 Manage Terms innii rs P Nenek AA tm on Boh nti aahh deak dite m na dio us ahnt a MIEL ile LS RS te ak M Bl Af b The system displays the Add a Department screen which lists all the portal only departments defined in the system c Locate the department you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the Edit Department screen for that department 3 Modify the Department Name field as appropriate 4 Click Save An alternate way of displaying the Edit Department screen is to click the downward arrow icon E next to the name of any portal only department then choose the Edit Department option from the pop up menu 427 Creating portal only courses Deleting a department 428 When you delete a portal only department you also delete all courses and course sections that are assigned to the department To delete a department 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it The system displays the full view of the Course Creator portlet 2 Inthe main
169. any unexcused absences You can also resend warning notifications at any time to students who meet the warning condition Finally within your own view of the Attendance portlet on the Weekly View and Most Recent Session screens you can configure the system to highlight in red those students who meet the warning conditions The highlighting also shows up on the view of the most recent session in the default view of the portlet Setting up attendance warnings Use this procedure to create or modify attendance warnings To set up attendance warnings 1 Display the settings screen a Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in About the faculty view on page 147 b Click the Settings link The system displays the Attendance Notification and Attendance Method screen 2 Scroll down to the area labeled Notification 3 Setor modify the warning condition a Where the form says Send a warning after enter the desired values Note that you can enter a specific number of unexcused absences or a percentage of the course b Ifthe warning condition you chose in step a is for a certain number of unexcused absences the system gives you the option of specifying that the absences be consecutive As appropriate select or de select this checkbox 4 Where the form says Send the warning to make sure all desired recipients are selected Warnings that go to the student or faculty member are sent via the Message Cent
170. apter 12 Blog Bulletin Boards The Bulletin Boards portlet lets users post messages for other people in the course section user can respond to the original poster s message via e mail using links in the portal This portlet is described in Chapter 14 Bulletin Boards RSS News Reader This portlet works as an RSS Reader This portlet is described in Chapter 23 RSS News Reader Task Manager You can use this portlet to assign tasks to other people such as students or perhaps teaching assistants For details Chapter 24 Task Manager The general process of adding a portlet to page is covered in Creating a portlet instance on page 445 Tools for maintaining your course context This section describes additional tools that support your teaching Unlike the tools described in Understanding your course context on page 28 the portlets and tools in this section do not hold data specific to any particular course section Rather these are general tools you can use to support any of your course sections or simply to find something you need Tools for previewing your course context e Racer includes a feature for previewing your entire course context as a member of any other role This feature called Student Emulation also lets you display and complete an online assignment as a student For details see Chapter 25 Previewing a context as a student Tools that let you reuse and manage materials
171. ase wait dialog as it submits the selected data Afterward the system displays the Submit Grades screen this time with the student s whose data you submitted listed in the Submitted area of the screen 209 Re submitting data In some cases you might have the ability to re submit grades and attendance records that you have already submitted This permission is determined within your school s ERP system 210 To re submit grades or attendance records 1 Display the Submit Grades screen as described in Navigating to the Submit Grades screen on page 205 If you have any questions about the data on the screen review Understanding the Submit Grades screen on page 207 Check the Submitted area of the screen to review those students whose data has been submitted At the bottom of the list you will see one of the following A Submit Selected Grades button If this button is displayed you have permission to re submit grades A grayed out button that says You don t have permission to update existing grades If this message is displayed and you think you should have permission contact an administrator Using the checkboxes at the left select those student s whose data you want to re submit Modify the data as appropriate Click Submit Selected Grades If you clicked Submit Selected Grades without having entered a piece of information that was required for example if you deleted the student s att
172. ate is reached or making it become inactive For details see After End on page 245 After End If you have specified an end date for the bookmark you use the After End setting to specify what happens to the bookmark at that point You can choose either of the following options Delete Have the system delete the bookmark Inactive Have the system hide the bookmark from all users except you and others with Bookmarks Edit View administrative privileges This might be a good option if you want to make the bookmark active again at some point in the future If you do this the system adds an Inactive heading within the appropriate set in the administrative view which you can use to manage these inactive links Manage Study abroad opportunities zi I am going to use this set to post links to interesting study abroad programs O Summer in Florence L Oxford poetry workshop Inactive Study poetry of the Caribbean on St Vincent AS MARA s a fll e Mes Aan ah o the altima Arn SA e Meo lap ANP ra B mon fct filer men i ae BE Sn Creating a bookmark This procedure describes how to create a bookmark To create a bookmark 2 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance Maximize the portlet instance Choose Manage gt Add a Bookmark The system displays a form Enter a link in the URL field and fill out any other fields as appropriate For help understanding a
173. ate portal only courses you may want to organize them into one or more portal only departments This section describes how to create modify and delete portal only departments Creating departments 426 Use this procedure to create a portal only department To create a department 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it 2 Locate the link labeled Departments and click it gthout having to add them officially in your ERP i M Add a New Section to an existing course dr nmm os Manage Terms Departments V The system displays the Add a Department screen which lists all the portal only departments defined in the system Course Creator Add a Department Department New employee orientation Portal education 3 Click the Add a Department link The system displays a form 4 Inthe Department Name field enter a name for the new department e Racer Faculty Guide 5 Inthe Department Code field enter a unique code for the department Note that once you create the department the code cannot be changed so be sure to enter a code that conforms to whatever naming convention your school has decided to use 6 Click Save The system again displays the list of departments this time with the new department listed The system also creates a page for the department within the Academics tab Renaming a department Use this procedure to ch
174. ave the assignment midway through and complete it later Whether or not extra credit better than perfect scores are allowed e Deactivate it Gf no students have yet taken the assignment otherwise this option is not available 77 Working with questions This section describes the process of adding modifying and deleting questions from your online assignments About the question types 78 You can use any of the following types of questions in your online assignments Multiple Choice Answer e True False Essay e Short Answer Ordering Matching The section describes the options available with each type of question Multiple Choice Answer With multiple choice answer questions you provide multiple options that students can choose from For each question you can also specify more than one correct answer ERENT E ey aet tnt mt e Tm un AT RII tT Ime tra A TEAT meurt mS om At T Fm frm mont 3 poems said But I do love thee And when I love thee not didos i is come again 20pts L Hamlet L Romeo C Othello CO Rosalind C Desdemona NT Mea Adnan afanat Aie Pas AR SALA 6 nens Ba Ana SL Rite e a Ant Iura MD AND numen fous aum af ne ca e Man Aa onm Aon Ron Monn cua Sah ARIAL If you have set up the assignment so that students can review their completed assignment with feedback as described in Allow Review on page 63 note that you can add specific feedback to be displayed alongside some or all
175. aven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Click the link labeled Preview this test The system displays the preview If the assignment has multiple pages you can page through the whole assignment Note that the system will display only those sections that contain questions 3 When finished click Exit Test 99 Managing online assignment settings When you create an online assignment you have several choices that help define the assignment such as the maximum number of questions that can display on a page and the maximum time a student s session can last once the student begins the assignment These settings are specific to online assignments and are different from those that you set when you created the assignment An assignment s basic settings on page 52 This section describes the online assignment settings in greater detail About the online assignment settings 100 You can use any of the following settings to fine tune the way an online assignment is presented to students Time Limit The Time Limit setting determines the maximum length of time the student has to complete the test starting from when the student clicks the Take this Test link When the time limit is reached the test is automatically submitted whether or not the student has completed it The default choice is that there is no time limit When setting this va
176. ay Great job this semester Madeline I m adding a few percentage points to your score because I know how hard you ve been working EJHTML EU de cent that arta naiai ih hinn adan im Hm annin mula tt nut dan Te anthem mth hel tam dh amt mdb ain AMETE nett tne dinn ann nh nth sree 4 Click Save 198 e Racer Faculty Guide The system saves your changes The adjustment amount shows up in the summary of all students work in the Grade Overview area which only you as the faculty member can display Grade Overview Attendance amp Other Coursework Name Grade Weight 10 0 Weight 90 0 Faculty Adjustmen Score Grade Points Score Grade Points Anderson Jim 95 0 out of 100 0 A A 9 5 out of 10 0 A 85 5 out of 90 0 0 0 Brown Dana 96 7 out of 100 0 A A 9 4 out of 10 0 A 87 3 out of 90 0 0 0 Garcia Ana 3 57 3 out of 100 0 C C 8 1 out of 10 0 S 49 2 out of 90 0 0 0 He Steve 53 66 4 out of 100 0 C A 9 4 out of 10 0 6 57 0 out of 90 0 0 0 Jackson George 57 2 out of 100 0 C A 10 0 out of 10 0 D 47 3 out of 90 0 0 0 Jones Jane 32 5 out of 100 0 F A 10 0 out of 10 0 F 22 5 out of 90 0 0 0 Keita Amy 9 3 out of 100 0 F A 9 3 out of 10 0 F 0 0 out of 90 0 0 0 Meyer John 88 5 out of 100 0 A A 10 0 out of 10 0 C 73 5 out of 90 0 Sato Lisa 75 0 out of 100 0 C 0 0 out of 10 0 E 0 0 out of 90 0 0 0 Taylor Sam 90 0 out of 100 0 A 0 0 out of 10 0 F 0 0 out of 90 0 0 0
177. ays the Customize Portlet Calendar screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Settings tab The system displays the Settings screen 3 Choose either Month Calendar or Event List as appropriate 4 Click Save e Racer Faculty Guide Working with course calendars This section explains how to work with your course calendars Adding an event To add an event to the calendar for one of your course sections you must first navigate to the context for the course section That is while you can display the section from your My Calendar the My Calendar view is essentially a subscription view and therefore not modifiable Note that when you add an event directly to the course calendar you cannot track students attendance for it If you want to track attendance you should navigate to the Attendance portlet and create a session on the desired day Sessions created in the Attendance automatically show up in the course calendar and you can also take attendance for them For details see Adding a session on page 155 To add an event to a course calendar 1 Display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 2 Navigate to the calendar instance for the course section By default this instance is on the main page though in your context it could be in another location 3 Use this instance of the course calendar to create your event
178. bed ee be oe ede e Rr PAPA Ee eS 207 subumung Srades and attendance reads idee 4 bs Leeper eh EWE OL bebe S pei esee p gii 209 LA DIS E E ewe pepieq eque UHR ESCEHPSURERS CES RCRES TCR EMREEQC P IE E 210 Additional portlets 211 Chapter 10 All My Courses eeedne ro RE EE REEREAT UE RA 2138 geno et ee P LED 214 Etna View versum IGRI VIEW irrt baie ROC REOR RUE ETA SATS Ho ek gp e ea 214 About The student VIEW sese ie dad dario bib pd dnce bic beb aei av ede ipia eoe ee Aat icto pea d x 214 Do default IGCABONS ces auoxexus eoo Pe x E Rhee bRe REQUE ESO I E dba i due 215 Displaying amp list at your comse SECHONE eces ey ager ip CCERECRRpEECRPENUU REPE UR ERU REPE RESP Se 216 Navigating to a context throes All My Courses coesdbepesirbtrerRe Urb b ERE RE GEO PAP EE RREAN 216 Chapter 11 Announcements osseee so Rh Rr ROCA ERR RR 217 E E L ANA EEA AA E TEAT TEETE T EEE T E db p db 218 Parlet P 222 od 4e VER rA ed per A A C Vut Rd eode 218 polt CANONS cos ps T EALE ceeded PLS E ER Pa Eq CEPR UN PNEU EA PNEU EMEN ORBE 218 Seng uan sence gi The POI eser nket E pP bEKa Ri eo Bids bd de bebe bb LE PORE e bb RE bg 219 viii e Racer Faculty Guide Choosing the type of announcements the portlet will show 0 0 0 eee eee ee eee 219 Allowing or disallowing anonymous announcements 22 5 5cc 06 see er RR SHEED TEE DADE RSH E EE 220 Monaging Deltmis8lOlS 46 scerbeebebettkeee X PU RERSERRSUORESEREESUCRESIT
179. ble narration This exam will focus on that technique as well as on the novel s treatment of traditional Southern ideals and morality EIHTML LL Tl M The description is shown to students when they display the assignment Coursework Student Assignment Detail Exam The Sound and the Fury Weeks 1 5 Faulkner You have not yet taken the test Format Online Grade Method Graded out of 100 E This assignment is required It is due tomorrow Time Limit 50 minutes at 1 00 PM Friday September 11 2009 Description Faulkner s fourth novel offers exemplifies the use of unreliable narration This exam will focus on that technique as well as on the novel s treatment of traditional Southern ideals and morality 59 Creating assignments Instructions You use the instructions field to include any information students need to know about how to take the test When creating or modifying the assignment definition you enter the instructions in a rich text editor pelea tup un mmm fee Imam LA eI i i 1 i i 1 N b M t Instructions Default Font 7 Size 7 VUIBIUA U EZE j Eey Answer as many questions as you can in the 50 minutes alloted for this test Bnormal E HTML Tornei Senna d ets did e Am nli o Apta pases IIIS nn nm A n Rh age n har 3 afi th A Ac di de MB Aged AO Him dim a ms pA Me Pit The instructions are shown to students when they display the assignment Cours
180. ble formats of 41 53 setting due dates for 61 Index See also file exchange assignments offline assignments and online assignments Attempts Allowed for online assignments 101 attendance adding sessions 155 and the Gradebook 169 as a part of a student s grade 181 automatically failing students who miss class 183 configuring in the Gradebook portlet 181 sending warnings about 151 submitting data to the ERP system 203 204 209 tracking 145 Attendance portlet 30 33 configuring the attendance marking method 149 copying attendance settings to a different course context 401 previewing as a student 375 automatic feedback in online assignments 74 86 basic weighting method defined 168 setting up the Gradebook with 169 bonus points adding to an assignment 131 Bookmarks portlet 401 Bulletin Boards portlet configuring 250 By Hour attendance tracking method 150 By Minute attendance tracking method 150 C Calendar portlet 28 configuring 259 cancelling a class 155 CCI Course Content Import portlet 35 67 adding a course cartridge to 412 permissions 422 removing content from 422 using to integrate material into another portlet 417 CCI File Cabinet 412 loading coursepack material from 414 saving a coursepack to 413 Chat portlet 30 473 Index copying to a different course context 401 Collaboration page 29 30 configuring the Attendance portlet 149 the Gradebook 165 warning settings in Test Analysis 141 Copy Cou
181. ble roster for a course section However you may want to give this permission to members of other roles To allow roles to display the printable roster 1 Navigate to the Coursemates portlet 2 Click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Coursemates screen with the Preferences tab selected 3 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 4 Locate the role that should be able to view the printable roster Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can View Printable Roster column 5 Click Save 19 Custom Content Your portal includes a Custom Content portlet which you can use to publish whatever text and images might be useful to students or others By default your course contains two Custom Content portlets the About This Course portlet and the Syllabus portlet You can also add additional Custom Content portlets to your site as appropriate In this chapter e Key concepts e Working with elements e Working with remote content Managing permissions Custom Content Key concepts You course context by default contains the following instances of the Custom Content portlet Note that you can also add Custom Content portlets to your context as appropriate If you have permission to do so you can use the Custom Content portlet to act as a window into another web site Content you can add There are a few different types of content that you can add to a Custom Content p
182. calendars for all the course sections that you teach e f you manage a Campus Group the context for your group is created with an Calendar portlet instance on its default page If desired you may be able to create additional instances If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 265 Calendar Specifying month view or list view 266 For the Calendar portlet instance in your course context or for any other that you are in charge of you can choose whether the instance in its default view will display in a monthly calendar style or in a list display With the monthly calendar option the system adds a pale yellow highlights to each day that has an item assigned to it but users have to maximize the portlet instance to see the actual events Calendar aS lt November 2008 gt Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 27 28 29 30 3l i 2 3 A 5 amp Z 8 9 i0 ii 12 i3 14 15 16 A7 i8 i9 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Full Size Calendar The list form shows a few items that have been created but users have to maximize the portlet instance to see all items Calendar E Friday 21 November 8 00PM 11 00PM Varsity Homecoming Game Sunday 23 November 4 00PM 5 00PM Mandatory JV plavers meeting View All Full Size Calendar To specify month view or list view Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displ
183. case sensitive 387 Working with the File Cabinet 4 Ifyou want to search the answers as well as the question text select the Search questions and answers radio button File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Readings Course Cartrid Coursework gt Coursework gt Search for questions Henry Wriothesley All Question Types me Search questions only me questions and answers 5 Click Search The system returns a list of items that match your search criteria The initial results view includes the following information The question text but not the answer The location of the question with the name of the assignment listed first then the section The question type File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Readings Course Cartridges Coursework gt Coursework gt Search for questions Henry Wriothesley All Question Types b 9 Search questions only O Search questions and answers Search Again 2 Search Results for Henry Wriothesley L1 Question Type Io whom did Shakespeare dedicate his first two poems MultipleChoice Location Midterm Shakespeare O Henry Wriothesley was one of Shakespeare s patrons TrueFalse Location Midterm Shakespeare Delete Selected Vr mR nant te An tAn s Bde norte s Ot AR a re oho enge ad od S LOS am sit fem nnne M Be e Pase ibo 05 he Ltd me Mh 6 If you want more inf
184. cations work with the following caveats e Ifthe currently logged in user has read all of the items in the category the folder icon is yellow e Ifthe topic contains any posts or replies that have not been read the folder icon is green Ifthe topic is inactive and in a read only state the eye icon is used If the topic is active but simply includes one or more posts that are read only the eye icon is not used either the green or yellow icon is displayed If the topic is inactive and in a hidden state the invisible icon is used If the topic is active but simply includes one or more posts that are hidden the invisible icon is not used either the green or yellow icon is displayed Subscription options Users who want to subscribe have the following options Content options Users can subscribe to all activity in an instance of the Forums portlet or to a specific category topic or post 298 e Racer Faculty Guide Delivery options Users can have posts delivered via e mail or via the My Subscribed Forums view When users subscribe with the latter option the system adds a View My Subscribed Forums link within the Forum Home Users who click this link can see a list of all activity in areas to which they are subscribed regardless of what portlet instance the activity is from This view includes links to the relevant topic and portlet instance t VT Pee mur uut term ut VAT ntum p ttu ree mer utrum Tu ao
185. ck OK The system removes the set and its readings 357 Readings Working with readings This section describes how to add modify and delete readings along with related tasks Adding a reading 358 This section describes how to add a reading To add a reading 1 2 11 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Click the Add a Reading link which is in the lower right area of the screen The system displays the Readings Manage Reading View screen In the Title field enter a name of the reading This field is required In the Author field enter a name of the author This field is required If desired enter any other necessary details in the Edition Publisher field If there is a supporting URL you want to include fill out the following fields Inthe URL field enter the full URL including a protocol such as http Inthe URL label if desired enter an informative label such as Click here to go to university bookstore If appropriate enter the number of pages in the Pages field Use the Status field to choose one of the following Required Optional Suggested Extra Credit Each of these labels exists solely to communicate more information to the student about the reading the label has no technical function By default this drop down list is set to Required Use the Set drop down list to choose which set the reading will be part of If appropriate enter te
186. ck the Handouts tab 2 Click the the link labeled Upload Files to File Cabinet The system displays the File Cabinet Manage Handout View screen 3 Fill out the form as appropriate Modifying handouts 392 Use this procedure to modify a handout stored in your File Cabinet To modify a handout 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and click the Handouts tab 2 Locate the handout you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the File Cabinet Manage Handout View screen 3 Modify any of the fields as appropriate 4 Click Save e Racer Faculty Guide Deleting handouts Use this procedure to delete one or more handouts from your File Cabinet To delete one or more handouts 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and click the Handouts tab 2 Using the column at the left select the item s that you want to delete 3 Click Delete Selected The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the handouts 4 Click OK 393 Working with the File Cabinet Using the Readings tab The main screen of the Readings tab displays a list of saved readings and any folders you have created for storing readings The initial view shows the following details about each reading The title of the readi
187. clicking the Delete Selected button You can also create folders for organizing course cartridges as described in Working with folders on page 397 396 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with folders In any of the File Cabinet tabs you can create folders for organizing the items saved in that tab Note that there is only one level of folder organization In other words you cannot nest folders within folders Creating a folder Use this procedure to create a folder for use in any of the File Cabinet tabs To create a folder 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and navigate to whichever tab you want to create a folder for Click the link labeled Create a new folder The system displays a screen titled File Cabinet Add a Folder Enter a name for the folder Click Save Renaming a folder Use this procedure to rename a File Cabinet folder To rename a folder 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and navigate to whichever tab contains the folder you want to modify Locate the folder you want to rename and click the corresponding Edit icon which looks like a folder with a pencil on it The system displays a screen titled File Cabinet Edit Folder View Modify the name as appropriate Click Save 397 Working with the F
188. concepts The Course Creator portlet lets you do the following Create portal only courses courses that exist independently of your ERP system This feature can be useful if for example you want to create a not for credit course such as a training session on how to use e Racer Create sections of portal only courses Create portal only sections of existing courses defined in your ERP system Create portal only departments and terms e Assign portal only courses to departments that exist in the ERP system or to portal only departments e Assign portal only course sections to terms that exist in the ERP system or to portal only terms In this chapter the four items that can exist either in portal only form or within the ERP system courses course sections departments and terms are sometimes referred to as elements Before being able to use the Course Creator portlet you must add it to your course context if an administrator has not already done this or placed it elsewhere in the portal You may also want to double check that your portal administrator has given the Faculty role the Can Manage Courses global portlet operation for the Course Creator portlet All Course Creator portlet instances behave identically All Course Creator portlet instances host the same data That is throughout your system any occurrence of the Course Creator portlet can be used to manage any portal only course section departm
189. configuration of the portlet the screen may include Start and End fields The default setup is that these fields are displayed but if you de selected the Use Display Indicator checkbox as described in Configuring whether handouts will be displayed indefinitely on page 344 these fields will not be displayed If applicable use the Start and End areas of the screen to choose when the handout will display Note that the default choice is for the handout to display immediately and indefinitely If in Step 6 you chose an end date use the After End drop down list to choose what happens to the handout when the end date is reached The choices are Make Inactive The handout will be moved to section labeled Inactive which will be visible only to people with administrative privileges for this portlet instance Delete The handout will be removed from the system Do one of the following To finish click Save To save and begin the process again for a new set click Save and Add Another Modifying a handout At any time after you create a handout you can do any of the following Change its name Replace the file you uploaded with a different file For example you might want to do this if you discovered a typo in the original file Move the handout to a different set Change the handout s description Depending on the configuration of the portlet change the specifics about when the handout will display that is yo
190. copy except for the initials posts in Forums threads These are not copied The system copies all context specific roles that have been defined as well as the permissions associated with those roles as configured on the Permissions tab within Context Manager Allexisting content in the target context will be deleted For example If the target context contains more pages than the copied context the extra pages will be deleted fapage in the target context contains more portlets than the page being copied the extra portlets will be deleted All pages and portlets with the same name as those in the source context will be replaced with copies from the source To copy everything 1 After you ve displayed the Copy Course Materials portlet as described in Navigating to the Copy Course Materials portlet on page 403 choose the context that you want to copy from In the area labeled Step 1 make the following selections Use the first drop down list to select the term of the desired source context In response the system populates the second drop down list with the course sections that exist in that term Usethe second drop down list to pick a source context the course section that you want to copy from 2 Inthe area of the screen labeled Step 2 select the target context The list should include all contexts for course sections that you teach now or are scheduled to teach in the future Note that you can select
191. cretely so a role could have permission to do one thing but not the other For details see Working with the permissions tab on page 329 e Racer Faculty Guide Acting as a moderator The ability to act as a moderator which may include the ability to approve posts prior to their being published and the ability to edit and delete posts within a specific topic is handled on a topic by topic basis For details see Moderation on page 311 Administering the portlet instance You give a role permission to help manage the portlet instance through the wrench settings for the portlet this is the Can Administer Portlet permission When you give a role this permission the role has access to the Edit Forum menu which gives the role most of permissions listed above as as well as others For details see Working with the permissions tab on page 329 The Faculty role automatically has this permission Though this permission is called Can Administer Portlet it does not give users access to the wrench icon menu If you want to give a role permission to the wrench icon menu this can only be done by giving the role the Can Admin privilege for the context which is a much bigger privilege overall as described in Letting a role administer a context on page 471 About visible read only and hidden items There are several procedures in this guide that give you the ability to make a topic or post visible read only or hidden If t
192. cted items If you imported a protected item to a location within your course context the system will allow you to view the item that is it will not show you the padlock and prompt you for a password However if you export the item to another location where you do not have administrative rights e Racer Faculty Guide as you do in your course context the system will prompt you to enter a password to view the item When you bring a cartridge into a CCI portlet instance any password protected items will be viewable in the portlet s browse view without a password This is because there is a general assumption that the person with access to the browse view is a faculty member In addition password protected items cannot be saved to the File Cabinet So for example if a password protected item is imported to the Coursework portlet and you later use the Coursework portlet to modify the item in these cases the system replaces the Save to File Cabinet link with messaging that indicates the item cannot be saved to the File Cabinet 411 Importing from course cartridges Bringing material into a CCI portlet instance Bringing material into a CCI portlet instance is the first step in the process of integrating the material into another portlet such as Coursework or Handouts or another portlet that students might be using You might also want to bring material into a CCI portlet instance so that other users can browse it from within
193. ction with another Jenzabar product such as one of the following Jenzabar CX e Jenzabar QX e Jenzabar EX e Jenzabar TE e Jenzabar PX This guide refers to each of the above as the ERP system Each ERP system has its own documentation If you need help locating ERP documentation check with your portal administrator Illustrations and logos The illustrations in this guide were created using the default artwork and site design in effect when JICS was installed If your site has been customized with your school s own logos and artwork 20 e Racer Faculty Guide and as you further customize by creating and modifying tabs and other content your view will differ Typographical conventions The following table summarizes the icons and typographical conventions used in this guide Style Description black bold Indicates a term that is being used and defined for the first time Also used to introduce procedures and for emphasis gray bold Used to quote the names of labels and options as they are displayed in the portal interface gray bold italic Used to represent text in system generated messages when the text would vary depending on the name that you gave something For example if the system would generate a label that says Edit page Main but we don t know whether your page is called Main in this guide we might say Edit page name of page italics Used for document titles and for emphasis blue Indicates t
194. ctions e Racer Faculty Guide Working with offline assignments This section describes how to do the following for an offline assignment Enter a grade for a student or students e Optionally enter personalized feedback for a student e Adjust a grade that you previously entered Note that you may also want to extend a deadline for a student as described in Extending a deadline for a student on page 130 or add a bonus to all students scores as described in Working with bonus points To enter or adjust an offline assignment grade 1 Display the Student Assignment Details screen for the appropriate student as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 For each student this screen includes either Fields that let you enter a grade and personalized feedback A grade and in some cases feedback that you previously entered If you want to modify one or more previously entered grades click Edit graded entries The system make all the Grade and Feedback fields modifiable In the Grade field s enter the appropriate point value Optionally in the Feedback field s enter comments Note that the system will not save feedback for a student unless you also enter a grade for that same student In fact if you enter text in the Feedback field without entering a corresponding grade and then you click Save the system will clear your comments So make sure to enter a grade
195. d B The Classical World B 2 5 3 the poetry of the Spartans 0 0 x question on Philo o o v gt more thoughts on Gilgamesh 0 0 x Hesiod 0 d clarification regarding last night s review 0 o x Philo s rule B at 0 wf the Homeridae e 1 0 x Ancient Greece and Rome 0 0 1 Late Antiquity 0 0 1 Totals 2 a 8 MI LH El 328 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with the permissions tab As described in Permissions overview on page 299 there are several places within the Forums portlet where you make choices that affect a role s permissions This procedure deals with how to make choices on the Permissions tab About the permissions The Permissions tab lets you give a role any of the following permissions in any instance of the Forums portlet If your site has an additional permission listed Can Manage Categories and Topics note that we do not recommend using this permission If you need to give a role permission to manage categories and topics we recommend giving that person the Can Administer Portlet permission Can Add Posts Lets members of a role submit posts in any topic that they have permission to view Can Administer Portlet Gives members of a role full administrative rights in the portlet instance That is this permission automatically gives the role all abilities associated with the other permission levels in this list as well as the ability to display and modify all categories and topics in t
196. day 18 November 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 5 00PM 6 30PM JV Practice 5 00PM 6 30PM JV Practice Wednesday 19 November Thursday 20 November 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 5 00PM 6 30PM JV Practice 5 00PM 6 30PM JV Practice Friday 21 November Saturday 22 November uf Ae D nue mann AAPA met ton Ante mh ndum P da oh tiem ANN An A rua fim e ben roni t Bora ARAD omes Further people viewing a Calendar portlet instance can display as many or as few of the available calendars as they want For example a user looking at the view above might want to display the Varsity calendar only The user can easily do this by de selecting Junior Varsity in a panel at the left side of the Calendar instance um sm LK m vemm MET Som ty Calendars Junior varsity football do football Add a Calendar Seen AS a tltenite mir mtm de ette 262 e Racer Faculty Guide The result is a simplified view as shown below Monday 17 November Tuesday 18 November 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice Wednesday 19 November Thursday 20 November 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice Friday 21 November Saturday 22 November 8 00PM 11 00PM Varsity Homecoming Game Pear ete este ASA A mf LN m ef NS no ue AA nthe m HL Ahn Al visam eee UA ALLIES About the two types of subscriptions In the Cal
197. dding portlets to 449 creating 442 deleting 450 modifying the layout of 449 renaming 444 reordering 449 selecting the default page for tab or sub section 450 pagination for online assignments 102 partial credit for essay questions 82 for matching questions 85 for multiple choice questions 79 for ordering questions 84 for true false questions 81 password protecting online assignments 60 penalizing students who are tardy or absent 181 percentage weights using in the Gradebook 168 performance groups in Test Analysis configuring the size of 142 defined 134 defining 138 reviewing the average score for each group 137 permissions 25 461 467 for tabs sub sections and pages 466 for the Bookmarks portlet 249 for the Calendar portlet 258 269 in the Attendance portlet 162 in the CCI portlet 422 in the Course Creator portlet 424 in the Coursemates portlet 284 in the Coursework portlet 50 in the Custom Content portlet 292 in the Gradebook portlet 191 204 in the Handouts portlet 348 in the Readings portlet 361 point values for questions setting 91 Portal only Account Creator 36 portal only course sections creating 432 deleting 437 modifying 434 portal only courses creating 407 431 deleting 435 modifying 434 planning for 425 portal only departments changing the name of 427 creating 426 432 deleting 428 portal only terms creating 429 deleting 430 portlet instance defined 26 portlet defin
198. de orem damnit mm e Racer Faculty Guide Adding an assignment If you want to create an assignment by manually adding it and defining its settings use this procedure The process varies slightly depending on its format but in general use the following steps For help with any of the fields on the Add an Assignment screen see An assignment s basic settings on page 52 You can also create an assignment by importing it from the File Cabinet as described in Importing an assignment on page 67 To manually add an assignment 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 Do one of the following If your Coursework portlet is organized by unit locate the unit to which you want to add an assignment If your portlet is organized by type locate the type of assignment you want to create In that area click the corresponding Add an Assignment link The system displays the Add an Assignment screen Coursework Add an Assignment New Assignment Name Format Offline v Type Eam Add an Assignment Type Required Required v Grade Method Graded wa Out of points This is a point value for the assignment it is not related to the use the Gradebook In the Name field enter a name for the assignment Using the Format drop down list choose a format fo
199. de select the Enable RSS checkbox The University Observer Main Screen gt Setup Setup RSS Subscription This portlet is able to create an RSS feed of the items you post to which users can sug preference However enabling this feature means all your posts must be public so yo on a post by post basis RSS Tene RSS also disabling post level security Sedan Se A Bano n Ahh BAR Re LA e Pate LAS ETI Vs ON a e cene efe the AS m BA UU OWN TRU RU UT em 4 Scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Save 229 Blog If you choose to enable RSS functionality the system adds a subscription URL to the Subscribe area of the portlet instance which users can access by clicking the Subscribe link at the bottom of the portlet instance If you disable RSS functionality the system removes this link Changing the default settings for authors When a user posts a Blog item that user has several choices The author can specify Whether to enable commenting on the item though the usefulness of this choice might be limited depending on whether an administrator has allowed any roles permission to post comments for details see Allowing roles to comment on page 238 Whether to include his or her name under the item s headline Which roles can view the post but note that if RSS is enabled this choice is not available When authors post items in the portlet certain defaults are set up for each of these choic
200. default view shows the format and type of each assignment that you have saved If you have organized some of your assignments into folders these are listed first and you can click any folder to display its assignments When you are looking at a list of assignments the system displays each assignment s name format and type For an explanation of these values see Methods of classifying an assignment on page 41 Note that the File Cabinet does not indicate the course section that the assignment originally was created for so if you need to sort assignments by course or by course section you should create a folder for each of these e Racer Faculty Guide Working with assignments From within File Cabinet you can do any of the following relative to assignments Rename an assignment Delete an assignment Renaming an assignment Use this procedure to change the name of an assignment To rename an assignment 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 Locate the assignment whose name you want to change Click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the Rename AssignmentName screen Modify the text in the Name field as appropriate File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Rename Term Paper Name Research Paper Gx Ge a Woo hn malin UIT LXK TU TIU T Click Save
201. dent Key concepts 374 Student Emulation lets you preview elements of your course context as a member of another role For example you can preview pages and portlets to see how they display for members of the Students role or for members of any context specific roles that have been defined Student Emulation is an optional feature of e Racer The feature is present in your system only if an administrator has configured it For details on configuring Student Emulation check with a portal administrator or see Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution 7 3 x Administration Guide e Racer Faculty Guide Recommended uses The following are some notes about using Student Emulation General navigation While in Emulation mode you can navigate through an entire course context as a student or as a member of another role However when you navigate away from the course context for example if you go to a different course context or if you navigate away from the Academics tab Emulation will automatically be turned off and the system will revert to the faculty view Most of what you see in Emulation mode is exactly what a student would see However note the following When viewing the Attendance portlet in Emulation mode the portlet will indicate that you were present every day e f you are in Emulation mode and go to the Gradebook the portlet will show a gradesheet for you This gradesheet will show only grades for assignme
202. ding those that you create and those that are created automatically by the system as part of the regular schedule for the course section To modify a session 1 Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in Navigating to the Attendance portlet on page 148 2 Click Manage Sessions The system displays the Attendance Manage Sessions screen 3 Locate the session that you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the Add Edit a Session screen 4 Fillout the form as appropriate For help with any of the fields see About the options that define a session on page 154 5 Click Save The system adds the session to the calendar Deleting a session 156 If you want to delete a session that you have manually added use this procedure Note that you cannot delete a session that is part of the regular schedule for the course section If the session did not or will not occur consider cancelling it instead as described in Marking a session as cancelled on page 155 To delete a session 1 Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in Navigating to the Attendance portlet on page 148 2 Click Manage Sessions The system displays the Attendance Manage Sessions screen 3 Locate the session that you want to modify and click the corresponding trash barrel icon e Racer Faculty Guide The system generates a dialog asking if you ar
203. displays the Permissions screen Locate the role that should have permission to manage handouts Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Manage Handouts column Click Save e Racer Faculty Guide Letting roles manage sets When you give a role permission to manage sets members of the role can do any of the following Post sets in that instance Modify sets that they or any other user have posted by e Changing the set s name Changing the set s description Modifying the default order of sets Delete any set in the instance To let a role manage sets 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Handouts screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 3 Locate the role that should be able to manage handouts Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Manage Sets column 4 Click Save Letting roles view reports If desired you can give other roles permission to view reports on handouts To let a role view reports 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Handouts screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 3 Locate the role that should be able to manage handouts Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can View Reports co
204. dway among all scores achieved That is the score for which there is an equal number of scores above and below If there are an equal number of scores then the median is the average of the two middle values Mode The score s that were most frequently achieved High Score The highest score If the high score was achieved by only one student the system includes a link to the Student Assignment Detail screen for that student Low Score The lowest score If the low score was achieved by only one student the system includes a link to the Student Assignment Detail screen for that student Score Distribution A graphic showing all scores for the assignment along with the number of students who achieved each score e Racer LMS Faculty Guide Charts The Charts area of the screen displays three types of charts Letter Grade Distribution Shows the number of students who received each letter grade The system assigns letter grades using the values you set up in the Gradebook For details see Setting letter values for grades on page 189 arem DEP g FOO 08 RT aig Doc A Letter Grade Distribution Question Difficulty Distribution Shows the number of questions in each difficulty range auos ata pulos eap antem eum m aga T P ty 0 2 2 4 4 6 6 8 38 1 Question Difficulty Distribution of questions in each range e Average Score by Performance Group Shows the average score for each of the three
205. e indicates that the item is read only Colorless with a dashed border indicates that the item is hidden 297 Forums For details ar how an item behaves when it is read only or een i see About visible read only pT A mtn Vm tt at neem s b rake z women in the church AEAT mt A ye n um emt mt PVT mtt se T A et m typ uet om Mem unc by George Jackson on Wed 8 4 2010 at 12 43 PM 2 0 E Some thoughts on Father Divine 2 0 0 by Laura Martin on Wed 8 4 2010 at 12 38 PM Describe the role of Peoples Temple in municipal affairs Mme Auk Sima Sean metam BUS Ent EN undi es matanka HIS tee onem Ah aed Mandan fae AD As ue bodie Bia oA Sab me ale Mun o e ASA fA e A and hidden items on page 301 The same color scheme applies to topic icons though these icons are shaped liked folders Weeks 10 14 Aftermath This category is for discussing all aspects of the impact of Jones Topic Users App re Survivors Use this topic to discuss the lives o survivors and their experience integ Moderators Isabelle Thomas Immediate aftermath J Use this topic to discuss the immediate aftermath of the murder suicides i e 5 Jonestown in modern American culture Use this topic to discuss what Jonestovm represents in modern American cult The effect of Jonestown on churches Totals Magee sadri horak nn MBE bm dione rane dla A olin ls A etn Ete At the topic level the classifi
206. e Laura Martin Commented 1 Steve please respond again and address Jane s example more specifically A ALAA aN D mp son e AMI oar BUR ARA Mate Aade OS aec eode honda Ah SR as rua MOMs dee Ad OM ee Re Atm Note that if someone else with administrative privileges were to edit your comment the attribution would change to that person s name Editing a private comment If you or another administrator has added a private comment you may edit that comment as appropriate To edit a private comment 1 2 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance Navigate to the appropriate post or reply In the area over the comment click the pencil icon Pe T nete umm Reto S cE aT al ll al eT a ae a ner 16 words excluding quoted text Laura Martin Commented H Steve please respond again and address Jane s example more specifically ua eS mr n Read Next b 7o taht finie Ds ne idiom BB teem mae ltd o o f ona eai TE Callin al tne e ne osten fe amo s Mad Ie d o s adi mule Sall 5 nb The system display a field labeled Editing Comment Make any changes appropriate and click Save Comment The system saves your changes Note that if you were not the original author of the comment the attribution changes to reflect your name Deleting a private comment 326 If you or another administrator has added a private comment you may edit that comment as appropriate To delete a private comment 1 2 L
207. e Reviewing a single student s progress in detail For each student in the course section the system creates a Gradesheet that lists the student s grade for the course so far Gradebook Setup Gradebook Gradesheet for Ana Garcia Grade Results Grade 95 1 Score Weight Grade Letter A Attendance amp Other 96 4 10 0 9 6 Coursework 95 0 90 0 85 5 Totals 100 95 1 Change Adjustment Feedback Attendance amp Other Detail Attendance 80 0 Other 20 0 Overall Attendance amp Other Attended Sessions Score Participation Score Weighted Grade Points 27 28 A 77 1 out of 80 0 Coursework Detail Unit 1 50 2 96 Unit 2 49 8 96 Overall Coursework Score Score Weighted Grade Points A I A 85 5 out of 90 0 View All Assignments You must give this coursework item a weight value Grade values in red have been dropped This grade is approximate due to ungraded items ode Ms Fa MB mn Ma LR Ac Ag AB Lich BR eh Mite Pa MOS Ge a tN Fa dal OBS aa Spes A htec cal fent AID s oa die annah A whe cA mn a nage mto dre f agal en sll ia Bien n Note that the student s scores are marked with a red asterisk if there are outstanding items that either have not yet been submitted by the student or not yet graded by the teacher The Gradesheet always includes the following two notes You must give this coursework item a weight value Grade values in red have been dropped These a
208. e Cancel and Reset buttons c Modify the name as necessary and click Save 4 If you want to hide any item complete the following steps a Click the name of the item The system displays a pop up menu with four choices 420 e Racer Faculty Guide b Select Hide Show wer Ulm metta umet et AUT V et uu 21 D Excel Tutorial 1 Getting Started with on reve 22 Excel Tutorial 2 Formatting a Work 23 Exeel 3 g with Formu Retitle 24 C Excel MRAM g with Cha Sele he 2s Excel g with Excel Unselect All 26 Excel Tutorial 6 Managing Multiple W Wien thes etu lins ons ABI e s algo Bee Ae A Ba 8 an di aaae Aa ad A The system updates the screen labeling it as hidden 5 If you want to display an item that you previous marked as hidden a Click the name of the item The system displays a pop up menu with four choices b Select Hide Show The system updates the screen and the item is no longer labeled hidden 6 Navigate back to the main view of the portlet instance to make sure it now displays as you intended 421 Importing from course cartridges Removing content from a CCI portlet instance An instance of the CCI portlet can hold material from only one course cartridge at a time If you want to remove content from an instance of the CCI portlet use the procedure below To remove content from a CCI portlet instance 1 Navigate to the CCI portlet instance and click the Manage
209. e following e At this point you can transfer the course cartridge material to other portlets within your course context as described in Integrating content into another portlet on page 417 The material is available for browsing to anyone who has access to the page that hosts this instance of the CCI portlet If you want to restrict certain items from being viewable see Managing the display of items in the portlet on page 420 415 Importing from course cartridges Understanding the administrative screen 416 For certain procedures you display a screen titled Admin All Content This screen shows all items that exist in the cartridge and lets you work with them Course Content Import Admin Admin All Content 1 1 7 LJ Instructor s Manual au protected 1 1 9 self Assessment Questions protected 1 1 9 1 C Quizzes protected 1 1 9 1 1 _ Nutrition and Health E protected E 1 1 9 1 2 Carbohydrates a 113413 O Lipids protected tinal 0 Sh om Qd ute ttle Alte lam EP An ai hn The system uses the following series of icons to identify each type of item This might be useful to you for when you are integrating items into other portlets or when you are managing how these items display The icons are defined as follows H Coursework Bookmarks ian E Forums E Handouts a Announcements If you forget what any particular icon represents you can run yo
210. e Gradebook tab you would not have gotten this view You can only get to this screen via the Setup tab s Submit Your Grades link At this point you can submit or re submit grades as described in Submitting grades and attendance records and Re submitting data on page 210 Or if you need help understanding the information on this screen see Understanding the Submit Grades screen on page 207 Gradebook Overview Setup Gradebook Submit Grades Course ENG 101 English Composition Fall 2008 Instructor s Laura Martin Grading Type Credit Final Grades Not yet submitted Student Name Final Grade Absences Last Date of Attendance O gt smith john o 12 17 2008 E e Thompson Kelly IF o 12 19 2008 eas Submit Selected Grades LA ER 206 e Racer Faculty Guide Understanding the Submit Grades screen Typically when you display the Submit Grades screen it includes only one tab either Midterm Grades or Final Grades depending on what point you are at in the term In some cases your school s ERP system might be set up to allow you to submit both midterm and final grades at the same time but in most cases only one tab will be displayed at a time Regardless of which tab is shown the structure of the tab is the same The tab lists all students in the course section grouped according to whether their grades have been submitted or not submitted For example i
211. e additional instances If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 e Racer Faculty Guide Portlet basics The section describes a few features of the portlet that your students and you will use when navigating the portlet and downloading handouts Navigating to the Handouts portlet This procedure explains how to display the Handouts portlet instance for a course context These steps assume that your school uses the default template for course sections If you have customized the template your Handouts portlet might be located elsewhere To navigate to the Handouts portlet instance for a course context Navigate to the appropriate course context as described in Navigating to a course context on page 29 The system displays the main page of the context which hosts an instance of the Handouts portlet Navigating to the Downloadable Version portlet This procedure explains how to display the Downloadable Version portlet which is an instance of the Handouts portlet These steps assume that your school uses the default template for course sections If you have customized the template your Downloadable Version portlet might be located elsewhere To navigate to the Downloadable Version for a course context Navigate to the appropriate course context as described in Navigating to a course context on page 29 The system displays the main page of the contex
212. e assignment that contains the section you want to delete Click the name of the assignment to display a list of its sections as described in Displaying an assignment s sections on page 384 2 Using the column at the left select the section s that you want to delete 3 Click Delete Selected The system displays asking if you are sure you want to delete the section s 4 Click OK Working with questions 386 This section describes tasks you can complete relative to questions including the following Displaying a section s questions e Searching for questions Deleting a question Note that you cannot modify the text of a question or its answer from within the File Cabinet To modify either of these you must import the question into an assignment using Test Builder make changes and save it again to the File Cabinet Displaying a section s questions Use this procedure to display a list of questions in any section To display a section s questions 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 2 Click the name of the assignment In response the system displays a list of sections 3 Click the name of any section e Racer Faculty Guide The system displays a list of questions File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Readings Course Cartridges Coursework gt Midterm gt Section 4 Shakespeare Question Ques
213. e ceed per Rep ROC RR GUR eee RR Re 337 Main View versus digxiumized VIEW iaseesuascer gem Rx GER ENCORE Ue e RE ERR CURRO EORR e da 337 Opening or downloading a handout 22 ccucesisdecivnswhe deg be aU REGUERESAREESCERReRU EE Rd 337 Dpowaloadu De MoB iL ooo ttnt ERE E pr PAUCI edo pb Eris uci Eie E wa eR 338 DCMS DIGIGIGNOBS 2c haere phew kod eder perdue dro RTE EH decir e e ed crei RA 338 MOOEEREPIILIUSEIS S reos weREAWPRLAdAR RTTEREDPEEESPLIRTRNP REDEEM EEE FEES E eR ohetaiiess 341 tuanprr ae eee rcc PS 341 Oe a P TETTE 341 S a aea p n a A a A E A N E ETET 342 DR JT GP E EAEE Cian IES TLT ET AEE AE ALAA EATA TET 343 bro Aa a Li PT A ETTE T TEE S E TE 344 Configuring whether handouts will be displayed indefinitely lel 344 Adda DANOU ccc cote is oe eee hee Ghehewwe bed DE Rd ad Epit d bee ER eR Ee EE e Cdp 344 Dod uude a DONOQU E ib Scb e eb orR orbi o RR EET Eb AU benedi edite ka fure des 345 pelenng a Bnd ou ee spere RERUTIPEKPCHRDU AH RUE REST RR ode weer KESUCKEESSRPE CREE 346 Savine handouts to vour File C abel 6 i soaked GAMES GaAs pine EAE ERR ewe See Rode ERU UD Er 346 Iniporting hanclouts from your Pile Cabinet sccecouiceecbeaendaneud ERPEREREIRR PP TEE ba E de 346 Ning permissions v2 4 6 2eeh eee neds bebackat ecb eetiace pines E ERN KMS ARMOR E MPEAU EPE 348 Letbnp roles manage Dagdoul onc cock esed bod epe oe dbase GRAPES EAe ERR EQ ERE TEENA SER 348 Berne cles Manage Eiee erreietan be bias RA EE R Kb Kb K bete ib
214. e course context Note that the system uses the following icons A red icon indicates that the student s information is not ready for submission either e because the data could not be read from the Gradebook or Attendance portlet or because there is a problem with the data In this case you should enter the information manually D A green icon indicates that the student s information is ready for submission However before submitting this data you can also overwrite any of the data in the row Submitted Each row of student data in the Submitted area shows the data that was previously submitted In some cases your system may be configured such that you can re submit a previously entered grade although this is uncommon In most cases the information in the Submitted area is read only Note that in this area the system labels each row of student data with one of the following icons Jj A green checkmark indicates that there are no problems with the data submitted D A yellow icon indicates that since it was submitted the student s information changed in the Gradebook portlet or in the ERP system e Racer Faculty Guide Submitting grades and attendance records Use the procedure below to submit grades and attendance records Note that your ability to submit grades depends on settings defined within your school s ERP system Specifically your ERP system must be set up to give you permission to submit grades and you must be
215. e iba is canes 249 raning atolea pertisiDIE is oec esp RESP REESE S P REN RAE S PEE SHEER NE NIS ERO M RES 250 Chapter 14 Bulletin Boards 2 644200255264 F448 Ra ERROR RR 251 Jig Conca ps stb ses aeesceea re eegee Sea ree eae eee Pk ros ee eek eee el oe SC RbOquriDE NE Ebo iW 252 POC erg AM 6c T cr 232 Bo debault localis osse eR RE CER aT OR VO REGED qb RA De lob e WEE RR ee UR d 2352 WOR WN CHTGBOEIEN deese henge eke RR beRE RE ERR ERREC RR RERUM RES PEN EE RPREARPSRU RE SS 233 Apus 01 3 CRUGBODE Lao as Eee E heel RG GAR ad pb Ee qi a ER a e Bd eh RR 233 pr pana E Ii P r M 253 EJM ACICE LorbatesbeecoeeeTPHEsePRbDRK LES ERE E MES tiu PkESdenEbER TEPORE ERES 254 Dior aduer iiio aS T r 254 Delete a COlSPOLN cic ocean ree Rex RURSHORR POR REOR RC OR OU ERU E eR PS EORR eR ES 255 Moppkgua qui ples cs eese s pert A L E EA E RE RU A EPA APE RI EE SE 256 Pu gu rni ger M RT rrTT 256 Bic pd MN C HuR 256 Dine SOC 26 eke os be badd we TE ae RERUM NR P bbsPbEeQebbsefipbtszbbesei es 256 Delepnp 4 E iouiiesbo epis det eoe ded er drca bap Brean By ptc leer lorte pn geese Re 257 Set ng the Maxim Days AcBve IB iisce susce eer x eR Hem Rot X ERR RR RR RR CARO ES 257 Nlanagn peltulsslolil cence deer Ese ERE ERES REPRE RR CHR EMEN a RE RE ERE SqeEEPRNC RON ead 258 Axanlablo PENISO ios ie hc EROR E Gd pU MEI REIR Erica Mie Rd ex pb e bd weeds 258 Chapter 15 Calendar MEME 261 E ioa TP rcc 262
216. e lies tal lt Dn mf n hn A me o dip AA A bis n dm AUS Ma dte fu omia 148 e Racer Faculty Guide Configuring the attendance marking method The Attendance portlet is ready to use out of the box However you can also fine tune a few characteristics of it About the options The attendance marking method determines the exact options that are available each time you record a student s attendance By default the system is set up to use the simplest attendance marking method Whole Sessions Whole Sessions The Whole Sessions option is the simplest setup option and it also is the default choice With this setup you choose between the following options when recording a student s attendance Present Absent Excused Absent Unexcused Tardy As described in Giving attendance a value on page 146 when you set up your Gradebook you can choose to give attendance a value If you plan to do this and if you choose the Whole Sessions marking method note the following The system will automatically reduce the student s total attendance credit if the student has one or more unexcused absences The amount deducted is proportional to the number of unexcused absences You can configure the system to treat a specific number of tardies as an unexcused absence For example three tardies might equal one unexcused absence In this scenario a student who is habitually late will not get full credit for attendance even if he or she did sho
217. e link you want to post Set For each bookmark your create you must choose a set that will host the bookmark Description The Description field lets you enter additional details about the bookmark The description is displayed below the name Bookmarks New translations This set contains links to new translations of some of the foreign language works we have been studying T Guittone d Arezzo description of I think the translator did some interesting things with many of these 244 bookmark works You might want to compare them with the translation that our textbook uses Agrippa d Aubign This is the link I mentioned in class Monday I would like everyone to review the introduction and first page of translations Guido Guinizelli NAP Led ss efe AN a AROS e ny Aot A h Pome ofan Ma MAGA Lemos AMO DM NOM Mean mente o INA e Pv am meta Start and End The Start and End fields determine when the topic will be displayed These fields are displayed only if the portlet instance is set up to use the display indicator this is described in Configuring whether bookmarks will be displayed indefinitely on page 248 The default setup is that these fields are available If you are using the Start and End fields note that you can choose to have a bookmark end at a specific point With this option you have the additional choice of having the bookmark be e Racer Faculty Guide automatically deleted it when the d
218. e main Analysis screen on page 140 Locate the Test Analysis Help box In that box click the link labeled Warning Settings Ese mtm tatem ee ne et um prp ET Te mue i pof o me vu et ted DAS e e Test Analysis Help Read about Test Analysis terms and concepts and how you can use them to improve your online assignments in the Analysis Basics screen em A AP EU To review or customize the settings that determine when warnings are displayed in the Item Analysis area refer to the Warning screen IT TP YS ame tdi alent fne n dates n st de ts domini nate deren teen nef hen n tant ee ret The system displays the Warning Settings tab 141 Analyzing online assignments 3 Use the Warning Settings tab to change any of the following as appropriate The difficulty rating warnings The discrimination index warning The distractor performance warning If you need to reset any of these values to their original default settings click the link labeled Reset to the default configuration for this course Note that this screen includes links that take you to explanations for each of the terms used 4 Click Save Configuring the size of performance groups 142 The system uses performance groups to categorize students into one of three groups those that basically understood the material those who didn t and those in between You manually define the size of the high and low performers group and
219. e of the type or unit Doing so displays all of the relevant assignments their due dates and their values The following illustration shows details about the assignments in one particular type Gradebook Coursework Breakdown Setup Gradebook Exam Grade Breakdown Due Date Name Unit Total Points 4 18 2010 Midterm Unit 1 200 6 3 2010 Final Unit 2 200 Totals 400 Points Back to Coursework Grade Breakdovn 180 e Racer Faculty Guide Managing the effects of attendance You have a variety of options for configuring the Gradebook so that the student s attendance affects his or her grade You can use either of both of these strategies as appropriate e You can make attendance worth a specific value that contributes to the student s midterm and final grades For details see Making attendance a credit that must be earned below e You can set up the system so that it automatically fails a student who has amassed a certain number of unexcused absences as described in Automatically failing students who miss class on page 183 If you are using either of the above options and if you track attendance by whole session you may want to configure the system so that tardies help trigger the events mentioned above This process is described in Penalizing students who are tardy on page 184 Making attendance a credit that must be earned If you want to give attendance a specific value use these procedures e
220. e permanent To modify a course 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it The system displays the full view of the Course Creator portlet Locate the course that you want to modify on the screen If the course is not displayed use the Term drop down list to locate a term associated with a section of the course you want to modify Click on the downward arrow next to the name of the course The system displays a pop up menu CEETTTTTTITTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTITTTTTITTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTITTTTTTTTTTTITITITTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTITITTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT Working Green Department conserve Conserving energy in the office More Info Portal Only Sections conserve Section A 4 Edit Course N T Delete Course conserve Section B AM TIATMLMADSSAT AST SABOESMATALSAMSENT Ware A SecA anns nnen ag cas Sas ELICIT ATA ATO TARE ANT WAST CARES SOE SORE SOB SNS nE aes Select Edit Course The system displays a screen labeled Add a New Course which also lets you modify the course Make any changes that are appropriate Click Save Course Modifying a course section 434 After you create a course section you may want to modify any of the following The section s title The teacher assigned to the section Students enrolled in the section The meeting time for the section e Racer Faculty Guide To make any of these changes use the following procedure Note that
221. e section It is used in the following ways e For faculty members the Gradebook portlet is the place where you do the following Specify how the system should automatically calculate students midterm and final grades using data from the Coursework and Attendance portlets This process also known as configuring the Gradebook is the primary subject of this chapter You can read more about the layout of this chapter in About the configuration process below Review each student s overall course grade adjust it if necessary and enter feedback for the student via his or her Gradesheet This process is described in the next chapter Reviewing and adjusting grades on page 193 Depending on your school s configuration submit midterm and final grades to the ERP system This process is described in Chapter 9 Submitting grades to the ERP system For students the Gradebook portlet is the place where they can review their overall grade so far along with any feedback you have entered for them Specifically when a student displays the Gradebook the student sees his or her own Gradesheet Gradesheets are described in Reviewing a single student s progress in detail on page 195 About the configuration process 166 This chapter deals with the process of configuring the Gradebook which includes the following tasks Navigating to the Gradebook as described Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 Setting up the
222. e sure you want to delete the session 4 Click OK The system deletes the session 157 Tracking attendance Working with attendance records This section describes the process of saving attendance records for each student Recording attendance by session 158 Use this procedure to record all your students attendance for a specific session To record attendance by session 1 Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in Navigating to the Attendance portlet on page 148 The default view contains a form that lets you create attendance records for the most recent session 2 Ifyou want to record attendance for a session other than the most recent one locate the appropriate session a Click Manage Sessions The system displays the Attendance Manage Sessions screen which lists all the sessions currently defined b Locate the date of session for which you want to record attendance Click the date which should show up as a hyperlink The system displays the Attendance View a Session screen which lets you mark each student s attendance Another way of opening an older session is to click the date in the calendar that represents that session Days that host sessions are colored blue 3 Foreach student do the following a Setthe drop down list to the appropriate value Present Absent Excused Absent Unexcused Tardy Note that the Tardy option is displayed only
223. eating a portlet instance on page 445 240 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with sets When you add an instance of the Bookmarks portlet to a page by default it contains a set called Ungrouped You can use this set to host all your bookmarks or you can create different sets Note that sets are displayed only if they contain bookmarks So if you create a set but do not place any bookmarks inside it it will not show up except in certain administrative screens Attributes of a set In the Bookmarks portlet a category has the several attributes which you can configure Name Each set has a name that serves a heading within the portlet instance Description Optionally you can include a description which will be displayed below the portlet name Position The position determines where the set is placed relative to other sets Bookmarks aS name of set New translations This set contains links to new translations of some of the foreign language works we have been studying description of set Guittone d Arezzo Walther von der Vogelweide Agrippa d Aubign Guido Guinizelli Study abroad opportunities I am going to use this set to post links to interesting study abroad programs Summer in Florence Oxford poetry workshop Go to Main Screen Creating a set This procedure describes how to create a set To create a set 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet in
224. eature that when enabled by an administrator lets you submit data generated within your course section to your school s ERP system The primary purpose of this feature is to let you submit grades Depending on how your system is configured the feature may also let you submit attendance records These functions minimize the need for manual data entry When this feature is enabled you should not need to use the Grade Entry portlet part of CRM Faculty Depending on your system s setup and your permissions you can submit data to the ERP system on the following e A student s midterm or final grade e The total number of absences for the student The student s last day of attendance Depending on the level of permission that you have within your ERP system you may also be able to re submit previously submitted data You may want to do this if you already submitted a grade then decided to make an adjustment Note that even if you do not have permission to submit or re submit data you may still be able to use this feature to simply review data on students grades and attendance e Racer Faculty Guide Navigating to the Submit Grades screen Before you can work with the Gradebook Grade Entry feature you must display the Submit Grades screen To navigate to the Submit Grades screen Ifyou haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the
225. ebe P dedi d ebbe d 291 Adding THOM CONIC seseereicrtareni Re RACE hese RUE e Rae ER RR Ir RRRA 291 Modifying regole CODIGBE icis eco SRL peVixebhqE Re erecei thegqrebp eres ERG SHEL SERA redd 292 RANGE PEE er aero ekaina reae ee e ae aa ieran Eent 292 xi Contents Chapter 20 Forums MEEEEM I PR 295 KEYEN eea Tm 296 Categories and TOPICS udcedsgucee RR ER ES HERA CORR EARE EE RE qe EHE eR A CP SR Rd RR don 296 Default yiew versus maximized VIEW cx bkesthkeeREETeEXRERUREYqaRRES EKSE Er ERE FERRE ed 296 About the poma CONSU cad rs Pb EE RAS SPAN E P Re E EbS Ede qe bed d edd bei t inibq reg 297 aubscnplon ODUOMS 1x dea eet eee I RR RR QUSE DER E X eR EUER E dee RR qure ARR 208 Peunisione OVEIVIEW Leo bbb ebietestecesi ater Were Sees MEQUE Ix KE CERES PERO eles 299 About visible read only and hidden Wem ss ccc ce Ad re RR RR ERR EHEREN ERR A TREE 301 aruis PTT P TUIUTUTUTTUSTT 301 Working wil Gate SUITES 2o osea exe BERE ENPRRRETIREQUKbRUEEE RI MEE A C RE qa Ep REF APDPMCESd 302 Ambu oi Aee ET 302 Modifyine a Cale OV 44 020 dt0e kae Ae kier kie R e ER EA RRR 305 Manually arranging CaleBOHeN 22h ou eh eed eek bites ERER TRECA ERTO EARRESCREE ER EXEbOR EE ES 306 Manually aron ng OPES vehi et risbe eerie eea aa eee eta HR bd i den d 306 Delene a col BOLV occ eter eee eI DERNE PATET E E EER E AET RER 307 Morking qn lr EGples uci eset tec rikes ire r oeae OOCR MEER Rag LEER QE PESE 309 PUMP
226. ebook 6 Doone ofthe following e Ifyou track attendance by whole session set the drop down list to the number of unexcused absences that should trigger automatic failure LTEM o4 mmm en uere e uw lu utu enumerat stem yw Automatic course failure No automatic failure 9 Automatic failure after B Unexcused Absences Nene tfi t Aten etl ot dtes eem Ageia d i same ise fins settle te thin metes Panton tin Sih tani ane re nnde ets ome totem Aes Ai me e Ifyou track attendance by minute or by hour set the two drop down lists to a specific amount of time missed or a percentage of time missed that should trigger automatic failure tm mun fee ut t mta utt m rernm Pe ieu AR m t eu mp T Vut mete mtt mutum A mM T ue aT ATL a Automatic course failure No automatic failure 9 Automatic failure after 100 Minutes Absent hiemem af one Pond tate Ad deno ester Atem AB oae dif ame e ien s A Anm dite Ponte fn stati hah nti fte aem dis Ande eft oai e 7 Click Save Penalizing students who are tardy If you have set up the Attendance portlet to track attendance by whole session then you have the ability to specify that a certain number of tardies equals one unexcused absence If you are tracking attendance by minute or by hour then you don t have this option because lateness is already considered unexcused and because you are tracking by exact increments the system automatically calculates the exact amoun
227. eckbox as described in Configuring whether handouts will be displayed indefinitely on page 344 4 Click Save Deleting a handout If you need to manually remove a handout use this procedure To delete a handout 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Locate the handout you want to modify and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog box asking whether you are sure you want to delete the handout Click OK Saving handouts to your File Cabinet If you need to save one or more handouts to your File Cabinet use this procedure To save handouts to your File Cabinet 1 2 3 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Using the checkboxes at the left select the items you want to save At the bottom of the screen set the drop down list to Save to File Cabinet The system updates the screen to include a Submit button Click Submit Importing handouts from your File Cabinet If you need to import one or more handouts from your File Cabinet use this procedure 346 e Racer Faculty Guide To import handouts from your File Cabinet 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Click the link labeled Import Handouts from File Cabinet The system displays the Handouts gt Import View screen Using the checkboxes at the left select the handouts you want to import Click Import Selected The system adds the h
228. ed 25 portlets About This Course 28 288 All My Courses 35 213 Announcements 28 Attendance 26 30 33 145 169 Calendar 28 Chat 30 Copy Course Materials 403 Course Content Import CCI 35 67 e Racer Faculty Guide Course Creator 36 Course Search 35 277 Course Syllabus 33 287 Coursemates 30 281 Coursework 32 33 39 51 109 168 169 Custom Content 28 33 285 Downloadable Version 33 287 Forums 26 30 Gradebook 30 33 42 156 163 Group Directory 282 Handouts 33 335 overview of e Racer portlets 28 Readings 33 351 posting announcements 28 previewing a course context as a member of another role 25 34 373 an assignment 99 Q question pool using in an online assignment 95 questions about the question types 78 adding point values to 74 assessing the effectiveness of 138 139 creating 74 86 deleting 92 modifying 89 moving within an assignment 90 setting up difficulty warnings for 141 Quick Links 27 44 R Readings portlet 33 351 copying to a different course context 403 modifying a set 356 moving to a different set 356 Relevant Files in assignments 64 removing content from a CCI portlet instance 422 renaming a page 444 a portal only course 434 a portal only course section 434 a portal only department 427 a sub section 454 atype 49 an assignment 68 sub sections 454 reopening an assignment 117 477 Index reordering elements in the Custom Content portlet 290 page links in a
229. ed in Working with sections on page 93 Assign a point value to each question as described in Assigning point values to questions 3 on page 91 Define settings for the assignment as described in Managing online assignment settings on page 100 You can configure any of the following A time limit the maximum duration of the session starting from when the student displays the assignment and ending when he or she submits it A maximum number of attempts the maximum number of times the students can display and submit the assignment The way that sections are displayed on pages Whether or not sections are shuffled Whether or not students can save the assignment midway through and complete it later Whether or not extra credit better than perfect scores are allowed Activate the assignment so that students can take it as described in Activating an online assignment on page 105 e Racer Faculty Guide If the assignment is active This section describes how to open Test Builder for an assignment that is already active Once an assignment is active your options within Test Builder are limited though you do have the ability to make some modifications to the assignment s sections and to the online assignment settings To display Test Builder if the assignment is active 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the course section as described in Navigating to
230. ed in Chapter 6 Tracking attendance Some settings related to attendance for example the extent to which attendance affects students midterm and final grades are configured through the Gradebook portlet which is described in Chapter 7 Configuring the Gradebook Attendance lt August 2010 gt Most Recent Session Name Tuesday 8 3 1 2 2 4 5 Z anderson Jim Present E AE Brown Dana 6 Present Garcia Ana 8 Present He Steve B8 Present Jackson George amp Present M Jones Jane 8 Present dk Add a Session Keita Amy Present A Manage Sessions Meyer John Present Sato Lisa B Present Settings Taylor Sam amp Present Export Full View to Excel Save Cancel aA oaa n eI mA mi nm Amm m AB Se Ar aAA Anno ARRA eS es Ne ete Presence Ie Hem ALL a de ema eh Ae NN AM eeu By default the content and layout of the Attendance page cannot be modified which means that you cannot remove the Attendance portlet nor can you add other portlets to this page Collaboration By default the Collaboration page hosts three portlets Forums The Forums portlet is used for collaborative discussions For details see Chapter 20 Forums Chat The Chat portlet is an online chatroom For details see Chapter 16 Chat e Coursemates The Coursemates portlet is an online roster of all students and facul
231. ed to train employees hired in the second quarter you might want to create a term named Q2 Note that once you create a term you cannot modify it To create a term 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it The system displays the full view of the Course Creator portlet Click the Terms link amp 3 ving to add them officially in your ERP ves 9 Add a New Section to an existing course Manage 2 terms 7 Departments a A OE NY NA Ne mme lalallala eS am The system displays the Add a Term screen which lists all the portal only terms defined in the system Click Add a Term The system displays a form In the Term Name field enter a name for the new term In the Term Code field enter a unique code for the term Note that once you create the department the code like all else about the term cannot be changed So be sure to enter a code that conforms to whatever naming conventions your school has decided to use Use the Start Date and End Date fields to define the term period 429 Creating portal only courses 7 Click Save The system again displays the Add a Term screen this time with the new term listed Deleting a term 430 Note that you can only delete a term if there are no course sections associated with it To delete a term 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it The system displays the full vie
232. edia eS Lediad ieee FERE ED REEN 68 Saving an assignment to the Pile C abuliel esee eR HORE oe RCeS IR RC EUR LOK ERR UR d 70 Deleng Alt ASSIS uiuo dab ATLEBPRA EROR PERC REY RE RECS PEAS EERE HERES ER EAR RWS SX dd 71 e Racer Faculty Guide Chapter 3 Adding content to online assignments LL 73 c ioa T DI rer 74 Opening an assrenmient in Test Builder iia uw eerste eser ert CALS EPH OR Eee da RES s 75 It the sesrement enO ouosrbebsoithecieEESIERAdLRPUTORERURRERTERRRPREROETEPORE FERE 75 Putin a 2 GOUNG eroe N EE EEE O ae RA at Morang with quesuofis xix REIR S He Rer ol Ier Roe eR e eR a ORE RR ER Ra e RE Pes 78 About the question Wes 2 acc k pex bweEEPSRERETERENUCKERRRGHHRERUL DE LCE Os MELEE Ep MC RES 78 About awtomate reeda Re og ce bee er BONAR IR Ee RAE Ein SRE eM Erb nc tad ip oie 86 Adding GUESMONS Accs ccd ke be va Re beh bia Roe RATE GP ER LAG PASE eo HG RE SHE 86 Dd oue QUEENONS so eser REDPERRRIEEST REP REPERSUERESEFMESeARIESHRE T C bb p TEET 89 MOVIN GNOMIONS TP 90 Working with potat values 224 heck eee ee bed RR ROPA ERTIES Cee Ree RAUS RR REE 91 pelenng QUESNONS e cron ex oex cee te Cae P eee EDR EOL Sadie MES LEAN CRESCE QUEE E PEE 97 WORN WN ROCIO T ERE E ERE eek wees Ri EER ie eae 93 ADON SGO P eRe RECLER ONE RESTA OTe ERE SERRA CRe Pee LLER eee hoe RE REST 93 Bing SONNE S eo oe ke eae h esr ek dre wharheh esses plas tot E EE pb eibepP ite 96 Modine A SCION MPH TM X TES 97 D oucanpa uino SEMPU
233. edit With this option selected students will percenta die correct answers that they select m eee amet iu dt ane HA Rd e caste e th arf m iit matame Me Am MR voee ARI OAS emet ALMA ARA Ci r C 65 About automatic feedback semen phe mo rtu meo hee T uto y a um mm teet mtem Tm UT eo In some cases you may configure the online assignment such that students can review the completed assignment and see how they did on each question In such cases you can enter personalized feedback for students on any question You can also add automatic feedback which can be displayed in each of the following cases General Info Displayed for all students regardless of how they answered On Correct Answer Displayed for students who answered correctly On Incorrect Answer Displayed for students who answered incorrectly Automatic feedback is available for all question types except essay and short answer The figure below illustrates how the system displays automatic feedback to students Me TS rere Tm terree umm ee T ur tme 4 How does Goneril die 25pts She takes poison II Her sister stabs her C She stabs herself E Her sister poisons her Answer Incorrect Automatic Feedback This question was meant to test your understanding of the review we did Monday Incorrect Feedback You may want to re read Act V and review your notes from Monday s class See me with any questions Points 0 NT UN Fen IN a aan
234. een In the corresponding drop down list at the right select the set to which the reading should be copied or moved 4 Click Save Ordering sets 356 This option allows you to place sets in a specific order Note however that any sequence you create using this technique will not be seen by students who choose to display sets in alphabetical order as described in Ordering sets alphabetically on page 354 To order sets 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it e Racer Faculty Guide Select Manage gt Order Sets The system displays the Readings Order Sets View screen Use the text boxes at the left to specify the desired order of the sets Click Save Deleting a set When you delete a set you also delete all of its readings If you definitely want to delete a set and its readings use the procedure below To delete a set 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Locate the set you want to delete and click the corresponding delete icon which looks like a folder with a trash barrel on it Readings Edit View Manage Week 1 Faulkner dE O The Sound and the Fury Delete a Set William Faulkner go to bookstore Required L Absalom Absalom William Faulkner go to bookstore Required Moro Ann e s acis Salem MR ame c gl AMMEN NG An mS AG AM eem ea The system generates a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the set Cli
235. efined and managed entirely through the portal instead of in conjunction with your school s ERP system To do this you use the Course Creator portlet This portlet is described in Chapter 29 Creating portal only courses e Portal only account creator Depending on the types of courses you teach you may want to create user accounts that exist only in the portal and not in your school s ERP system This functionality is available only to members of the Administrators role and is described in Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution 7 3 x Administration Guide Additional contexts 36 In some cases you may have permission to manage additional contexts besides those for your course sections For example If your school uses the Campus Groups feature you might manage a campus group which means that you would have administrative privileges in the group s context You may have permission to manage another set of pages within your school s portal In each of the above cases you may be add portlets manage roles and so forth just as you would in your course context In almost all cases the behavior and settings that govern each portlet are the same regardless of which context you are working in Similarly note that you have a My Pages tab which is solely for your own use You have the ability to add pages and portlets to this tab In fact your privileges in this tab are similar to your privileges in your course context though
236. egory for buying selling and exchanging textbooks and other 4 Click Save Editing a category Use this procedure to edit a category To edit a category 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Choose Manage gt Edit Category gt name of category Bulletin Boards Manage Add Category i xchanging t order coegoes ener ll Name M CloOpen Discussion 7 amp 0 The system displays a form 3 Make any necessary changes For help understanding a specific field see Attributes of a category on page 253 4 Click Save Reordering categories Use this procedure to rearrange categories within the portlet instance 254 To reorder categories Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Choose Manage gt Order Categories The system displays a list of the available categories 3 Use the boxes at the left to change the order of the categories 4 Click Save Deleting a category e Racer Faculty Guide Use this procedure to delete a category Note that when you delete a category you also delete all of the topics and posts within the category To delete a category Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Choose Manage gt Order Categories Bulletin Boards Add Category Edit a Category buying selling and h Order Categories plata ks Aeon leah acl Add a Topic Ww open Discussion LR The system displays a li
237. eighting items all together defined 168 weighting items by unit or type defined 168 Whole Sessions marking method 149 e Racer Faculty Guide 479 Index 480
238. el 200 making attendance a factor 181 reviewing and adjusting 193 submitting to the ERP system 203 modifying a portal only course 434 a portal only course section 434 a portal only department 427 a reading in the Readings portlet 359 a role 465 a set in the Readings portlet 355 a sub section 454 content in the Custom Content portlet 290 grades on assignments 109 midterm and final grades 193 198 questions in assignments 89 the layout of a page 449 types in the Coursework portlet 49 units in the Coursework portlet 46 multiple choice answer questions 78 134 My Pages context 35 378 418 My Subscribed Forums 299 476 N navigating to course contexts 27 35 the Attendance portlet 148 the Copy Course Materials portlet 403 the Coursemates portlet 265 the File Cabinet 380 O offline assignments activating 61 creating 65 defined 41 entering feedback for 113 grading 58 113 online assignments activating 105 adding content to 73 analyzing students performance on 133 creating a question pool 95 creating sections in 93 deactivating 105 defined 41 previewing as a student 99 375 question types 78 setting up automatic feedback 74 86 setting up passwords for 60 opening an assignment in Test Builder 75 ordering questions 84 ordering questions in an assignment 84 organization method changing 172 defined 168 Organize by drop down list in Coursework 45 55 57 Overwrite option when copying course materials 405 P pages a
239. eld If you want the element to include an image use the Browse button to locate the image Use the image placement radio buttons to specify the alignment of the image Enter the body text in the Text field Note also that you can use this field to include code that links directly to a video that is posted on the Internet or elsewhere Click Save 289 Custom Content Reordering elements After you create a few elements you may want to rearrange them To reorder elements 1 2 Navigate to the Custom Content portlet instance to which you want to add content Click the Edit Content link The system displays a screen that summarizes the elements on the page Use the text boxes at the left to specify the correct sequence of the items To finalize your choices click Reorder elements Modifying an element After you create an element you might want to change its text upload a different image change the position of the image and so forth To make these sorts of changes use the procedure below To modify an element 1 2 Navigate to the Custom Content portlet instance that hosts the element you want to modify Click the Edit Content link The system displays a screen that summarizes the elements on the page Locate the element you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the Edit Element screen Change any of the fields as appropriate Click Save Deleting an element
240. elete any reading in the instance To let a role manage readings 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Readings screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 3 Locate the role that should be able to manage readings Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Manage Add Edit Delete Readings column 4 Click Save Letting roles manage sets By default only the Administrators and Faculty roles have permission to manage sets However in any instance of the Readings portlet you can give other roles this ability When you do this members of the role can do any of the following e Create sets in that instance Modify sets that they or any other user has posted by e Changing the set s name Changing the set s description Modifying the default order of sets Delete any set in the instance 361 Readings To let a role manage sets 1 Log in to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Readings screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 3 Locate the role that should be able to post readings Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Manage Sets column 4 Click Save 362 23 RSS News Reader This chapter explains how to set
241. ell as one topic before discussion can commence By default the Forums portlet instance in your course context contains a category called General You can delete or rename this category as appropriate as well as create new categories Note that if the intended mission of your forum is just to cover a few topics that do not have many hierarchal layers you might want to stick with one category and within it just create a few topics Attributes of a category 302 When you create a category you can make choices about any of the following Category name e Category description Topic ordering method Pruning e Access Category name The name of the category is essentially its label in the portlet instance so you should pick a name that is meaningful For example you might have the name reference a unit of coursework Weeks 1 4 The evolution of Peoples Temple We ll use this category to delve in to the growth of the church in three MORE Topic Users Approval Unr Fa Indiana Use this topic to discuss the church s a i ea sr A a a n aA a a a aa a e Racer Faculty Guide Category description The category description is an optional field If you enter a description it will be displayed under the category name in the Forum Home If the description is more than a sentence or so each user will be able to expand or minimize it by clicking links labeled MORE and LESS Weeks 1 4 The evolution of Peoples Temple
242. em will still allow you set up the future activation date However if both of these issues are not rectified before the activation date is reached the system will leave the assignment inactive and you will have to manually set another activation date To set a future activation date Ifyou haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Click the link labeled Set a future activation date The system displays a form that lets you choose a date and time 3 Select the date and time when you want the assignment to become active 4 Click Save The system adds a label to the screen indicating when the assignment will become active The system also replaces the Active button with one labeled Activate Immediately e Racer Faculty Guide Deactivating an online assignment Deactivating an assignment makes it unavailable to students You may want to deactivate an assignment in order to change its content which you cannot do while the assignment is active You can deactivate an assignment only if no students have begun taking the assignment To deactivate an online assignment 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Click the Deactivate button The system makes the assignment inactive 107 108 4 Grading assignments For any assignment
243. endance data and that data was required the system displays a dialog stating as much In this case click OK The system again displays the Submit Grades screen Return to step 3 Assuming you entered all required data the system displays a Please wait dialog as it updates the selected data Afterward the system displays the Submit Grades screen this time updated to reflect the changes you made Part 3 Additional portlets This section describes additional portlets that you can use in your course context or anyplace in the portal where you manage pages such as the context for a Campus Group that you lead You can also add any of these portlets to your My Pages context though most of these portlets will probably be most useful on pages where you can interact with other users All My Courses on page 213 Announcements on page 217 Blog on page 225 Bookmarks on page 239 Bulletin Boards on page 251 Calendar on page 261 Chat on page 271 Course Search on page 277 Coursemates on page 281 Custom Content on page 285 Forums on page 295 Handouts on page 335 Readings on page 351 RSS News Reader on page 363 Task Manager on page 367 Part 3 Additional portlets 212 10 All My Courses e Racer includes a portlet called All My Courses that you can use to easily navigate to any of
244. endar portlet there are two types of subscriptions as detailed below Portlet instance level subscriptions A user charged with maintaining an instance of the Calendar portlet might want the portlet instance to reference calendars created in other instances of the portlet For example suppose there is a Calendar portlet instance called Athletics that includes a calendar titled Fundraising The owner of the Football portlet instance might want his instance to display the upcoming fundraising events He can make this happen by subscribing to the Fundraising calendar Subsequently people with access to the Football instance can display the Fundraising events Monday 17 November Tuesday 18 November 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 5 00PM 6 30PM JV Practice 5 00PM 6 30PM JV Practice Wednesday 19 November Thursday 20 November item from 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 3 00PM 5 00PM Varsity practice 00E 30PM ice 5 00PM 6 30PM JV Practice 5 aci newly added 5opw 10 00PM Athletics Dept Alumni Dinner calendar ete AM m ma f A S Bate iah Lon am Ante en RAS A sus fime 8 Ama o m NM 263 Calendar Note however that not all calendars will be available for you to subscribe to If a user maintaining an instance of the Calendar portlet wants to make one or more of his or her calendars available for subscription he can share the calendar s Related to this note that not ever
245. ent or term that might be defined Similarly there are no instance specific permissions associated with Course Creator Every occurrence of the portlet in your system should behave in exactly the same manner Default view versus the maximized view 424 This section describes the default view versus the maximized view of the Course Creator portlet Default view The default view of the portlet shows controls you can use to create portal only courses and portal only course sections It also includes a link labeled View Current Courses clicking this link maximizes the portlet e Racer Faculty Guide Maximized view When you maximize the Course Creator portlet the portlet by default displays the following In the upper part of the portlet a series of controls that let you work with portal only courses course sections departments and terms nthe main body of the portlet a list of departments courses and course sections In some ways this view varies based on how you set the Select a Term drop down list Essentially the list includes An alphabetical list of departments The following departments are listed ERP departments that are associated with portal only course sections that takes place in the currently selected term All portal only departments regardless of whether they are associated with portal only course sections in the selected term all are listed Under each listed department the
246. ent other than your own you must have a global portlet operation called Show Admin Section To check to see if you have this permission maximize the portlet instance and check to see whether it contains an area labeled All Announcements This area includes a list of announcements each accompanied by a corresponding pencil or trash barrel icon If you see this area then you have the permission If you don t have this permission and feel you need it speak with an administrator for your portal When you edit an announcement you can change its text the roles that can display it and the date and time that the announcement will be displayed If the item is currently archived you can make it active again To edit an announcement 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Locate the announcement that you want to edit and click the corresponding pencil icon 3 Make any necessary changes and click Save Deleting an announcement 224 In order to delete an announcement other than your own you must have a global portlet operation called Show Admin Section To check to see if you have this permission maximize the portlet instance and check to see whether it contains an area labeled All Announcements This area includes a list of announcements each accompanied by a corresponding pencil or trash barrel icon If you see this area then you have the permission If you don t have this permission and feel you need it speak with
247. eoLxtorbbbs Re eb eeerbate rim eee eee RESUPRENUEKESIPRESETHDORT IE 335 Previews C OBS EE uui sd baee doe bep lease up tae betae b Rd Vieespitsdd edid e dip bod 373 Chanting your VIEW REPE CITRUS 376 Chapter 26 Working with the File Cabinet 0000005 377 Id e e EET 378 Savine to the Pile Cabinet srsosicsassrne RR ER RREESRRXQGRARORESREERER ER REPRISE RE YQ RE ARE RE d 378 Creating Ttepmean ihe Pet BONE ede Pe ERES ERES dE odio edd i bei bibquaes 379 Imporiine mon your File Cabinet cscs sos eme Rp pP R RR BC EORR ded 379 Naxisalng to the Pile COaSBVBE ccs cui ree cbe eor ely hese neh eR Gey LE REA Qe d EGRE E CEDAR Ee Ed 380 Lise ine authentic ka ebd ce E E E gia Ubebat deka Mese diee deiddq 382 Understanding the delanlt VIEW iosesec ek ee RUE EUR RARE ated Ree ede RR eR Ra 382 Working With assipnmebis ii vce wes ose ehh cre REG EAOXEMELIEEAGT ERE NEA EREAYPAPRATRERRE 383 WOT WE Secus od Eb ERATES E E Eq Ub d de debi d epi eee e inique 384 Working with questiofle iosseseeeh titik ROR ERROR RIP Pe ER E EORR I npo a ER d RR RR qd 386 Usine the Bookmarks 140 cos 42 045 ERROR he OSL PR REEERRE E ERE RP EELS OPER a E 390 Addins BOURNE 54i b ahaa he eee Hebe ipei eb gd bred qudd dq qq qe dd qid d 390 Ilodibang e DODGE iaoccieer Rer RR RR ae kitet A KORR E RU HER ESE NUR es RE ee eR RS 390 BDeletns bookmarks 12s iocos riCRARBEIGGDAXG Gh AX DS A PAY BEER YR E QE EELS ESE Rd du 391 Usine qne Aas EO DS qu S be ph qe qe o xe Erb E Da esq E dq dese Vp
248. er Recipients in Other text field must be e mail addresses 5 If you want your own view of the Attendance portlet to highlight those students who meet the warning condition select the Warning Highlight checkbox Doing this means that the system will highlight in red the names of the students who meet the warning condition This 151 Tracking attendance highlighting will occur in the Weekly View and the Most Recent Session screens Note that this highlighting will not be displayed in the View a Session screen 6 Click Save The system saves your changes and exits the Attendance Notification and Attendance Method screen Resending warnings 152 At times you might want to resend a warning to a student or another party Note that if you want to modify the recipient list prior to resending warnings you must first complete the steps described in Setting up attendance warnings on page 151 That is you must make your changes on the settings screen click Save and then continue with the steps below To resend warnings 1 Display the settings screen a Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in About the faculty view on page 147 b Click the Settings link The system displays the Attendance Notification and Attendance Method screen 2 Scroll down to the area labeled Notification 3 Where the screen says Resend all warnings click Send mE et ee emt AT uem m ptT geet ON nea pe P
249. es You as an administrator can dictate what these defaults are Note that people posting Blog items can change any of these choices for their posts To change the default settings for authors 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Click the Setup link The system displays the Setup screen 3 Inthe area of the screen labeled Default Values make any of the following changes as appropriate To control whether commenting is enabled by default select or de select the Enable commenting checkbox To control whether the author s byline is displayed by default select or de select the Include your name as the author checkbox In the Show to area select any roles that should by default be allowed to display Blog posts 4 Scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Save 230 e Racer Faculty Guide Modifying the layout of the portlet instance By default the Blog portlet displays the headline for each post and the first part of the body text However this is configurable You can choose from three layout options The default called the Summary option displays each item s headline and the first 250 characters of the text With this option a maximum of five items are displayed on the initial view of the portlet instance before it is maximized You can also specify that fewer posts will be shown as described in Specifying the maximum posts to display on page 233 The University Observer E
250. es for custom items If you have created custom items you may want to enter scores for individual students on these items To enter scores for custom items 1 3 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 The Gradebook tab is displayed by default Click the link labeled Grade Custom Items PT eae tome age E aT ite YT tuv am ET eder eet oe itp mm utn He Steve 67 0 out of 100 0 C A Jackson George 53 57 3 out of 100 0 C A Jones Jane 32 5 out of 100 0 F A Keita Amy 9 6 out of 100 0 F A Meyer John 10 0 out of 100 0 F A Sato Lisa 75 0 out of 100 0 C Taylor Sam 90 0 out of 100 0 A Show Percentage Grades Grade Custom Items xp Ex This grade is approximate due to ungraded items Vilis Phe hee ws Rt a h ptm Poli A MISSA ota nini The system displays a form that lets you enter scores for the item s you have have created 4 Enter scores as appropriate 5 Gradebook Grade Custom Items Setup Gradebook Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Excel File Overview Attendance Detail Coursework Detail Full View All Information Grade Custom Items Name Leadership Participation Jim Anderson amp 90 100 0 70 100 0 Dana Brown 60 100 0 60 100 0 Ana Garcia amp 100 100 0 100 0 Steve He 100 0 100 0 d
251. es of the portlet anywhere within your course context Default locations The default layout for course contexts includes an instance of the Readings portlet on the Syllabus page If desired you may be able to create additional instances If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 352 e Racer Faculty Guide Portlet basics The section describes a few features of the Readings portlet that your students and you will use when navigating the portlet as well as few other basics Default view versus maximized view The main page of the portlet displays the name and description of each set along with each set s individual readings In this view each listing shows whether or not the reading is required If you maximize the portlet you can expand Show or collapse Hide the list of readings associated with each set In this view the listing for each reading shows additional details such as the author and the number of pages Displaying details on any reading As noted in Default view versus maximized view the default view shows some details on the initial view of the portlet and more are displayed after the portlet is maximized You can display all details about the reading by clicking the name of the reading In response the system displays the Readings View Reading Details screen which lists all the details that were entered when the reading was created
252. es the post active in the portlet Click the Delete link Doing this discards the post e Racer Faculty Guide Working with private comments If appropriate you can add a private comment to a post or a reply This message will be viewable only by its author and by other people who have the Can Administer Portlet permission You can also edit or delete private comments that you or another administrator previously made Adding a private comment To add a private comment use the following procedure To add a private comment Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Navigate to the post or reply that you want to comment on 3 Click the link labeled Private Comment tomum m are ne mee Lemma Edited Mon 5 3 2010 aj UJ Private Com fr d Steve He Students The system displays a field labeled Adding a Comment 4 Enter your remarks Aey atte Net ee ee a eae nae eet oe m a e a e o RP ER Le et A I dyg e e a a AEN eae 16 words excluding q teve He rudents Adding a comme Steve please respond again and address Jane s example more specifically This comment will only be visible to the author of 5 Click Save Comment 325 Forums The system adds the message to the screen for those people allowed to see it the author and administrators The message is displayed immediately below the post along with your name rex tmt te F oT eem patag tem A pp memet emunt mre ntes uem tme utm tn
253. escribed in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 2 Locate the area of the screen labeled Individual Results for Student Name If there is no Review link that means the student has not completed the assignment Note that if the value in the Score column is represented as out of the total possible points that means that you must manually provide scores for one or more questions before the system can assign an overall score teme tts mno treet tee Pow Mary Davis Assign I PP ment Details Back to Assignment Info Next Workflow Action Date Note Test started by Mary Davis Thursday August 05 2010 1 00 PM Submitted by Mary Davis Thursday August 05 2010 2 11 PM On time Individual Results for Mary Davis Date Finished Score Status Review Thursday August 05 2010 2 11 PM 100 Finished Review AMAN Lite he Owe aes xf es A Me tsm tn Um moe om emit a ARTA arah Aum eheu c As 3 Click the Review link e Racer Faculty Guide The system displays the student s completed assignment 4 As appropriate adjust scores and enter any personalized feedback in the fields provided 7 Scholars believe that the death of Hamnet Shakespeare i plays 5pts 9 The Life and Death of King John Henry IV part 2 Henry VI part 3 Cl Hamlet King Lear A LP mer TV T ue emet ee cat mm utter tyre mmm te SOT eee Answert Correct Points s Personalized Feedback G
254. et In this chapter Key concepts Adjusting your view Sending e mail to members of a course Displaying a printable course roster Managing permissions Coursemates Key concepts This section offers an overview of the Coursemates feature Portlet basics The Coursemates portlet is actually an instance of the Group Directory portlet This details does not necessarily have any import but is mentioned in case a technical issue comes up that you need to troubleshoot Default locations The default layout for course contexts includes a Coursemates portlet instance on the Collaboration page Adjusting your view While using the Coursemates portlet you can adjust your own personal view of the portlet by making faculty members names highlighted To add highlighting to faculty members names 1 2 3 282 Navigate to the Coursemates portlet and click the wrench icon Click the Preferences tab Select the checkbox labeled Highlight Faculty Leaders Click Save Click Exit The system now highlights faculty members within your personal view e Racer Faculty Guide Sending e mail to members of a course Use the procedure below to send an e mail to some or all members of a course section Note that e mail will be delivered only to those faculty members and students who have entered e mail addresses into the My Info portlet See the My Info portlet online help for details about changing e mail addresses
255. et Exp OS Clicking this opens an administrative console Global Functions Message to ALL users Site Rooms Erase Messages Attributes priv mod pers I Name user count owner Room Topic Delete Manage ae i Susan UL Loss items in bold GOGE Room Topic are EA create Room Users Chatting Name i Ban Kick amp Ban Users No users fo E Banped Name Unban You can use this console to do tasks such as the following e Create and delete chat rooms e Block and unblock users from a chat room Erase messages from a chat room 274 e Racer Faculty Guide Managing permissions For each instance of the Chat portlet you might want to give a role permission to monitor chat activity You do this by giving users the Can Admin Chat permission People with this permission can ban offensive users among other management tasks Note that if you want to give a role permission to display the wrench icon menu this can only be done by giving the role the Can Admin privilege for the context which is a much bigger privilege overall as described in Letting a role administer a context on page 471 To manage permissions for the Chat portlet 1 Navigate to the Chat portlet instance that you want to configure 2 Click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Chat screen with the Preferences tab selected 3 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Define Permi
256. et has one set called Ungrouped By default a new handout will be placed into this set but you can create and populate additional sets Note that by default the system will not display an empty set unless the user chooses to manually display it So if you add a set and don t see it you probably have your preferences set to hide empty sets To display empty sets follow the steps described in Displaying empty sets on page 339 Adding a set You can add as many sets as is appropriate for your course Note that a set is used only by the instance where you create it If you have multiple instances of the Handouts portlet you create different sets for each one To add a set 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Click the Add a Set link which is in the lower right area of the screen The system displays the Handouts Manage Set View screen In the Name field enter a name for the set If appropriate enter text in the Description field The description can be no more than 2 000 characters This text will be displayed in main portlet view both when the portlet is maximized and when it is not Use the Position drop down list to specify where the set should be placed in relation to other sets However note that the choice you make at this juncture will not be seen by students who choose to display sets in alphabetical order as described in Ordering sets alphabetically on page 339 Do one of the fo
257. et instance you can specify who is allowed to do post blog items and use the Setup menu as described below Post blog items This permission also lets a user modify and delete his or her own posts The exact name of this permission is Can Add Edit and Delete Own Posts Access the Setup menu of the portlet instance This permission lets the user control many aspects of the portlet instance that is the role will have permission to complete any of the following tasks Enabling or disabling RSS feeds on page 229 Changing the default settings for authors on page 230 e Modifying the layout of the portlet instance on page 231 The exact name of this permission is Can Administer Portlet Note however that if you want to give a role permission to display the wrench icon menu this can only be done by giving the role the Can Admin privilege for the context which is a much bigger privilege overall as described in Letting a role administer a context on page 471 To allow roles to post blog items or access the Setup menu 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon 2 Click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize portlet Blog screen with the Preferences tab selected 3 Click the Permissions tab e Racer Faculty Guide The system displays the Permissions screen Locate any roles that should be allowed to post items or administer the portlet instance Select the corresponding
258. et instance for the course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 Locate the unit to which you want to add an assignment If the portlet is not set up to display assignments by unit set the Organize by drop down list to Unit In the appropriate unit click Import test from File Cabinet Note that this link uses the word test to mean assignment It does not matter whether the assignment you want to import is actually classified as a test The system displays a screen titled Coursework Import Test It lists all the assignments you have saved to your File Cabinet Select the assignment s that you want to import Click Import Selected The system adds the items you selected to which unit you selected in 3 By default the assignment is not active and not visible to students If you want to modify any aspect of the assignment see either of the following as appropriate To modify its basic settings such as its name and the date it is due see Modifying an assignment s basic settings on page 68 e If this is an online assignment and you want to modify its content see Adding content to online assignments on page 73 67 Creating assignments Modifying an assignment s basic settings After you create an assignment it is possible to modify certain aspects of it such as whether or not itis required the date it is due and so forth This procedure explains how to change
259. et instance on its default page The default setup of this portlet is context based The default layout for your My Pages context includes an instance of the Announcements portlet The default setup of this portlet is general which means you can use it to see any announcements posted for your throughout the portal If desired you may be able to create additional instances If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 e Racer Faculty Guide Setting up an instance of the portlet When setting up the Announcements portlet you may want to consider the following Do you want the instance to show all announcements posted through portal or do you want to stick with the default setup of showing just the announcements posted within this context For details see Choosing the type of announcements the portlet will show Should the portlet instance allow for anonymous posting For details see Allowing or disallowing anonymous announcements Should any roles besides Faculty be allowed to post announcements For details see Managing permissions Choosing the type of announcements the portlet will show For each instance of the Announcements portlet you can choose one of the following two options Context Based With this setup the portlet instance displays only those announcements sent to context specific roles that the user belongs to within this course context With thi
260. etake final grades Use the highest final grade Note Due Date 9 No Change O E i2 v o v AM v Click the Reopen button The system takes the following actions Adds a note to the Workflow area of the screen stating that you reopened the assignment Inthe student s view of the Student Assignment Details screen the system indicates that the student can continue with his or her remaining attempts 127 Grading assignments Allowing a student to retake an online assignment 128 Occasionally you may need to give a student permission to display and complete an online assignment in situations where the system normally wouldn t allow it such as the following After an assignment s due date has passed and if the student never submitted it After an assignment s due date has passed and the student did submit it but needs another try Before the due date has passed but the student has used the maximum number of attempts For details on setting the maximum number of attempts see Attempts Allowed on page 101 There is no limit to the number of retakes that you can allow To schedule a retake 1 Display the appropriate Student Assignment Details screen as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 The screen should include an area labeled either Retake Reopen Retake or something in that vein These screens are all very similar
261. ete the bookmark 4 Click OK Other administrative tasks This section describes other administrative tasks you might want to complete 247 Bookmarks Configuring whether bookmarks will be displayed indefinitely You can set up an instance of the Bookmarks portlet so that one of the following is true All bookmarks are displayed indefinitely that is until someone manually deletes them Bookmarks are displayed for a duration chosen by the person posting the bookmark or by someone else who modifies the bookmark later With this option the system adds Start and End fields to the screen where you create and modify bookmarks To configure whether bookmarks will be displayed indefinitely 1 Login to the portal and navigate to the Bookmarks portlet instance that you want to configure 2 Click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Bookmarks screen with the Preferences tab selected 3 Click the Settings tab 4 Doone ofthe following To make all bookmarks display indefinitely de select the Use Display Indicator checkbox To give users the option of giving their bookmarks a duration select the Use Display Indicator checkbox 5 Click Save Allowing for logging For each instance of the portlet you can configure whether the system will log users activity To configure logging 1 Login to the portal and navigate to the Bookmarks portlet instance that you want to configure 2 Click the wrench ic
262. ew Throughout this guide these differences are flagged in sections titled Default view versus maximized view About portlet instances Some portlets can be added to your course context multiple times Others can exist only once Each occurrence of a portlet is a called a portlet instance For example your context might have several instances of the Forums portlet each devoted to a different subject But the context can have only one instance of the Attendance portlet The behavior and rules governing each portlet are major topics of this guide There are two levels of permissions that pertain portlets e Some portlets have global permissions known as global portlet operations which apply to all instances of the portlet on the site In most cases each role should already have the global operations that they need but if you have a user who is having trouble access a portlet this might be the reason If you need help with this contact an administrator for your system e Some portlets have permission that apply to only one instance of a portlet You manage this type of permission through the portlet instance itself These permissions are described throughout this guide in the sections that pertain to each portlet type Details on managing permissions specific to the portlets are described throughout this guide usually under headings labeled Managing permissions Adding pages and sub sections If desired you can augment
263. ework Student Assignment Detail Exam The Sound and the Fury Weeks 1 5 Faulkner You have not yet taken the test Format Online Grade Method Graded out of 100 fii This assignment is required It is due tomorrow Time Limit 50 minutes at 1 00 PM Friday September 11 2009 Description Faulkner s fourth novel offers exemplifies the use of unreliable narration This exam will focus on that technique as well as on the novel s treatment of traditional Southern ideals and morality Instructions Answer as many questions as you can in the 50 minutes alloted for this test paan mnanda atibus Petits Pon Mie Ae ahadi aa ik ah tht andalih Da IA o th nt anti tat AEn R Annia ton naih enel Password Protect online only 60 With the Password Protect field you can require students to enter a password prior to taking an online assignment This feature is essentially another tool for restricting who can take a test and under what circumstances For example by distributing the password in class the day of an exam you can ensure that only students who attend class that day can access the test Start Due e Racer Faculty Guide When you create a password students who display the Student Assignment Detail screen see a password field displayed over the Take this Test link If a student clicks the link without having entered the correct password the system generates a dialog stating that the password is required qw
264. extend a deadline when you reopen an assignment for a student who already made an initial attempt to turn in the assignment For details see Reopening an assignment on page 117 If this is an online assignment that you want to schedule a retake of see Allowing a student to retake an online assignment on page 128 To extend the deadline for a student 1 Display the appropriate Assignment Details screen as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 2 Locate the area of the screen labeled Extension If there is no Extension area that means the student has already completed the assignment that is if it is an online assignment the student already took it if it is a file exchange assignment the student already uploaded a file For details on extending the deadline in this case see Reopening an assignment on page 117 tM egent Atrei Fm III nemo Putent Imm ret FE uf merry o PIT pee remettre umo um FN ON pee re ium funem Lisa Sato Assignment Details lt Previous Back to Assignment Info Next gt Workflow No workflow Results for Lisa Sato Extension Status In order to enter a grade and feedback for If the student needs an extension you can extend this user you must first close his her his her deadline by using the following form assignment When the assignment is closed the student will not be able to add edit or Note remove any files and you will be able to grade
265. f the item modifiable b Modify the name as appropriate and click OK 187 Configuring the Gradebook 6 To change the value of a custom item do the following Ifyou are using the advanced weighting method a Click the link labeled Edit Relative Weights The system makes all items values modifiable b Modify the value as appropriate Remember that all items values must total 100 percent c Click Save If you are using the basic weighting method a Locate the item whose value you want to change and click the corresponding pencil icon b The system makes the item s value modifiable c Modify the value as appropriate and click OK Deleting a custom item 188 This procedure explains how to delete a custom item that you previously created To delete a custom item 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 Click the Setup tab Click the link labeled Configure Attendance amp Custom Items In the area of the screen labeled Attendance and Other Breakdown locate the item you want to delete Click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog asking whether you are sure you want to delete the item Click OK The system removes the item e Racer Faculty Guide Setting letter values for grades The Gradebook comes preconfigured with the foll
266. f you have submitted grades for half the class the tab might look something like the following illustration Gradebook Overview Setup Gradebook Submit Grades Course ENG 101 English Composition Fall 2008 Instructor s Laura Martin Grading Type Credit Midterm Grades Not yet submitted rj Student Name Midterm Grade Absences Last Date of Attendance O oes sally 8 B vj o 12 17 2008 I Q mils sack 8 s mj lo 12 19 2008 ES Submit Selected Grades Submitted 0O Student Name Midterm Grade Absences Last Date of Attendance O smith John B lo 12 19 2008 E O f Thompson Kelly F v 0 E 12 19 2008 di RA n antaron dS mss Pie as Ae e nme ome Aa od eaten ne adi AN RAD a n Lodo A Mra RRR end S A see eem P herr enfin Ci PL Ages s Mitre Men as ZR ome iet Aver ODI a Aine A In the preceding figure the two columns at the right Absences and Last Date of Attendance will show up only if your portal administrator has configured the system to include them Note that the display of each of these columns is configured separately so an administrator can choose to include one but not the other The following sections include more details about the Not yet submitted and Submitted categories 207 208 Not yet submitted Typically each row of student data in the Not yet submitted area is prepopulated with information culled from the Gradebook and Attendance portlet instances for th
267. figuration but you may want to take time to do either of the following as appropriate Create units that are suited to your curriculum as described in Working with units below Create types and or delete any pre existing types that you don t plan to use as described in Working with types on page 48 Setting up units and types might be a good thing to do before you begin creating assignments since each assignment must be grouped into a unit and classified as a particular type Working with units 46 This section describes how to create modify or delete a unit For details on what a unit is see Units on page 42 Creating a unit Use this procedure to create a unit To create a unit 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 2 Click Add a Unit 3 In the Name field enter a name for the unit This field is required and the name will be viewable by students so you should pick a name that is meaningful 4 If appropriate enter a description of the unit This text will also be viewable by students 5 Using the Position drop down list select where you want the unit to be displayed relative to other units 6 Click Save You can also create a unit while you are creating an assignment just click the Add a Unit link next to the Unit field Modifying a unit A
268. from outside the portal 2 vchuccenuy Eb ERE REFERRE ERRORES OE ER ees 412 Loading a cartridge irom the Pile Cablnet iuoossueentas hp ERR LP Sener Rp PASE Rondon Rs 414 Understanding the administrative Screen oo ous cgi no koe ook GEOR REESE SEEN SEES DEER ESS Ada ERS EES RO 416 Integrating content into another pallet v3 44 en bn ERE ebuoRe bee deed bed dd eked 417 Managing the display of items in the portlet ci c cc6 eices acer e RR Rx ORRRERORERX ER RES REY 420 Removing content from a CCI portlet instance ss ces acc sees ed ee ADIP dw ee EGG ER ERE GE E SEER ERE RS 422 Manager permissions 664A OLS ROE EE AREER ORD RECORD EP SEERA EERE EEE RE 422 Chapter 29 Creating portal only courses 00 eens 423 Kev CONC id Load teo Hee LEER WER RE ERGO HES CURE eer ede esie CASE OER RR ide id 424 All Course Creator portlet instances behave rdentically 245005052 kar RR ke gees EDD RE es 424 Default view versus the maximized VOW o4 ci so4 ooh 2ekS oss hoodoo PRETEREA SE ERG E Ed ds 424 PIDE ee ee re ee ee ere E debui ee ee eet ree err rer Taree 425 xvi e Racer Faculty Guide WORN dig iind ETE C r rrT 426 a e a A A ATTE a T 426 Rename S depane occ es capaci bc totes iw pU EoI RES ER AEREE TERESI TEESE EO 427 D lebns 4 dopao usi odes pintr wed SO AES SRA Ge AES ATRO ENET EE x CEA 428 e a Tcr 429 Crea GIN A A A T A E E E E PEA E E EE ETET A erie 429 DCI DA EE A EN TET bed qup RU reri ERE piel bude b pest E 430 Wo
269. fter you create a unit you might want to go back and change any of the following The unit s name The unit s description The placement of the unit relative to others To make any of these changes use this procedure e Racer Faculty Guide To modify a unit 1 3 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 Locate the unit that you want to modify and click the corresponding edit icon a Types i Cy CH T jen i NISI Edit 1 Tvpe Required j 12 00 AM Homework Required 1 2 00 AM Reading Required 13 00 PM Quiz Required The system displays the Edit a Unit screen Make changes as appropriate 4 Click Save Reordering units To reorder you can either modify a single unit and change that unit s placement or if you have several units you want to reorder you can use the Order Units screen which is described below To reorder units 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 Click the Reorder Units link The system displays the Coursework Order Units screen Use the fields at the left to put the units in the desired order Click Save Deleting a unit When you delete a unit you delete all of the assignments as
270. g an assignment on page 67 in Chapter 2 Importing questions from the File Cabinet on page 88 Importing sections from the File Cabinet on page 96 Handouts Importing handouts from your File Cabinet on page 346 in Chapter 21 Readings Importing readings from your File Cabinet on page 359 in Chapter 22 379 Working with the File Cabinet Navigating to the File Cabinet You may want to display the File Cabinet for any of the following reasons 380 To browse the items stored there To organize saved items into folders You might do this if you have saved a particularly large number of items To delete any items that you have saved including individual questions or sections from online assignments If you want to create and save any of the following Anew reading Anew handout A new bookmark To rename items that are stored there You should not use your browser s Back button within the File Cabinet To navigate within this portlet either use the Up one level link or the breadcrumbs at the top of the screen To navigate to the File Cabinet 1 Do one of the following Start by navigating to your My Pages context a Click the My Pages tab b Inthe left hand pane click the File Cabinet page Start from the sidebar a From anywhere in the portal expand the My Pages link in the sidebar b Click the File Cabinet link The system displays the File Cabinet portlet with the Coursework t
271. g meth lt x co niach chk eeiended bas thames beceswarabede biwas 150 WORKING WHE WAS PR PRI EEE E EAE 151 Seine p attendance WatnfllSS 2 esi een SHER REARS A SHORE eR EU RC NR RC AR d eU HO 151 yi e Racer Faculty Guide Resendine WANES RT RC Fc cc LL C TP 152 Haghbghosg students who have been aDSelb 2so5qes ose he RP E RRRRERERRESE REA TERRE RE ERES 133 Working will SCAM cosabeuebEN P ERESKERESUKRRERERENERMERDE MERE EN E RES EPEEF APR RES 154 About the options that deine 8 S6SSION Lise Se Gre Oa ER rr RE ERR RO IER ERR KE LEE Ae RR 154 Disploytug a hist ot currently defined sessions ies esdkxot bh RE PERREKRREEEPRSIRERETE rRe t dre 154 Marking asesinas cancelled zi corrERSTRERRCEESUPMERR E EEEREN IROS MESI AMET EN ES 155 A DEN ll eoe rE EEE Re EER Ce 155 Modiymig ESOS coriprirariit P EAR p ara os bini des Epp pardd ebd divini 156 Delanng Ghee e cubus p bRERATEPRRE LER ERERRE reor tee GELS Ose EEN Reg pee SS ARM RE SE 156 Working With attendance TECOS iius erent enan tEn Wake ehhh Aq REO EE ER Rp wae 158 Recording attendance Oy Session icesqucceobesiepb eite sibi debaiorichdpdokdeh quisi depriuboeckbs eudeides 158 Recording attendance by SMEDE oi oka sie ceseat RH ESUERM ER MERC RVNUERESCDbIENE RE RE PES 159 Moding alendance OCOS uns skins eram Rue ERTER Eie ER E RR he Bb V EE EE dp 160 Narbone perniso 22s bue dup esp Pa etie pb dup bi b E ban ed b EORR epo Eb 162 Gradebook JEEP TITPPE T09 Chapter 7 Configuring the Gradebook
272. ge The system displays the Customize page name screen with the Properties tab displayed 3 Click Layout The Layout tab is displayed 4 Use the Choose a Column Layout portion of the screen to select a layout 5 Click Save Arranging portlet instances When you arrange portlet instances you can do either of the following Move a portlet instance up or down on the page If your layout includes more than one column you can move portlet instances from left to right To arrange portlet instances 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the page whose portlets you want to arrange 2 Click Edit Page The system displays the Customize page name screen with the Properties tab displayed 3 Click Layout The Layout tab is displayed 4 Usethe Arrange Portlets portion of the screen to specify the placement of the portlet instances on the page To move any given portlet instance 449 Managing the layout of a context a Select the portlet name b Doone ofthe following To move the portlet to a different column click the column that you want to move the portlet to To move the column up or down use the up and down arrows 5 Click Save Deleting a page If you need to delete a page use this procedure Note that if a page is the default for its parent tab or sub section it cannot be deleted Further when you delete a page you also delete all portlet instances on that page and content that they contain To delete a
273. ges or to the default page for the course section If you want to create a role for use in a sub section just navigate to any page in the sub section Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Define Permissions screen Context Manager Properties Pages Sub Sections Permissions Define Permissions Permissions for Members of RLGN 501 A New Religious Movements Role Can Admin Attendance Collaboration Course Informa Faculty Students g aPAdd a EU EL ME EEUU LSU PPM OL Click Add a Role The system updates the screen to include a form In the Role Name field enter a name If you want any existing roles and their users to be automatically assigned to this role use the available checkboxes to select the roles to include Note that you may select either from the global roles or from any other context specific roles that you might have created both here and in other contexts 463 Creating and maintaining roles 7 f you want to add individual users to the role complete the following steps a Click Add Individual Users Context Manager Properties Pages Sub Sections Permissions Define Permissions Role Name Honors Students t Add Individual Users CIAll Users in RLGN s A New Religious Movements L Faculty Choose from roles in all my courses CAI Users
274. gle students THES uices eec dasa d Hire itid iik ti Er C dn S RR ceo qe 116 Regpening om Assien 2c hikes os bec eSi ate ctae E REP RP ERSUR RENE P RESCR exE ORE ERE 117 Externe and ediustng Sodes oi ebd bd Ee Eq up hee pia deed Lethe diee depen 118 Contents Cosme an ASSENEDE e ces Chad pc rrr 119 WOrking unb one Sese Res iae bb og eS P ERU erko area TE P ERE Re tre pbi v E Pes 121 Checking siudenis DIOHIESS Loscetusc Rees E REOR E REST REOR RUS rE EREEREER EKERI EREDE RE ENA 121 Reviewing the completed assignment and entering scores for questions 0 00000 123 Providing overall feedback and adjusting the score for an assignment 0008 123 Reopening am SSPE erreari et t EEEE RROETRESSERHECEFRNSUEKERDEKERA E RE S ERE EIS 126 Allowing a shident to retake an online assignment iasonaleesace karen reir Sn rE RA re EUR DRE Re 128 Extending a dead IaG TOF D SME ee ou ien pe PR Mdb E REN IRCEER P xPRERES TERRE REER RES 130 Woes wih bonds DONIS castes prieto dieron oir RESUME RE euie kaa E EN ERE SUCKS MEE S 131 Zulu POMS PONS iue ie eco ER CU eee es waking FEX E ENNE OVERENA 131 Removine IE BORUS lt tn0ccieneucbe eb Eco epbade eds ebdiia debant deb ukeni ke pdt epo ddr 131 Chapter 5 Analyzing online assignments 0000000 eee 133 Kerr Ocal A a AA TE TE be bbb Rep be pda beh qid Par capmad e qid obere ER epe ebbe deben 134 About Test 30189808 colucorbsbeckesesReb9e es mH Wa rer ario eri
275. gnment to the File Cabinet on page 70 in Chapter 2 Handouts Saving handouts to your File Cabinet on page 346 in Chapter 21 Readings Saving readings to your File Cabinet on page 359 in Chapter 22 Saving items from a course cartridge If desired you can also move individual items such as bookmarks and assignments from within a course cartridge to the File Cabinet You do this by loading a course cartridge into the CCI portlet instance then using the steps described in Integrating content into another portlet on page 417 e Racer Faculty Guide Creating items in the File Cabinet In some cases you can use the File Cabinet to create items This process is described in this chapter in the following sections e Adding a bookmark Adding a handout e Adding a reading You cannot create coursework or upload course cartridges from within the File Cabinet Importing from your File Cabinet The primary function of the File Cabinet is to save items so that you can reuse them later To get an item from the File Cabinet into a new course context you navigate to the portlet instance where you want to use the item and import from there For details see the sections detailed in the following table Type of item Corresponding section Bookmarks Importing a bookmark from the File Cabinet on page 246 in Chapter 13 Course cartridges Loading a cartridge from the File Cabinet on page 414 in Chapter 28 Coursework Importin
276. h dee ebd bcd darc gardes 44 Working with umts and Types cies sacer e he RR rH SCER He R RR Eee ECC PAGERS poder 46 MOORE UE WS nk eee eek et ee hee edeee ee PRRNPRRRE EE sr REeePipORebbeps pix 46 Whine WNP opi C e erea eae bd heee ea isle EEEE 48 Managing tC ee re re es ee 50 Chapter 2 Creating assignments ccc cence eens 81 An assignment s basie SCIES 4aosae s e oboe SOROR R eR CROIRE RR UR ER RR CURIE RRR ed 52 NaMe Lo 558 HES eo CORES KRG ee ERARE BE ERA Id E GLE ERE b dq DAE P A Reds 52 Ponti 15 EE E T E eq eque E E E E E 53 eS olv 54 imo r rEETT 35 WO citpehiiiereivg b babeswddekwqqdek qd det E e iei saa e dqibced ia d qaa dul 56 Grade Method offline ble exchenge only ccro risers er creed eee RR RR Hm RES RR 58 i app eo 58 BISETUCRBINIS Zdop db Re ERTREERRU LEAS Chae Renee i PR qubd qaid eee heed 60 Password Protect oine ONY iau casas s peer ORE OR GC Hi RHEE ER HR CR RR OR Ded 60 jo eho PE a SRS GEE UAERLE ELAS DEEIE AE SIRE AEE HEARED SESADEE PCR EES OSES HES 61 Die oe ded FE Eod ebd debe eres eee dba dabit leew eset obec diea dqiee qe 61 Mns PUTET 63 Allow Review online DD Xl oa ss pss xuERRAE RAE ENG EE EGRARYEe3 AG ER RERRRR qe REESE EID RP 63 pj dui m rr 64 Adding an assrplinelit p40 eec Rado ER ERREUR EUER Pr eR CR ol A CR RH lee RENDER HOE ete 65 Lupo dn assipmilelib ciis entre RRA Ko OSE HELEN Gy EP RE LESE CREE TOERSOLERUCREE Oey EQ p 67 Modityme an Assenment s Hasie SIONIS o ic Oepbesa chadlesy M
277. has passed Relevant Files z As soon as grade is available erf aen As Bett e maille s n adii eme The Show Grade value is not displayed for students Allow Review online only This option available only for online assignments lets you specify when students should be allowed to review the completed assignment if at all along with the student s own answers and the correct ones You can choose any of the following options Allow review as soon as the grade is available and after the due date has passed Allow review as soon as the grade is available e Never allow review When creating the assignment or modifying its settings you choose the Allow Review value using a drop down list fe me ee more LN rnm T NS MITT AT uu um mE a mE ru my mi ptum pum TE prt ey afte gett As soon as grade is available and due date has passed v As soon as grade is available and due date has passed As soon as grade is available Never allow revie Allow Review Relevant Files ee ae 63 Creating assignments Relevant Files 64 You use the Relevant Files field to upload attachments that might be useful to students completing the assignment te amem ufi tu etna ut LIBE prt m p Im d eem esu AMT ges ft cet e ov tmt artes t pe mm m rct Relevant Files Browse Oen ta illuni etes A fll mie Ao He sls mm soni Moe me OM os dou S e um m Jaffe Ie MU on
278. hat the text is a hyperlink to either another place in this document or to a URL monospace Used for file names menu paths and text that you enter italic monospace Used to identify user input in situations where the text is not literal For example if we want you to enter the name of a course you teach this might be represented as YourCourse This icon is used alongside a note or a recommended practice A This icon is used alongside a cautionary note 21 Preface For more information In general more information on your portal is available at MyJenzabar net http www myjenzabar net ics To obtain any of the guides listed in this section log in to MyJenzabar choose Support JICS e Racer CRMs JICS Downloads for your ERP system then use the sidebar at the left to navigate to the appropriate page Additional titles that cover JICS and e Racer include e Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution 7 3 x Installation Guide Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution 7 3 x Administration Guide Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution 7 3 x Release Notes If you do not have permission to log in to MyJenzabar check with your portal administrator Note that your portal administrator may also be able to brief you about any defects that exist in the product If you are looking for information on a portlet or feature that is not covered by this guide it may be associated with another module of JICS and covered b
279. he state of a topic and a post conflict the more restrictive label applies Note that whatever setting applies to a post also applies to that post s replies These states are defined as follows Visible The topic or post can be displayed by anyone who is not specifically restricted in some other way People can take whatever actions they are have permission to take on these posts including responding editing and so forth e Read only The topic or post can be displayed but posts cannot be responded to Further read only posts cannot be edited or deleted except by moderators for the topic or by people with the Can Administer Portlet operation People with the Can Administer Portlet operation can also move the post while it is in this state Hidden The topic or post can be displayed and managed only by people with the Can Administer Portlet permission Note that moderators cannot display or work with these items Default location The default layout for course contexts includes an instance of the Forums portlet on the Collaboration page If desired you may be able to create additional instances in your course context in a Campus Groups context that you lead or in other contexts that you might manage If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 301 Forums Working with categories All instances of the Forums portlet must have at least one category defined as w
280. he portlet instance and to complete any task described in this chapter Though this permission is called Can Administer Portlet it does not give users access to the wrench icon menu If you want to give a role permission to the wrench icon menu this can only be done by giving the role the Can Admin privilege for the context which is a much bigger privilege overall as described in Letting a role administer a context on page 471 Can Edit and Delete Own Messages Lets members of a role edit and delete their own messages In order for this permission to be meaningful you also have to give the role either the Can Add Posts permission or the Can Reply to Posts permission Can Reply to Posts Lets members of a role respond to posts in any topic that they have permission to view Giving a role a permission Use this procedure to give a role any of the permissions listed in About the permissions on page 329 329 Forums To give a role an instance level permission 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Forums screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 3 Locate a role whose permissions you want to manage Select the corresponding checkbox es 4 Click Save Other administrative tasks This section covers other administrative details and tasks that might be of interest Allow
281. he screen labeled Portlet Type choose either General or Context Based as appropriate 4 Click Save Allowing or disallowing anonymous announcements For each instance of the Announcements portlet you must decide whether anonymous posts will be allowed By default anonymous postings are not allowed To allow or disallow anonymous announcements 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Announcements screen with the Preferences tab selected Click the Settings tab The system displays the Settings screen In the area of the screen labeled Allow Anonymous Posting select or de select the checkbox as appropriate Click Save Managing permissions 220 By default only members of the Faculty and Administrators roles and people with Can Admin privileges for the context will have the ability to post announcements However for each instance of the portlet you can allow other roles to post announcements You do this by giving them the Can Post Announcements permission e Racer Faculty Guide With this permission users can post announcements to the various context specific roles If you want a role to also have permission to post to base roles which could be desirable if you set up the portlet using the General option check with an administrator to make sure that the role has the Can Post to Base Roles global portlet operation Note that whe
282. here The types of roles are context specific roles These roles exist only in a particular context Put another way if you create a role for your course section teachers working in other contexts will not see the role It is solely for use in your own course context baseroles or global roles These roles exist throughout the system Any context manager or administrator can grant privileges to these roles but only a member of the Administrators role can create a base role For details on how to grant certain types of privileges to roles such as giving a role permission to view a page see the next chapter Managing page and context permissions e Racer Faculty Guide Creating a role Use this procedure to create a role for use in your course context or in one of its sub sections If your course context includes any sub sections note the following When you create a role for a context the role will not be available for use within the child sub sections of the context Similarly if you create a role within a particular sub section it will not be available outside of that sub section To create a context specific role 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the course context or sub section where you want to create a role For example if you want the role to be available to the main pages in your course section such as Attendance Coursework and the Gradebook you could navigate to any one of those pa
283. here are custom items that you can use to track any quality or item as well as giving it a point value or a percentage weight This section describes how to add a custom item within the Gradebook If you prefer to add the item as an offline assignment Adding an assignment on page 65 Creating a custom item 186 Use this procedure to create a custom item that represent a quality you want to grade students on such as participation or leadership To create a custom item 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 Click the Setup tab Click the link labeled Configure Attendance amp Custom Items In the area of the screen labeled Attendance and Other Breakdown click the link labeled Add Custom Items The screen does one of the following Ifyou are using the advanced weighting method the screen updates to include a blank field for the name of your custom item e If you are using the basic weighting method the screen updates to include two fields one for the name of your custom item and the other for its point value Do one of the following If you are using the advanced weighting method e Racer Faculty Guide a Enterthe name of your item mana a y ge Te m myat Itum ure estt remm AT neu isi eet Attendance and Other Breakdown Name Relative Weight of Grade A
284. ic list you can click through to view any of the posts or any of the parent topics 7 replies by Dana Brown PS Title Date v x Re Re Which member did you empathize with most on Mon 5 3 2010 at 1 12 PM Re Describe the role of Peoples Temple in municipal affairs on Mon 5 3 2010 at 1 08 PM x Re Which member did you empathize with most on Mon 5 3 2010 at 12 57 PM Author Dana Brown 3px Dana Brown 22 8 Dana Brown A NA sah Rd eme Mare Ma DOG n aem te Aa me Res mA RA ee Au MIS a AL dos Maan S o a LA maaa m ede Category Topi Weeks 1 4 Th California Weeks 1 4 Th Indiana Weeks 1 4 The California 327 Forums Displaying a user participation screen If you click the name of a user the system will display the user participation screen which includes the following A breakdown of how many posts and replies that the user submitted for each category and topic in the portlet instance The total number of posts that the user has viewed both for the entire portlet instance and by category and topic Further you can expand each topic to show a list of all that topic s posts with an indicator of exactly which posts the user has viewed If the user has viewed the post the system displays a checkmark If the user has not viewed the post the system displays an X PM Vtt Ty LL Weeks 1 through 4 e r bs g Posts Written Replies Written Posts Viewe
285. ief overview of the Gradebook options since it may be useful to understand them before setting up your Attendance portlet Giving attendance a value You can configure your system so that attendance is equal to a specific value that will be used to determine the student s midterm and final grades Depending on how you set up your Gradebook this value could be a point value or a percentage of the total grade With this system you can penalize students for tardiness and unexcused absences Triggering automatic failure In addition to or instead of the options described in Giving attendance a value you can set up your Gradebook so that students automatically fail the course after a certain number of unexcused absences In this scenario it doesn t matter how well the students do on any of their coursework It also doesn t matter whether you set up attendance to have a relatively small value in relation to coursework or any value If students reach the limit of unexcused absences they fail About sessions 146 Student attendance records are organized by session A session is any scheduled meeting of the class The Attendance portlet automatically includes a session for each regular class meeting as determined by the schedule for the course section and you can also manually add sessions For example you might manually add a session if you schedule a field trip or a review meeting outside the regular schedule If you have set
286. if you track attendance by whole session With other attendance marking methods you mark the student as Present and then enter the exact amount of time the student was actually there b If your screen includes a Minutes or Hours column you ll notice that for any students marked as absent the system clears the Minutes or Hours field to zero If the absence is excused the system also deducts the total of possible time the student could attend For example suppose there 100 hours of class time and the student has perfect attendance except for one excused absence for one hour In this case the system represents the student s attendance record as 99 99 4 Click Save e Racer Faculty Guide The system updates the screen to show the choices you made If you want to mark attendance for the next scheduled session or for the previous one you can use the links at the upper right portion of the portlet to navigate through the schedule Recording attendance by student If you want to record a single student s attendance for multiple sessions use this procedure To record attendance by student 1 Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance 2 Inthe initial view of the portlet click the name of the student for whom you want to create attendance records He steve amp 1 Jackson George 8 Jones ape 8 Keita Amy 8 Maen lar l asus The system displays the Attendance gt View a Student screen 159
287. ig ane at Dre Att liene Adis ORR An olin Renn e AMARE AS nh Click Save 197 Reviewing and adjusting grades Adjusting grades and providing feedback At times you might want to do either of the following e Adjust a student s overall grade for the course For example suppose the student has a very high B but because you know that the student tried exceptionally hard you want to raise the grade to an A eave feedback for a student You can do either of the above at any time If you take either of the above actions the student sees these details in his or her view of the Gradesheet To adjust a student s grade and or provide feedback 1 Display the Gradesheet for the student as described in Reviewing a single student s progress in detail on page 195 2 Inthe area of the screen labeled Grade Results click the link labeled Change Adjustment Feedback The system updates the screen to include a form 3 Do any of the following as appropriate Adjust the student s grade by doing one of the following in the Faculty Adjustment field To increase the student s grade enter the number of percentage points you want to add To reduce the students grade enter a minus sign followed by the number of percentage points you want to subtract Enter comments in the Feedback field Grade Results Faculty Adjustment Grade 83 5 Grade Letter B Feedback Default Font Size v B 7 U A Y g Z iZ ee
288. ile Cabinet Deleting folders Use this procedure to delete one or more folder s from any of the File Cabinet tabs Note that when you delete a folder you also delete all of its contents To delete one or more folders from a tab 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and navigate to whichever tab contains the folder you want to delete 2 Using the checkboxes at the left select the folder s you want to delete 3 Click Delete Selected The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to proceed 4 Click OK Moving items to a folder 398 Use this procedure to move items into a File Cabinet folder Note that these steps are the same regardless of which tab you are working in To move items to a folder 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and navigate to the appropriate tab 2 Locate the item s that you want If appropriate click the name of a folder to display its items 3 Using the checkboxes at the left select the item s you want to move 4 Atthe bottom of the screen locate the drop down list labeled Move Selected to 5 Using this drop down list select one of the following The folder to which you want to move these items The Up one level choice which moves the item out of a folder and to the top level of the tab This option is
289. ill automatically create a due date of midnight the day you created the assignment Since this time will be in the past and can cause problems if you forget to change it it is a good practice to go ahead and pick a future due date at the time you create the assignment even if you need to modify it later 61 Creating assignments 62 The due date is displayed for students in the list of assignments in the Coursework portlet instance but recall that only active assignments and assignments specifically configured to display while inactive will show up in the student view of the portlet instance Coursework aS Organize by Unit v Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Assiqnment Due Date Required The Sound and the Fury 9 11 2009 1 00 PM Required Spotted Horses 9 18 2009 1 00 PM Required Light in August 9 25 2009 1 00 PM Required ATED s a Mil N ED cd imd Atte SS malto The due date is also shown to students when they display the assignment Coursework Student Assignment Detail 3 Exam Spotted Horses Weeks 1 5 Faulkner You have not yet taken the test Format Online E This assignment is required Grade Method Graded out of 100 It is due in 8 days Time Limit 50 minutes at 1 00 PM Friday September 18 2009 Leones im mmt he amt onm efte fomes tin finn Atm cfe afia nome eno Math AM LN Cita cett ssi Rh o mde nin Anata LA eh esta uentus nada of oes m aene If you want the due date to be displayed in the c
290. in the CCI portlet s browse view The CCI portlet supports the use both of password protected cartridges and password protected items however you may want to review Using password protected items on page 409 for a few additional notes about this feature No default location The default template for course contexts does not include an instance of the CCI portlet so you may need to add the portlet to a page that you have ready access to However before you add an instance of the portlet to your site note the following e Ifyou want to import content directly from the CCI portlet to the Coursework portlet the CCI portlet instance must be located somewhere within your course context What this means is if you want to integrate cartridge content directly into more than one course context you might want to add the CCI portlet to each context Ifyou do not want students to be able to view the course materials you upload to your CCI portlet instance you should place it on a page that students do not have access to Note that the CCI portlet instance has a browse view that lets users see password protected items Available functions 408 The CCI portlet can be used to do either of the following Integrate material into other portlets Host content that users can browse You can work only with zip files in the CCI portlet Other archive formats are not supported at this time Integrate material into other portlets The CCI po
291. include assignments that students will complete in the portal as well as those that might take place offline such as an oral presentation You can also create items for any other performance metric such as participation or leadership These processes are described in Chapter 2 Creating assignments e Add content to online assignments assignments that students complete within the portal Note that these can be automatically graded by the system This process is described in Chapter 3 Adding content to online assignments Use the Coursework portlet to manage grades for each assignment but note that midterm and final grades are managed through the Gradebook portlet Managing grades for assignments and providing feedback to students is described in Chapter 4 Grading assignments Review detailed statistics about students work on a particular online assignment such as an exam You can use these metrics and other tools to hone your assignments and make them more effective These processes are described in Chapter 5 Analyzing online assignments All of these chapters are part of Part 1 Coursework and Attendance Coursework Ct Reorder Units ey Manage Types Organize by Unit v EF Add a unit Weeks 1 5 Faulkner gp Add an Assignment Se Import test from File Cabinet Assignment Due Date The Sound and the Fury 2 a D 9 11 2009 1 00 PM Spotted Horses 2 a D 9 18 2009 1
292. ine assignments For all online assignments you may want to look at detailed statistics on how students did and on how effective your assignment was You do this using a tool called Test Analysis which is described in Chapter 5 Analyzing online assignments 43 Planning your assignments Navigating to the Coursework portlet 44 Before you can create assignments or do any other work in the Coursework portlet you must display the portlet The way you do this might vary depending on whether your school has customized the portal the following procedure describes how to display the portlet using the system s default template for course contexts To navigate to the Coursework portlet 1 Login to the portal 2 Navigate to the appropriate course section a Inthe Quick Links area of the sidebar at the left expand the link labeled My Courses b Click the section whose course context you want to display pov tmt mmm reg oleae te El My Courses ENG 320 C Renaissance x My Pages NUMAE nme m PI tee S ts The system displays the context for the course section 3 In the sidebar at the left click the Coursework page button ENG 320 C Renaissance Poetry Attendance Collaboration Co urse Information Gradebook The system displays the Coursework page which hosts the Coursework portlet instance for this course section By default the initial view of the portlet lists all
293. ing or disallowing anonymous posts 330 For each instance of the Forums portlet you must decide whether anonymous posts will be allowed By default anonymous postings are not allowed To allow or disallow anonymous posts 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet and click the Edit Forum button Show Search Options w A Edit Forum IR Pn MERE TEES nien ds e Racer Faculty Guide The system displays the Edit Forum page At the top of the page is a field labeled Allow Anonymous Posting which includes a checkbox that allows users to post messages anonymously Forums gt Edit Forum Allow Anonymous Posting users to post messages anonymously d Add a Category Weeks 1 through 4 Topic EF Add a Topic Co AAAI QAI PS A A a GP AE RAAN andha son MM UI to AM es oe Sm Mh a ne Fonsi omoes ne RS Hi on RRNA NaS nee SAI S ailes die diee ee A ARR n Rus 3 Select or de select the checkbox as appropriate The system automatically saves your selection as soon as you make it Troubleshooting This section is intended to help you diagnose configuration errors The Add a Post or Reply button does not show up If users report that the Add a Post or Reply button does not show up for a post there may be a few reasons why The user might not have permission to publish posts or replies To check this click the wrench icon and navigate to the Permissions tab For the person to
294. ing sets on page 356 To order sets alphabetically 1 2 3 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon Click the Preferences tab Select the Order Sets Alphabetically check box Click Save Click Exit The system now orders all set alphabetically within your personal view Displaying empty sets By default the system does not display sets that contain no readings However you can choose to display them in your view of the portlet From the Readings portlet 1 2 3 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon Click the Preferences tab Select the Show Empty Sets check box to display sets for which no readings are available If this preference is not selected the default Ungrouped set does not display Click Save Click Exit The system now orders all set alphabetically within your personal view e Racer Faculty Guide Working with sets Sets are like categories into which you can group similar readings By default each instance of the Readings portlet has one set called Ungrouped By default a new reading will be placed into this set but you can create and populate additional sets Note that by default the system will not display an empty set unless the user chooses to manually display it So if you add a set and don t see it you probably have your preferences set to hide empty sets To display empty sets follow the steps described in Displayi
295. ink labeled Reorder Sections The system displays the Order Sections screen Use the text boxes at the left to order the sections Click Save 97 Deleting a section 98 When you delete a section you also delete all of that section s questions Note that if the assignment is already active you cannot delete any of its sections To modify a section 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 Locate the section you want to delete and click the corresponding Delete Section link The system displays a dialog asking if you re sure you want to delete the item Click OK The system deletes the section e Racer Faculty Guide Previewing an assignment Before you activate an assignment you may want to preview it to see how it will display to your students There are a few options for previewing an assignment e You can activate the assignment then review and complete the assignment while in Emulation mode as described in Chapter 25 Previewing a context as a student The only disadvantage with this method is that the assignment is also viewable by students once you activate it e You can use the preview the assignment from within Test Builder which lets you view the assignment and make choices but not submit it This is the method described below To preview an assignment from within Test Builder 1 If you h
296. ins a category called General However you may want to rename this category and or add and edit additional categories Note that the portlet instance must have at least one category in order for users to be able to post items Attributes of a category In the Bulletin Boards portlet a category has the several attributes which you can configure A Label field A word or phrase that describes the category and is displayed to any user with permission to display the category A Description field Additional description of the category displayed to any user with permission to display the portlet instance Position The placement of the category relative to other categories Delete Topics After A setting that determines whether topics will ever be deleted By default this is set to Never e Permitted Users A setting that determines which roles and users are allowed to display the category Creating a category This procedure describes how to create a category To create a category 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Choose Manage gt Add Category The system displays a form 253 Bulletin Boards 3 Fill out the fields as appropriate For help understanding a specific field see Attributes of a category on page 253 Bulletin Boards Manage Category View Label Materials Manage DefautFont Sze B Z U A Y E EZEZ oog Use this cat
297. is dard b si kpes 349 Letting roles view EPOS orere erii satin eee RR ER EWER ERU E RSS CRERU C RQENUCLHENE ESOS TERO 349 xiii Contents Chapter 22 ReadingS 266 ci dts re eceetberiomeneene RERO OR Rn 351 ee A ATT T E eos EE E E EE ee EEEE 392 Organization of the porte ins ees e Rede dane Ree eee Re pee E RRA E PESO RE OER ES 352 Dera GCS ccc ince Terb MR ERRREXREEUERRPANERRUEMRE E PIRE RESI CEPRUPPBQEN RENS 322 Eater BaelOb ee ebd pb eq ee o eb ee ee ied Cer ere Ter eee eer re 3253 Default View versus maximized VIEW iccsesstkbet RE S ke RO er EIE VREER ETRE RR ds 353 Displaying details om Any Tendiug kon ee ade beer ES bie eA S SAS REN ERKESUNMEENSRREO SE RES 353 eA e e E E A cess E E NE bed 3253 Workings ns HE A A A AAA IUTUTTTUTTTTUTSTT 335 Adding ASCE acrbbse etd e PURe RR TAEENUEERETEPENEEE ERE E REO DE US ADET benio P RC RENS 355 Dod dnd Bel abe bp edet fa eb qo teu debe dd eda bep edd ebd d bibas 353 Ordene SE P A ee EE RRE RAE RRRA 356 e A A a A ee a A L A E EE E A A LENS 357 NEN EE a E E E ebd ebd EEEE E E boa d 358 Adding a vendue ocd Pde eae ke RR RS HORA DE RUP RA INSEL CGR CU HER UU Oe RR SEERA TEER ES 358 D pum ng S an orsescibrosekRe sURERRQURESR DENEN CREE Rpqe hedenbpseckbeSKPRP HOLMES 339 Wile eg ih ee ee ee ES ERST ee ee ee pde P eb dp deb o beds 359 saving readings to your File Cabinet 66 c2c hacker odie E ERREUR E RR RR 359 Importing readings from your File Cabinet 22 42 4262 e5244 0
298. ission within the Bulletin Boards portlet 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Bulletin Boards screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 3 Locate the role s that should have privileges and select the appropriate checkboxes 4 Click Save 259 Bulletin Boards 260 This chapter offers an overview of the Calendar portlet In this chapter Key concepts Specifying month view or list view Working with course calendars Managing permissions 15 Calendar Calendar Key concepts The Calendar portlet lets users display and post information about events Your portal probably includes multiple instances of the Calendar portlet By default there is one on the Main page of your course context and one in your My Pages context The My Pages instance is called My Calendar About calendars Within each instance of the portlet an authorized user can create multiple calendars which are essentially collections of events For example a football coach might be in charge of a Calendar portlet instance called Football Within that portlet instance the coach might create two calendars one called Varsity and one called Junior Varsity They can be displayed simultaneously within the portlet instance by anyone with permission to display the instance Monday 17 November Tues
299. ives the role View privileges to all the pages in the context if the role does not already have them Click Save 471 Managing page and context permissions 472 A About This Course portlet 28 288 activating an assignment process defined 43 an offline or file exchange assignment 61 an online assignment 105 Add an Assignment screen 65 adding a session in the Attendance portlet 155 an assignment in the Coursework portlet 65 an item to the Handouts portlet 344 an item to the Readings portlet 358 content to online assignments 42 73 content to the Custom Content portlet 289 Administrators role assigning users to 465 advanced weighting method defined 168 setting up the Gradebook with 171 All My Courses portlet 35 213 analyzing online assignments 43 133 Announcements portlet 24 28 configuring 261 anonymous posts allowing in the Announcements portlet 219 allowing in the Forums portlet 327 assigning weights to coursework 175 Assignment Details screen see Student Assignment Details screen Assignment Info screen 110 140 assignments adding a description of 58 adding bonus points to 131 adding instructions to 60 analyzing online only 43 133 choosing a unit for 56 choosing names for 52 classifying 41 54 creating 42 51 65 deleting 71 importing from the File Cabinet 67 including supplementary files with 64 life flow of 42 making password protected 60 making required 55 managing within the File Cabinet 382 possi
300. k Create Create new folder Review materials Cancel 7 Ifyou are integrating content into the Coursework portlet the system displays a dialog asking you to select a Unit and Type that describes the item Make these selections and click OK Type Unit Exam Lab Report Quiz Test Homework Paper Reading Cancel The system displays a status bar as it processes your request When the process is complete the system displays a dialog box that says Deselect selected items 8 Do one of the following Ifyou want to keep the items selected so that you can integrate them into another portlet instance click No Ifyou are done working with the items you selected click Yes The system again displays the CCI portlet instance 9 Navigate to the portlet instance to which you just integrated content and make sure that it displays as you intended 419 Importing from course cartridges Managing the display of items in the portlet Once you have uploaded material into the CCI portlet as described in Bringing material into a CCI portlet instance on page 412 the material is available for browsing to anyone who has permission to display the page Assuming you are not ready to remove the content you might want to hide items as described in the procedure below This procedure always explains how to display an item you previously marked as hidden a
301. k portlet is the place where you create and manage assignments For students the Coursework portlet is the place where they complete or turn in assignments review their own work and review feedback from teachers For both students and teachers the default view of the Coursework portlet is essentially a list of assignments for the course section The default view shown to faculty members below includes more options than the student view but the views are similar Coursework Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Organize by CP Add a unit Reorder Units amp Manage Types dh Add an Assignment Import test from File Cabinet Mul 3 ee Due Date 11 3 2009 4 45 PM Assignment Absalom Absalom Light in August 11 13 2009 12 00 AM Spotted Horses Term Paper 1 The role of the narrator 11 20 2009 12 00 AM 11 27 2009 12 00 AM 12 13 2009 12 00 AM 12 13 2009 12 00 AM NND E ED a a A A OSSOOOC The Sound and the Fury VB CT ee ans Sete a nage See Cr eet Ty aans tds aiiis Aire iiio Ao ssh On Note that the default view of the portlet may vary slightly depending on choices you make when you set up the Gradebook portlet these are described in Organization methods on page 168 As with other screens in your course context you can at any time display the student view using the Student Emulation feature nces Employee Info J My Pages W Hh Current view Faculty Cur
302. lassified as a particular type In general the type is a label that helps students understand the nature of the assignment By default the following types are defined in the system Exam Homework e Lab Report Paper Quiz Reading Test You can also create new types as appropriate The type is completely independent of the assignment s format That is an exam could be an online assignment an offline assignment or a file exchange assignment Similarly an online assignment could be a test a lab report or something else 41 Planning your assignments If appropriate you can use an assignment s type as a factor in how grades are calculated That is when you set up the Gradebook you can choose to organize the Gradebook by type which means you can make assignments of one type have a greater impact on students grades than another Note that if you organize the Gradebook by type then the Coursework portlet by default will display assignments by type For details on creating modifying and deleting types see Working with types on page 48 Units A unit is a logical grouping of assignments You can create as many units as is appropriate for your course using any system you like For example you might create a series of units that coincides with the stages of the course Week 1 Week 2 and so forth or your units might coincide with topics you will cover Faulkner Hemingway and so f
303. ld to enter any notes that you want to record about the session These notes will be visible solely to you Displaying a list of currently defined sessions 154 Use this procedure to display a list of all the sessions currently defined for your course section To display a list of currently defined sessions 1 Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in About the faculty view on page 147 2 Click Manage Sessions e Racer Faculty Guide The system displays the Attendance Manage Sessions screen which lists all the sessions currently defined for the course section Marking a session as cancelled If you decide to cancel a class you might want to mark the session as cancelled in the Attendance portlet That is if your system is configured to give students credit for attendance you should cancel the class so that the system does not use it as part of the calculation of attendance credit To mark a session as cancelled 1 Display the Attendance Manage Sessions screen a Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in About the faculty view on page 147 b Click Manage Sessions The system displays the Attendance Manage Sessions screen which lists all the sessions currently defined for the course section 2 Locate the session that you want to cancel Use the corresponding drop down list to mark it as one of the following Cancelled e Cancelled Instruct
304. le Cabinet Using the Coursework tab sing the Bookmarks tab sing the Handouts tab sing the Readings tab U U U U Using the Handouts tab U sing the Course Cartridges tab Working with folders Working with the File Cabinet Key concepts Your File Cabinet is a portlet located within your My Pages context on a page also called File Cabinet Only you have access to your File Cabinet You can use your File Cabinet to store any of the following Bookmarks e Coursework Course Cartridges Handouts Readings Because the File Cabinet is integrated tightly with many other portlets sometimes you interact with the File Cabinet from other locations This chapter covers the process of organizing items within the File Cabinet and using the File Cabinet to create items For details on other sections in this guide that deal with the File Cabinet see the sections below Saving to the File Cabinet 378 There are a few ways to save items to the File Cabinet Saving from another portlet If you prefer to save items to the File Cabinet from within other portlets note that those processes are covered elsewhere in this guide see the sections detailed in the following table Type of item Corresponding section Bookmarks Saving a bookmark to the File Cabinet on page 246 in Chapter 13 Course cartridges Uploading a cartridge from outside the portal on page 412 in Chapter 28 Coursework Saving an assi
305. le can create tasks for other people If you want another role to be able to do this use the following procedure To allow a role to assign tasks to other users 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Task Manager screen with the Preferences tab selected 3 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 4 Locate the role that should be able to assign tasks Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Assign Tasks column 5 Click Save Part 4 aintaining your course context The section describes tasks you can do with features not specific to any particular course section rather these features support your ability to maintain all your course contexts It also describes the Course Creator portlet which you can use to create portal only courses Previewing a context as a student on page 373 Working with the File Cabinet on page 377 Copying course materials on page 399 Importing from course cartridges on page 407 Creating portal only courses on page 423 Part 4 Maintaining your course context 372 29 Previewing a context as a student If you want to preview your course context as a member of another role you can do so using a feature called Student Emulation In this chapter e Key concepts Recommended uses Changing your view Previewing a context as a stu
306. lect the new category from the drop down list 5 Click Save Creating a category If the portlet instance will be host to numerous RSS feeds you might want to create categories to group them Categories are displayed as yellow folder icons that can be expanded or collapsed to show or hide the feeds they contain Note that you can also create a category as part of the process of adding a feed as described in Subscribing to a feed on page 364 365 RSS News Reader To create a category 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click Add Category 2 Inthe form displayed enter a name for the category 3 Click Save Managing permissions 366 If you want to grant another role permission to subscribe to RSS feeds and create categories you must give that role administrative privileges These privileges are granted at the portlet instance level To let a role manage categories and feeds 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet RSS News Reader screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Permissions screen 3 Locate the role that should be able to manage categories and feeds Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Administer Portlet column 4 Click Save 24 Task Manager This chapter explains how to set up Task Manager In this chapter e Key concepts Creating a task
307. let permission can do any of the above as well A moderator also has the ability to edit and delete posts and replies If you are looking for details on adding a private comment to a post or a reply see Working with private comments on page 325 For details on approving a post see Working with an approval queue on page 321 Editing a user s post or reply If a forum participant has submitted a post that you need modify for any reason use the steps below For any post or reply you can modify the items listed under Content below If you are working with an original post not a reply you can also edit the items listed under Options Content The primary category of changes are considered content changes Anyone with permission to edit the post or reply can work with content which means doing any of the following Changing the item s subject line Changing the text of the post or reply e Working with images that have been uploaded and upload additional images e Working with files that have been attached and upload additional files Making the post anonymous if anonymous posting is enabled and if the post is not already anonymous Once a post is made anonymous that change cannot be reversed except by the author Changing whether or not the user s photo is displayed This change is possible only if the post is not anonymous Options When you are editing an original post not a reply the systems di
308. lick Save 444 e Racer Faculty Guide Making a page the default If you want to make a page the default for its course context or sub section use this procedure When you do this when a user first navigates to the the course context or sub section this is the page that is first displayed To make a page the default for its context 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the page that you want to make a default page 2 Click Edit Page The system displays the Customize page name screen with the Properties tab displayed 3 Select the checkbox labeled Make this page the default 4 Click Save Working with portlet instances In order for page to be useful you have to add content one or more portlets to it When you add a portlet to a page you create a portlet instance This section describes how to add rename and delete portlet instances Creating a portlet instance Use this procedure to place portlets on a page Once a portlet is added to a page it is considered a portlet instance Note that there can be no more than 10 portlet instances on a page To create a portlet instance 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the page where you want the portlet or portlets to be displayed 2 Click Edit page The system displays the Customize page name screen 3 Select the Content tab The system displays a screen that lists all existing portlet instances if any 445 Managing the layout of a context 4
309. ll three existing pages and portlets in the target context Bookmarks When you copy an instance of the Bookmarks portlet you copy any sets and any bookmarks that have been defined for it You also copy its settings and permissions the selections made after you click the wrench icon and go to the Settings and Permissions tabs Chat When you copy an instance of the Chat portlet you copy its permissions the selections made after you click the wrench icon and go to the Permissions tabs Chat data is not copied Coursemates When you copy an instance of the Coursemates portlet you copy its permissions the selections made after you click the wrench icon and go to the Permissions tabs Coursemates data is not copied 401 Copying course materials Coursework When you copy an instance of the Coursework portlet the system copies all of your units and assignments as well as the Coursework permissions settings viewable when you click the wrench icon and then the Permissions tab Note that you can copy the Coursework portlet only in conjunction with the Attendance and Gradebook portlets This means that you overwrite all three existing pages and portlets in the target context Custom Content When you copy an instance of the Custom Content portlet you copy any elements that have been created text and images You also copy its permissions the selections made after you click the wrench icon and go to the Permissions tabs
310. llowing e To finish click Save To save and start creating another set click Save and Add Another Modifying a set At any time after you create a set you can do any of the following Change its name Change its description Change the position of set relative to other sets However this change will not be seen by students who choose to display sets in alphabetical order as described in Ordering sets alphabetically on page 339 341 Handouts e Re order the handouts within the set However this change will not be seen by students who choose to display sets in alphabetical order as described in Ordering sets alphabetically on page 339 e Delete a handout Move or copy a handout to a different set To modify a set 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Locate the set that you want to modify and click the corresponding Edit icon which looks like a folder with a pencil on it The Novels of William Faulkner zi H Study questions unit 1 pdf 869K Downloaded 0 times fg O Study questions unit 2 pdf 869K Downloaded 0 times M eren vec In SCR INR E NP N E A C IUNCTI 990 NR Y ED CUR PN Rr ENDO RP IIR RICE Handouts Edit View File Tools The system displays the Handouts Manage Set View screen 3 Do any of the following as appropriate Modify the text in the Name and Description fields Change the value in the Position drop down list
311. lly saves the selection e Racer Faculty Guide If you use basic weighting From time to time you might want to review the value of your coursework units or types side by side While you can review a single assignment s point value in the Coursework portlet the only place to review point values together is in the Gradebook To review assignment weights 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 The system displays the Gradebook Overview area 2 Click the Setup tab 3 In the Options area click the link labeled View Coursework Breakdown 4 The system displays a screen that shows a summary of your Coursework either by units or types depending on the organization method that you are currently using For each unit or type the system notes the total point value that each represents for the student s grade For example the illustration below shows what this screen might look like if the weighting method was basic and the organization was by type Gradebook Coursework Breakdown Setup Gradebook Coursework Grade Breakdown Type Total Points Exam 400 Homework 200 Paper 400 Presentation 400 Quiz 400 Reading 200 Totals 2000 Points ee te ome LAS ee ann e IB Penh ame Lie Ai 179 Configuring the Gradebook Note that you can display more detail by clicking the nam
312. lso that a course cannot be modified or deleted unless you have created at least one section of that course Creating a course Use this procedure to create a portal only course To create a course 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet 2 Click the link labeled Add a New Course The system displays the Add a New Course screen Course Creator Add a New Course Course Title New Employee Orientation Course Code Department Select a Department a Course Description DefaultFont Size B Z UA G o Ata h ne P nas MERA af Bes ARA a fe Aon f LA A ann amp fme IA O A aan ud A o a ents e PE N afl 3 In the Course Title field enter a name for the course 431 Creating portal only courses 4 Inthe Course Code field enter a code for the course Note that once you create the course the code cannot be changed so be sure to enter a code that conforms to whatever naming conventions your school has decided to use Use the Department drop down list to assign the course to a department Note that you can choose either a portal only department or a department that is defined in the ERP system Once the course is created you cannot assign it to another department so you may want to take your time and make sure you are choosing the correct department If you need to create a portal only department at this time you can by clicking the Add a Department link and filling out the resul
313. lt page is slightly different from other pages in that its name is not displayed at the top of the page Rather the name of the tab or sub section is displayed The name of the page however is displayed in the breadcrumbs and in the sidebar For this reason we suggest a name that is meaningful and yet not so important that the page wouldn t make sense if the user didn t see it Home is often a good name for a default page Home Welcome RFT Name of page Athletics e Calendar e Readings e Chat Faculty Academics J Student DIS Can You are here Athletics gt Home Fall fundraisers Ask the coaches g Add a Page Baseball Basketball oftab Field Hockey A Aa AM a aids o Feet EIS A abate A pete Aen To specify the default page 1 Login to the portal and Calendar lt November 2008 gt Sun Mon Tue Wed 26 27 28 29 2 3 4 5 2 10 ii i2 16 17 18 19 hee tton Ae fn e Denn Fi s eoe eA Lil RN Amd for sub section navigate to the appropriate course section 2 Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected by default 455 Managing the layout of a context 3 Click the Pages tab The system displays a screen that includes a list of all the pages that exist on this tab Note that this list includes only pages not any child sub sections that might exist Similarly if a page is part of a child sub secti
314. ltiple sections of the same course About the student view 214 When a student maximizes the All My Courses portlet the portlet is the same as the faculty view except for the following differences The label at the top says Student instead of Faculty Instead of a column labeled Gradebook there is one labeled Avg This column shows the student s current grade Clicking the grade displays the student view of the Gradebook the student s Gradesheet e Racer Faculty Guide No default locations In the default layout of the portal there are no instances of the All My Courses portlet but you can add this portlet to your course section s pages If desired you may also be able to add the All My Courses portlet to a Campus Groups context or to another context that you might manage If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 When adding the All My Courses portlet to a page you don t need to worry about permissions and privacy because the portlet only reflects information about the person viewing it 215 All My Courses Displaying a list of your course sections If your portal includes an instance of the All My Courses portlet use this procedure to display a list of your course sections To display a list of your course sections in the All My Courses portlet 1 2 3 Navigate to the page that hosts the All My Courses portlet If appropriate maximize the
315. lue you can choose any number of hours minutes or days LRL Time Limit 50 Minutes v Attempts Allowed Pagination MIL Oe A AD O The time limit will be displayed when the student first clicks the name of the assignment in the Coursework portlet Coursework Student Assignment Detail Homework Test Unit 1 You have not yet taken the te Format Online He This assignment is requi Grade Method Graded out of 100 It is due in 365 days Time Limit 30 minutes at 12 00 AM Saturday An Coursework Important Information This test is timed You will have 30 minutes to complete it once you start This test can only be taken 1 time Tete ateta A Aamin SAA gH e ote L Haee dos Linn PARE A Bs I mls OAR A fen e eres As eee Me al om Rei e acie e Racer Faculty Guide Once the student begins the assignment by clicking the Take this Test link the header area keeps track of the time remaining When the time limit ticks down to five minutes the system generates a warning dialog that only five minutes remain then begins counting down the seconds Coursework Take Online Test Exam Final Unit 2 Format Online Grade Method Graded out of 240 Time Limit 5 minutes Time Remaining 4 minutes 7 seconds VS mh be Ml Blt Pe ree re n n diit eB ede o s Ak a eM c Ss on mn Ret om ae i in When the time limit is reached the assignment is automatically submitted This is true even if the student has navigated
316. lumn 4 Click Save 349 Handouts 350 22 Headings This chapter describes the Readings portlet which you use to post a list of recommended or required readings In this chapter Key concepts Portlet basics Working with sets Working with readings Managing permissions Readings Key concepts The Readings portlet lets you post a list of recommended or required readings for students along with a URL to a page that lists more information about the reading such as a link to an online bookstore or a library page Organization of the portlet In each instance of the Readings portlet you define sets which are like topics or categories Individual readings are posted within sets For example you might create sets that represent different topics different authors different units in the class or some other common element For each reading you can post a variety of information including the item s title author a relevant URL and so forth Readings cs set Contemporary American Rabbit at Rest Reguired readings Jonathan Strange and Mr Norrell Required Contemporary Canadian What s Bred in the Bone Required The Stone Angel Required Modern American The Sun Also Rises Required The Sound and the Fury Required Dubliners Required Go to Main Screen By default an instance of this portlet is located on the Syllabus page of a course You can create additional instanc
317. lution of Peoples Temple We ll use this category to delve in to the growth of the church in three main phases MORE Topic Indiana Use this topic to discuss the church s 8 0 founding and the period when it was Moderators Isabelle Thomas Users Approval Unread Po re California Use this topic to discuss the period when Peoples Temple wes based in 8 1 il Moderators Steve He re Guyana This to Minen ia pic is for discussion of all aspects of E z S 5 0 7 Mh rust Ae A i rl aem iR RS rm RAE AO me The name also shows up when the user clicks through to maximize the topic Indiana Use this topic to discuss the church s founding and the period when it was b Re Group project Team A by Steve He on Wed 7 28 2010 at 3 24 PM 3 0 Describe the role of Peoples Temple in municipal affairs E 0 by Steve He on Mon 5 3 2010 at 1 07 PM Why did Peoples Temple appeal to the people of Indianapolis 3 0 by George Jackson on Thu 4 29 2010 at 5 50 PM ATER BR Aa mash naia mb SIR BAIS One RIN aae ARAS as An an fA ARR E hon e cft o nali m BOE Ao MEA ni ali 309 Forums 310 Topic Description The topic description is an optional field If you enter a topic description it will be displayed under the topic name in the Forum Home If the description is more than a sentence or so the description is truncated When the topic is maximized the full description shows up Activatio
318. ly displayed you will see them in the sidebar By default they are presented as folder icons 2 Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected by default 3 Click the Sub Sections tab The system displays a list of all the sub sections that exist in this context 4 As appropriate select or de select the Display Sub Sections in Sidebar checkbox The screen refreshes 5 Click Exit If you chose to display the sub sections the folder icons are now listed in the sidebar of the appropriate course or sub section If you chose to hide them they are no longer displayed Reordering sub section links in a sidebar When displayed in a sidebar sub sections are by default displayed in the same order in which they were created However you can change this 457 Managing the layout of a context To reorder sub section links in a sidebar 1 Login to the portal nd navigate to the appropriate course section or sub section 2 Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected by default 3 Click Reorder Context Manager Properties i Sub Sections Permissions All Current Sub Sections in ENG 320 C Renaissance Poetry Pages Name Honors projects 2 gg Resources for TAs amp g Poetry contest Jom h Create a New Sub Section t esci ondas n di h miada A din dino Pug h Baan a SB A The system displays a sc
319. m does the following Updates your view of the screen removing the Files Submitted by Student Name area among other changes Records the action you took in the Workflow area of the screen Updates the student view of the Student Assignment Details screen allowing the student to upload a different file Entering and adjusting grades 116 For file exchange assignments you manually enter a grade for each student As part of this process you can also optionally do either of the following Enter feedback for the student Provide a marked up copy of the student s file Note that if the due date has passed and the student did not upload a file the system automatically gives the student a zero If the student uploaded a file but failed to click the Mark As Final button the system automatically submits the file To enter or adjust a grade 1 Display the Student Assignment Details screen for the appropriate student as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 2 Locate the area of the screen labeled Results for Student Name This area either contains a form waiting to be filled in or a grade A grade will be displayed if you previously entered one or if e Racer Faculty Guide the student did not upload a file on time In the latter case the system automatically gives the student a score of zero D P A 9 E
320. ma question about makeup tests Original post and 0 replies question about makeup tests Are makeup tests allowed What is the procedure for arranging Edited Tue 6 1 2010 at 11 39 AM by Susan Smith UJ Private Comment A Edit T Delete f Move Post d 14 wo ELE rr LL d Deleting a post or reply If a user has published a post or reply that you want to delete use this procedure Note that when you delete an original post you also delete all of its replies When deleting a reply you also delete replies to that reply To delete a post or reply 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 317 Forums 2 Locate the post or reply you want to delete 3 Click the Delete icon Fate statute ce mft ma t INS atat m tert m cem tT Tfi atat ttes Im T n Tam flm m T att me John Meyer Re Why did Peoples Temple appeal to the peop Students Posted Thu 4 29 2010 at 6 23 PM 8 Amy Keita wrote In your view why did Jim Jones s church take root in India common People were really ready for the message of integration A Private Comment f Edit The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the post 4 Click OK The system removes the post Another way to delete a post and all of its replies is to change the display setting of the original post as described in Adjusting a post s display setting on page 320 Moving a post and its replies If appropriate you can m
321. ment presented to students the system will place the items in alphabetical order For example the question in the preceding illustration was generated from the following data eeving pesii spusese Tec p Default Font Sie v A z Pot the following sections su the order that they appear ia the book Lar d EU ro ttt M uiuat AN c Order Item The Northern Woods On His Own War A Soldier Home Company of Two 688A lui matin ne ah Ales elf Aarti calli musca Renn Hy e AM oi Lam Ac Ste n al s du a SMS mets There is no automatic partial credit for these questions though you can manually adjust scores later as appropriate For example if the student gets most of the list correct but transposes the last two items the system will give the student a zero for the question In such cases you may want to manually give the student some credit for the question e Racer Faculty Guide Matching With matching questions student must match a list of items with options in a drop down list a m m meme ATT uui at Mem ym ret tuum Lm T T MT ut uut MT Termes 3 Match the character with the story that he or she appears in Ole Andreson Fathers and Sons Dr Adams Fathers and Sons Indian Camp Marjorie The End of Something The Killers Trudy The Three Day Blow Wedding Day With this option students are allowed to select the same drop down option
322. more than one course section by using the Shift or Control key 3 Inthe area of the screen labeled Step 3 select the radio button labeled Everything 4 Click Copy If the Copy button is not enabled it s because you made a mistake in one of the earlier steps such as choosing the same target context as the one you are copying The system generates a dialog asking whether you are sure you want to copy the selected material Bear in mind that the target context you select will essentially be deleted and replaced with the materials you are copying 5 Click OK The system displays a Please Wait dialog then a screen that indicates that the materials were copied successfully e Racer Faculty Guide Copying selected materials When you copy selected materials you choose individual pages and portlets to copy This procedure also copies context specific roles that have been established for the context Whether or not that role s permissions are copied varies depending on whether the content relevant to the permission is also copied As part of this process you have the choice of two different copying methods Note that this choice is relevant only if the target context contains page s with the same name s as those in the source context The two methods are Merge This method does not overwrite any content in the target context For example if the source context has a page with the same name as in the target the two pages are
323. n When a topic is active users can read it and add posts to it By default topics are active immediately and indefinitely However you can use the activation field to make the topic active for a specific time period only For example you can choose to have the topic launch at a specific time in the future You can also choose for the topic to become inactive after a certain date When the activation period ends or before it begins you can configure the system to take either of the following actions Hide the topic and its posts and replies Make the topic and its posts and replies read only When the activation period ends you have the additional option of deleting the topic and all its content For details on how a post behaves when it has been marked read only or hidden see About visible read only and hidden items on page 301 When you change the activation first you set the dates for when the topic to be active When you set a specific start time or end time the system updates the screen to include a drop down list that lets you specify what happens to the topic when it becomes inactive rv PR verpvw er em wem Ven NI Start Display now End Ono end date i O Display later manually O End now 3 O Display on 9 End on i 5 21 2010 fii 11 v 10 v a v 9 21 2010 fj 12 23 oo P Ew du E EE VM Read Only MIN 1 3 Dele
324. n November 16 2009 9 48 AM Event raises 2 million for student union renovations Wed November 11 2009 9 40 AM Hundreds of students protest troop buildup Wed November 11 2009 9 39 AM Governor to speak at campus rally Wed November 11 2009 9 39 AM Older Items Using the Blog portlet instance s Setup screen you can specify the exact number of posts that you want to display in the maximized view This number can be between one and 100 The number of posts displayed in the default view of the portlet will always be one of the following whichever is smaller The default number determined by the layout style of the portlet instance described in Modifying the layout of the portlet instance on page 231 The number that you specify using the Setup screen for the maximized view So for example suppose you have chosen to display a maximum of four posts on the maximized view of the portlet instance If you are using the headline only layout style for the portlet instance which dictates a maximum of 10 items for the initial view the instance will bypass the default maximum and use your choice of four because it is smaller If you are using the full item layout style which dictates a maximum of two posts the system will go with the default for that style To specify the maximum posts to display 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Click the Setup link The system displays the Setup sc
325. n t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 The system displays the Gradebook tab which lists all students in the course section and their grades so far 2 Click the Setup tab 3 In the Options area click the link labeled Change Grade Weighting and Organization Gradebook Setup Gradebook Grade Point Totals Options Attendance 0 Points Configure Attendance amp Custom Items Coursework 1900 Points View Coursework Breakdown mor 1900 Points Set Letter Grade Values ee te tdem e aan n efe tote feet mn e matt Aet t a atum cfr ee ee e emn ee cee ewe ete m dian da 172 e Racer Faculty Guide The system displays a screen titled Gradebook Weighting Method Gradebook Grade Weighting and Organization Setup Gradebook Gradebook Weighting Method Show help text 9 Use Basic Mode Points O Use Advanced Mode Percentage Changing this setting will erase all the current relative weights you have set for your Units You will need to readjust these weights after you make this change Coursework Organization Method Show help text 9 Use Units Ouse Type Changing this setting will erase all the current relative weights you have set for your Units You will need to readjust these weights after you make this change Muk ama Mif As di tea Inh m P ai oft 9 Mean Aon om aes fr e eden nares
326. n the Can Admin Coursework column 5 Click Save 2 Creating assignments This chapter explains how to create an assignment of any format for an overview of formats see Methods of classifying an assignment on page 41 It also explains how to modify the assignment s basic settings or delete an assignment This section does not describe how to add content to an online assignment For help with that process see Chapter 3 Adding content to online assignments In this chapter Anassignment s basic settings Adding an assignment mporting an assignment e Modifying an assignment s basic settings e Saving an assignment to the File Cabinet Deleting an assignment Creating assignments An assignment s basic settings For every assignment you create you must define values in each of several categories With most of these categories you are not required to configure them at the time you create the assignment That is you can create the assignment then go back and set the values later These categories include Name Format e Type Required Unit Grade Method offline file exchange only Description nstructions e Password Protect online only Start e Due Show Grade Allow Review online only e Relevant Files Name The name of the assignment is used to identify it both for students and teachers so you should choose a name that is meaningful The name does not have
327. n users post announcements they have the ability to display the announcement immediately without review Because of this you may want to be somewhat cautious about giving roles permission to post announcements To allow roles to post announcements 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Announcements screen with the Preferences tab selected 2 Click the Permissions tab The system displays the Define Permissions screen which lists all the roles defined for this context as well as all the global roles 3 Locate the role that should be able to post announcements Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Post Announcements column 4 Click Save 221 Announcements Working with announcements This section describes how to work with announcements Posting an announcement Note that when you post an announcement the exact choices available may vary depending on whether you have the global Can Post to Base Roles permission as described in Managing permissions on page 220 To post an announcement Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Select Manage gt New Announcement Announcements Manage New Announcement anuwun Ly You have no incoming anno Remove Selected The system displays a form The exact layout of the form may vary slightly depending on your permissions The illustration below shows wha
328. nd coursework scores are marked with a red asterisk because both of those categories include items that either have not yet been submitted by the student or not yet graded by the teacher Grade Overview Attendance amp Other Coursework Grade Weight 10 0 9 o Weight 90 0 Score Grade Points Score Grade Points Anderson Jim 95 1 out of 100 0 A A 9 6 out of 10 0 A 85 5 out of 90 0 0 0 Brown Dana 5 96 9 out of 100 0 A A 9 6 out of 10 0 A 87 3 out of 90 0 0 0 Garcia Ana 61 1 out of 100 0 C A 8 9 out of 10 0 C 52 2 out of 90 0 0 0 He Steve A 67 0 out of 100 0 C A 10 0 out of 10 0 C 57 0 out of 90 0 0 0 Jackson George 57 3 out of 100 0 C A 10 0 out of 10 0 D 47 3 out of 90 0 0 0 Jones Jane 32 5 out of 100 0 F A 10 0 out of 10 0 F 22 5 out of 90 0 0 0 tm MU somos Diin ou one Funes Sant Dn OS Pot imn on Ae et med editt a n tm eo ditti I eem titm mdi An Dna f Aretes D Iden eR nn 194 The preceding illustration shows a course section that has been set up to use the advanced method of weighting with 90 percent of the grade determined by coursework and 10 percent by attendance and other items Note that if you prefer to display the student s percentage score on each component of the overall grade instead of the letter grade you can do so by clicking the Show Percentage Grades link in the lower left Sato Lisa 79 0 6t Taylor Sam 90 0 ou e Racer Faculty Guid
329. nd how to rename an item As an alternative to hiding specific items you may want to review the permissions for the page and make sure the right people have access to it as described in Letting a role view pages and context links on page 469 You can also simply remove the content as described in Removing content from a CCI portlet instance on page 422 Note that the browse view of the CCI portlet allows users to display password protected items without entering a password so these items might be ones that you want to hide depending on which roles have the ability to display the page To manage the display of items in the CCI portlet instance 1 Log in to the portal and display the appropriate CCI portlet instance 2 Click the Manage Content link The system displays the Admin All Content screen which lists all of the individual items that are part of the course cartridge For help understanding the icons on the screen see Understanding the administrative screen on page 416 or just run your cursor over the icon to display a pop up hint 3 If you want to rename any item complete the following steps a Click the name of the item The system displays a pop up menu with four choices b Select Retitle zis ld Hide S b Select All 1 1 6 Oe Unselect All 1 1 7 L cCh s PPT Printing C tete ss diano onde ef ele de oh net dme ti The system makes the title modifiable and updates the screen to include Sav
330. ndar Announcements Handouts Campus Life Candidate You are here Academics gt English ENG gt Renaiss Bookmarks Live from the workshop Syllabus Grading Guidelines E Add a Page Honors projects Resources for TAs L Poetry contest a Context Manager Our class meets Strong Hall roong Your teacher I m Laura Martin 4 30 p m You ca Please check the Live from the wc 453 Managing the layout of a context Renaming a sub section If you need to rename a sub section use this procedure Note that when you do this the URL is not renamed The system will always use the URL that was created along with the sub section To rename a sub section 1 2 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate course section Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected by default Click the Sub Sections tab The system displays a screen that includes a list of all the sub sections in this context Locate the sub section you want to rename Click the corresponding pencil icon Context Manager Properties Pages Sub All Current Sub Sections in ENG 4 Name Honors projects 2 T Resources for TAs 2 Poetry contest fm T h Create a New n Tu LM Pus oome Ath annta Mth to ania am e dn The system displays a screen that lets you rename the sub section In
331. ned activation date If an assignment becomes active while the due date is in the past the system will automatically give all students a zero For help managing the due date see Due on page 61 Making an online assignment immediately active Use the following procedure to make an online assignment active immediately To make an online assignment immediately active 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 105 106 The screen will include either a button labeled Activate or one labeled Activate Immediately The latter is displayed if you ve already configured a future activation date Coursework Test Builder Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Edit this assignment Format Online Show settings Edit settings Grade Method Graded Total Questions 0 Total Points 0 Status Inactive Set a future activation date Busta umet em Brine tam d hm hm oo Pe ein fee tale rm Sinn Ane same hee ah onc meme es addit of tem ta 2 Click the Activate or Activate Immediately button whichever is available The system makes the assignment active Setting a future activation date Use the following procedure to make an assignment active at some point in the future Note that if you have not satisfied the requirements of having created a question in a non extra credit section and of having assigned a point value to every question the syst
332. ng The author The date it was last modified not necessarily the date the file was saved in the File Cabinet For help creating folders into which you can organize your saved readings see Working with folders on page 397 This section assumes that you are familiar with the general characteristics of readings For more details about readings see Chapter 22 Readings Adding a reading Use this procedure to create a reading that will be stored in your File Cabinet To add a reading 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and click the Readings tab 2 Click the link labeled Add a New Reading The system displays a form that lets you create a reading 3 Fill out the form as appropriate 4 Click Save Modifying a reading Use this procedure to modify a reading saved in your File Cabinet To modify a reading 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and click the Readings tab 2 Locate the reading that you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the File Cabinet Manage Reading View screen 3 Modify any of the fields as appropriate 4 Click the Save button 394 e Racer Faculty Guide Deleting readings Use this procedure to delete one or more readings from your File Cabinet To delete one or more reading
333. ng empty sets on page 354 Adding a set You can add as many sets as is appropriate for your course Note that a set is used only by the instance where you create it If you have multiple instances of the Readings portlet you create different sets for each one To add a set 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Click the Add a Set link which is in the lower right area of the screen The system displays the Readings Manage Set View screen In the Name field enter a name for the set If appropriate enter text in the Description field The description can be no more than 2 000 characters This text will be displayed in main portlet view both when the portlet is maximized and when it is not Use the Position drop down list to specify where the set should be placed in relation to other sets However note that the choice you make at this juncture will not be seen by students who choose to display sets in alphabetical order as described in Ordering sets alphabetically on page 354 Do one of the following e To finish click Save To save and start creating another set click Save and Add Another Modifying a set At any time after you create a set you can do any of the following Change its name Change its description Change the position of set relative to other sets However note that the sequence will not be seen by students who choose to display sets in alphabetical order as
334. ng questions 90 After creating a question you may want to do either of the following Moving a question to a different section e Reordering questions within a section Moving a question to a different section If an assignment is not active you can move any of its questions from one section to another To move one or more questions to a different section 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Locate the section that contains the question or questions you want to move Click the corresponding link labeled Reorder Move Questions The system displays a screen that lists all the questions in the section 3 Use the checkboxes at the left to select the question s you want to move 4 Use the Move Selected to drop down list to select the section that should host the questions 5 Click Go The system moves the questions e Racer Faculty Guide Reordering questions within a section If an assignment is not active you may reorder questions within any of its sections if appropriate To reorder questions within a section 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Locate the section that contains the questions you want to rearrange Click the corresponding link labeled Reorder Move Questions The system displays a screen that list
335. nits 9 Use all grades To assign weights to your Units enter O Drop the lowest grade for each student boxes next to the Unit name If you Units equal weighting click the Weig Is Adi tad alt hada Ras A t ls ls nne endet BED Bain A ADMD 2 Doone ofthe following If the Gradebook is set up so that you assign weights all together complete the following steps a Click the link labeled Weight Coursework Items The system displays a screen that shows all existing Coursework items and their current weights b Click Edit Relative Weights e Racer Faculty Guide The system makes the screen modifiable Enter the appropriate weight for each assignment Note that you can click Weight AII Equally to make each item equal c Click Save Ifthe Gradebook is set up so that you assign weights by unit or by type complete the following steps a Enter the appropriate values in the available text boxes Coursework Grade Breakdown Unit Relative Weight 9 o of Grade Unit 1 PE log 0 0096 0 0096 Unit 2 Totals 85 00 Weight All Equally b Click Save c Click the name of one or your units or types The system displays a list of all coursework items in that unit or type d Click the link labeled Edit Relative Weights a Tvpe Relative Weight of Grade Reading 0 00 96 0 00 Homework 0 00 96 0 0096 J Quiz 0 00 96 0 0096 i Exam 0 00 0 00 Quiz 0 00 0 00 Paper 0 00 96 0 0096 Exam 0 00 96 0
336. nment save it to the File Cabinet You can do this regardless of whether the assignment is active Note that the system allows you to save the same assignment to the File Cabinet multiple times You might want to do this if you end up making unexpected modifications to an assignment and you want to save the revisions If the assignment is an online assignment before saving to the File Cabinet you may want to add content to it first as described in Chapter 3 Adding content to online assignments To save an assignment to the File Cabinet 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Click the link labeled Save to File Cabinet The system displays a dialog stating that it has saved the assignment The assignment now is available for you to import from You can also work with it directly in the File Cabinet as described in Working with the File Cabinet on page 377 3 To return to the previous screen click Back to Coursework 70 e Racer Faculty Guide Deleting an assignment After you create an assignment you may need to delete it for some reason Note that the system will not warn you if the assignment is active or if some students have not yet completed the assignment so make sure that you really want to delete it before proceeding To delete an assignment 1 Ifyou haven t already done so display the Cour
337. note that there is no Context Manager in this tab because it is not needed the tab has no other users besides you Part 1 oursework and Attendance This section covers the two portlets Coursework and Attendance that feed data to the Gradebook portlet Planning your assignments on page 39 Creating assignments on page 51 Adding content to online assignments on page 73 Grading assignments on page 109 Analyzing online assignments on page 133 Tracking attendance on page 145 Part 1 Coursework and Attendance 38 1 Planning your assignments For each course section you teach you can create and manage assignments in the portal You do this using the Coursework portlet This chapter includes a brief overview of the Coursework portlet explains the categories of assignments and covers basic setup tasks that you might want to do In this chapter e Key concepts e Navigating to the Coursework portlet Working with units and types Managing permissions Planning your assignments Key concepts This section offers an overview of the Coursework portlet and the assignment creation process About the Coursework portlet 40 e Racer includes a unique instance of the Coursework portlet for each course section This portlet is the place where students and teachers interact with assignments It is used in the following ways e For faculty members the Coursewor
338. ns without preconfigured answers you manually review students answers and enter scores for them Assign a point value to each question Group questions into sections and make choices about how the section is presented For example you can do either of the following Configure the assignment to randomly shuffle questions within each section Configure the assignment to randomly display a subset of the section s questions that is make the section a question pool Configure settings that determine the specifics of how the assignment is administered For example you can put a cap on the number of times students can take the assignment specify whether the assignment is timed and so forth Activate the assignment so students can display and complete it Configure the assignment such that students can review their completed work As part of this review the system will display any automatic feedback you set up and any personalized feedback for each individual student Your ability to do some of the above may be limited once the assignment is active It is best to make all of your setup choices before activating the assignment e Racer Faculty Guide Opening an assignment in Test Builder You use Test Builder to add content to an online assignment and manage other particulars of how the assignment is presented to students The way you open an assignment in Test Builder varies slightly depending on whether the assignment is
339. nstance Note that most portlet instances contain content unique to that instance and you delete the instance you also delete the content To delete a portlet instance 1 2 Log in to the portal nd navigate to the page hosting the portlet instance you want to delete Click Edit page The system displays the Customize page name screen Select the Content tab The system displays the Content screen which lists all the portlet instances on the page Locate the portlet instance you want to rename and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a displays a dialog asking whether you are sure you want to delete the portlet instance When you delete a portlet instance you delete all content created that is specific to the instance plus all shortcuts to the instance So do not proceed unless you are certain you don t need this content e Racer Faculty Guide 5 If you are sure you want to delete the instance click OK Modifying a page s layout When you modify a page s layout you have the ability to make two types of changes e Modifying the column layout e Arranging portlet instances Modifying the column layout Each page uses one of several preconfigured column layouts These preconfigured layouts let you choose the number and relative size of the columns the page will use To modify a page s column layout 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the page whose layout you want to modify 2 Click Edit Pa
340. nt s lowest score in the course section To do this select the radio button labeled Drop the lowest grade for each student The system automatically saves the selection If you are currently weighting assignments by unit or by type complete the following steps a Select one of the following Use all grades Select this if you don t want to drop any grades Drop the lowest grade for each student Select this to drop the lowest score in the entire course section If you choose this option you don t have to do anything else the system automatically saves the selection Set dropped grade on a Unit by Unit Type by Type basis Select this if you want to manage this in a custom fashion for each type or unit For example you might want to drop the lowest score in one type but use all scores in another type Note that while this is the option selected by default within each type or unit the system by default does not drop any grades Drop the lowest grade from each Type Unit Select this to drop the lowest score in each unit or type If you choose this option you don t have to do anything else the system automatically saves the selection b Ifyouchose Set dropped grade on a Type by Type Unit by Unit basis click the name of the unit s or type s for which you want to drop each student s lowest grade Within that type or unit select the checkbox labeled Drop each student s lowest grade in this Unit Type The system automatica
341. ntents xd 0 i534 ERE EE ae 64S AMES 19 POULSBO ou iue ueber ed ERE deEERSI CEP de RSRIGSREERRSNCREEQUDPK STRE EN ID snipe P Ee 20 bunc sure p p ETE 20 Conventions used qm this GUIDE ese eere eco pde Reb rerea ete iee RUE OR Eee RRC REEE 20 TERNOS un cl nent Goderh oe ERU RTIKRUDIEREP EARN CREER HEP RPM EE E Gites 20 Iipsintons dnd ir RM PE hae eee ides e eed eaedcee reese se eb al eesetenaes 20 Typographical CONVENTIONS ona s sirbee mop RR eR ARR RUP we RRO S SPRY ES RR Eee REESE HREM 21 Fui pIOUE TRIGO IOABOH oo a A EPI E PE HM RIM CR AUC ROSE RE RUF Reese PERPE EEE Rd 22 Provine mI cing PE ak aaaeeeaa e eoet aeaaeae 22 MIrOdUCHON essa Es d dua EGER CANE SERA DER ERS OCA OR ER DEENEN EA 23 IX ora o PT rnnPw Gw SX KSnnmm 24 About the default template id osse Pe eRE REPE ESE VERO RHETER ETE RO CC NW e Ee Pe PEE 24 How a teacher uses Ths CONSE COMERD 1ucicsd ORE RO RERARICEREDPHEWRACERPS CER nE UR cra dE 24 How students and others use the course Context es sedes sede eee Reed ee Geka RE ERAI REPE IRE ERA 25 About portlets and telated Ie30Wes iue sene reser Rev RekrP eR SICCA ES Ped AER ERR E IR eds 25 Navisatng toa Course COMER uos cad ip pd semen ER IT eS Ed pe MGE REeR EE gap ug Ede Mae at Risers yonr CONSO CODIGXE cc ici rbi bd Nr bmbisdbd kk rb prime RlepbR Reb vigens 28 Ila PASE 624 20 RE ER Ce IRE ERER VE ERU ER ER Ke du SORA PETE ON esed e ed ewe qa e RR E TE 28 ADAE oodd URL EE Gabe cue bee P a a EC IM M PUER SE OPE 30 COMMUN q
342. nts that you completed in Emulation mode When viewing the Task Manager portlet the portlet will hide controls such as the Save and Edit buttons because you cannot use them while in Emulation mode Previewing Coursework You may want to preview the Coursework portlet to ensure that the list of assignments display for students as you intend Note that you can page through online assignments using the student view to make sure they display as you intend You can also complete assignments both online and file exchange assignments while in Emulation mode While in the student view you can also review your results if the assignment is configured to allow this If you complete an assignment in Emulation mode note that when you are back in the faculty view and you display the Assignment Info screen the results from your test taking will be grouped under a heading labeled Results from Student Emulation Similarly the grades you receive will not be treated as real grades in the Assignment Stats area of the screen That is the Emulated grades will not affect the average score displayed for the class nor the high and low scores 375 Previewing a context as a student Changing your view 376 When Student Emulation is active you can use it to preview any page in your course context as a member of another role To change your view Open the appropriate course context as described in Navigating to a course context
343. ny of the following Topic Ordering Method Pruning e Access 7 Click Save Category Modifying a category Use this procedure to change any of the following Category name e Category description Topic ordering method Pruning e Access To modify a category 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 305 Forums Maximize the portlet and click the Edit Forum button Locate the category you want to modify and click the Edit Category button etti Ie e m P It ue f T emat aT itt mtt tmm m a apa et T Tm e I tsm ut ene Rt Ty tt g mm mum mut etat Weeks 1 4 The evolution of Peoples Temple We ll use this category to delve in to the growth of the church in three main phases its founding MORE Topic Users Po Edit Category a c X aiin rade at T RUIT RENE a n ORROIT a P E E ONRET ATEETAN The system displays the Edit Category screen Adjust any of the fields as appropriate If you need help understanding any of these fields see Attributes of a category on page 302 Click Save Category Manually arranging categories Within any instance of the Forums portlet you can manually arrange categories To manually move a category 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance Maximize the portlet and click the Edit Forum button Locate the category you want to move Note that on its right hand border the category has an icon made up of an upward and a downward arrow giente et anm
344. o 0 nou A ARS emos MR Ae nf Gn n Biden Lear e hoe NUR Ra 2 Rufi s Peas BAY Ds Rein mens me Kum Rn Aie A e sua alm o on ARES dn AR Oe ohn die You configure automatic feedback for each question while you are creating or modifying it as described in Creating questions on page 86 and Modifying questions on page 89 You simply click the Add automatic feedback link and fill out the fields General Info On Correct Answer and On Incorrect Answer as appropriate Adding questions 86 There are two methods of adding questions Creating questions Importing questions from the File Cabinet Creating questions Use this procedure to create questions in your assignment To create one or more questions 1 If you haven t already open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 e Racer Faculty Guide In the Question Type field select the type of question you want to add Use the drop down list labeled Number of Questions to specify how many questions of this type you want to add Use the drop down list labeled Add to Section to determine where in the assignment to place the question s Note that every assignment contains one default section called Exam Click Add The system displays a form that lets you add your question s In the Question Text field enter the question text that you want displayed to the student In the Answer area of the screen do one
345. odifiable a mulum tem f um rtu PS ete tet etm st 4 Grade Breakdown Attendance 1509 l Coursework g5 00 l Total 100 00 TAT Ala cili oh dote A igo tla a noli Soon Aden A aaa n As ne alb ndi b Adjust the attendance value to the appropriate percentage value Remember that the attendance and coursework values must add up to 100 percent c Click Save Automatically voiding the attendance credit In some cases you may want to set up a class so that students who are habitually absent do not get any credit for attendance even if they have earned some You do this by setting a threshold a specific amount of time missed after which the student s attendance credit is voided To configure the automatic voiding of all attendance credit 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 2 Click the Setup tab 3 Click the link labeled Configure Attendance amp Custom Items e Racer Faculty Guide 4 Locate the field labeled No credit for attendance after The exact labeling of this field will vary depending on how you track attendance in the Attendance portlet 5 Do one of the following e Ifyou track attendance by whole session specify a number of unexcused absences that will void the student s attendance credit Gradebook Configure Attendance amp Custom Item
346. of the following as appropriate e If this is a multiple choice question a Enter the text for each option Note that you can expand the number of possible options by selecting the Add more answers link b For each option that is correct select the Correct checkbox c If you want the system to automatically give students partial credit select the Partial credit checkbox For more details on this option see Partial credit more guidance on page 79 d If you want the options to be presented in a random order that varies each time a student displays the assignment select the Randomize checkbox e If you want the system to display feedback related to each option enter these comments in the corresponding Feedback text box If this is a true false question select either the True or False radio button e If this is an short answer question note that by default these questions are set up to be graded manually If you prefer to have the system automatically grade the answer for you complete the following steps a Select the Graded automatically radio button The system adds an Answer field to the screen b Inthe Answer field enter the answer text Note that students will have to match this answer exactly with the same spelling spacing and capitalization to get credit e If this is an ordering question list the items in the correct order Note that you can add more fields to the screen by clicking the Add more item
347. og in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance Navigate to the appropriate post or reply In the area over the comment click the trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the comment 4 Click OK Reviewing activity by user Each instance of the Forums portlet lets you display a list of all people who have participated in conversations in that instance with details about their activity Any user can display this list but the list contains more options if you have the Can Administer e Racer Faculty Guide Portlet permission These options are described in Navigating to the user list below Navigating to the user list The User List names each person who has submitted a post or a reply in the portlet instance This view also show the total number of posts and replies that each person has submitted E das ial me M isabelle Thomas ill sam Tavlor alli Lisa Sato alli john Meyer alli aura Martin dh Amy Keita tutencf ifn e amn anii t otn om dea at annii did ndi 5 aita ihe datana AB anidan ia os ant ninn i ai an tem eee al alala aae ecco Posts Replies O l o jo ied al Pe WWE ee MP T ow Overall This list is available to every user but the hyperlinked numbers are displayed only in the administrative view Clicking one of these numbers displays the appropriate list of posts for that user From this more specif
348. ok portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 The system displays a wizard Gradebook aS Setup Gradebook Introduction to the Gradebook Welcome to the Gradebook for Fundamentals of Materials Science Before you can use your Gradebook you must set up your grading methods There are two main parts of a student s final grade Attendance and Coursework Attendance information and Coursework assignment scores are automatically imported directly into the Gradebook But first you must assign weights to these elements so that the Gradebook can later determine final grades for your students Continue 2 Click the Continue link The screen updates to include details about the two weighting methods 3 Select the radio button labeled Use Basic mode points 4 Click Save The screen updates to include details about the two organization methods For details on these methods see Organization methods on page 168 5 Select one of the following as appropriate Use Units e Use Type 6 Click Save You have now successfully set up the Gradebook and the system updates the screen to include the following elements Grade Point Totals Shows the total points assigned to Coursework and Attendance Because you have not yet assigned a value to the students attendance this process is 169 Configuring the Gradebook 170 described in Managing the effects of attendance on page 18
349. ols 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it 2 Click File Tools The system opens a new browser tab that lists the software tools available for download 3 Inthe left hand column click the tool that corresponds with the tool you want to download The system opens a new browser tab 4 Follow the instructions on the page to download the tool Setting preferences While using the Handouts portlet you can adjust your own personal view of the portlet using any of the following procedures Ordering handouts alphabetically 338 e Racer Faculty Guide e Ordering sets alphabetically Displaying empty sets Note that students and any other users of the portlet can also adjust their view using these procedures For this reason bear in mind that whenever you create a specific order for either handouts or sets students will not necessarily see that sequence Ordering handouts alphabetically If appropriate you can have the system display handouts alphabetically within each set When handouts are ordered alphabetically the system ignores any sequence that may have been specified when you or another authorized user configured each set as described in Working with sets on page 341 To order handouts alphabetically 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon 2 Click the Preferences tab 3 Select the checkbox labeled Order Handouts Alphabetically 4 Click Save 5 Click E
350. olumn within each unit e uum lum uus meum m em iet e T uy Lem emet m t xem utut rt mmm Pues NT SS Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Assignment Due Date Required The Sound and the Fury 9 11 2009 1 00 PM Required Spotted Horses A 9 18 2009 1 00 PM Required Light in August Los eMe tee mee mule Sete Athen 9 25 2009 1 00 PM Exam Required mu a ies B os etas Amen ten cen tel ly a e Racer Faculty Guide In this view any user can also set the Organize by drop down list so that assignments are organized by type rather than unit Coursework Organize by Type Type Assignment Format Due Date Faulkner Influences and Impact 9 27 2010 1 00 PM Hemingway Influences and Impact 10 25 2010 1 00 PM Fitzgerald Influences and Impact 11 22 2010 1 00 PM The type is also shown when students display the assignment It is displayed as a preface to the assignment s name Coursework Student Assignment Detail Exam 2 Sound and the Fury Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Format Online iste Daler aAA Ae t hen Required The Required field lets you classify an assignment as any of the following Required The assignment will be factored into Gradebook and will affect the student s course grade Extra Credit The assignment will be factored into Gradebook but can only benefit the student Optional The assignment will not affect the student s grade 55 Creating assignments Unit 56 When creating
351. om Absalom Light in August Ownership Time Due Date 9 3 2010 1 00 PM 9 10 2010 1 00 PM 9 14 2010 1 00 PM 9 17 2010 1 00 PM 9 21 2010 1 00 PM 9 24 2010 1 00 PM Spotted Horses The role of the narrator The Sound and the Fury M uH Faulkner Influences and Impact 9 27 2010 1 00 PM Unit Assignment Format Due Date Analyze A Farewell to Arms D 10 1 2010 1 00 PM The Sun Also Rises S 10 8 2010 1 00 PM If the portlet is organized by type instead of by unit the unit for each assignment is displayed as a column within each group of assignments Coursework Organize by Type Assignment Format Due Date Required The Sound and the Fury 9 11 2009 1 00 PM Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Required Spotted Horses 9 18 2009 1 00 PM Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Required Light in August 9 25 2009 1 00 PM Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Required The Sun Also Rises 10 16 2009 1 00 PM Weeks 6 10 Hemingway Required A Farewell to Arms 10 23 2009 1 00 PM Weeks 6 10 Hemingway Required 57 Creating assignments The unit is also shown once the student displays the assignment Coursework Student Assignment Detail Exam The Sound and the Fury Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Format Online ee ee ee arida lee teo Grade Method offline file exchange only Grade Method applies only to offline and file exchange assignments Assignments in this format can use any of the following Grade Methods Credit No Credit The student either gets
352. oms Create assignments and tests for students to complete online e Assign a value to assignments that students complete outside of the portal such as giving an oral presentation or completing a lab Enter values for other criteria such as participation and leadership that you want to affect students grades e Racer Faculty Guide e Post useful links e Send e mail to the entire course or to selected students Review students midterm and final grades and submit them to the your school s ERP system for example Jenzabar EX or CX How students and others use the course context The behavior of a course context varies depending on the permissions of the user Students Typically students use the course context to complete the following types of tasks Complete assignments online Participate in forums Review their attendance records Review their grades both for individual assignments and for the term overall Download handouts Communicate with other students via the chatroom and e mail By default all students in your course sections should belong to the Students role Because of this when students go to the course context they see a view that is similar to the faculty view but which has fewer options Additionally some portlets behave differently for example some portlets let faculty members see details about all students but a student looking at the portlet will see details
353. on The system displays the Customize Portlet Bookmarks screen with the Preferences tab selected 3 Click the Settings tab 4 Doone ofthe following To allow for logging select the Log Bookmarks checkbox To stop logging de select the Log Bookmarks checkbox 5 Click Save 248 e Racer Faculty Guide Managing permissions Once you have decided the purpose of the portlet instance you may want to designate another role as being allowed to manage bookmarks and sets This section explains how to grant these privileges Note that anyone with permission to display the Bookmarks portlet instance can see the links that are posted Available permissions There are two instance level permissions available for the Bookmarks portlet Can Manage Bookmarks By default only the Administrators role is allow to post bookmarks However in any instance of the Bookmarks portlet you can give any role the ability to manage bookmarks When you do this members of the role can e Post bookmarks in that instance Modify bookmarks that they and any other user have posted by Changing the name of the bookmarks Changing a bookmark s description Changing the URL Moving the bookmark to a different set Changing the duration of time that the bookmark will be displayed if the portlet instance is configured to allow this for details see Configuring whether bookmarks will be displayed indefinitely on page 248
354. on it will not be displayed here 4 Use the radio buttons at the left to select a default page The system makes the page you selected the default An alternative method for specifying the default page is described in Deleting a page on page 450 456 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with sidebars Both your course contexts and their sub sections have sidebars panes that are designed to display links to the child elements of the course or sub section You have a variety of options for making sure that sidebars are as helpful as possible to your users This section describes those options Hiding or displaying sub section links in a sidebar e Reordering sub section links in a sidebar e Reordering page links in a sidebar Hiding or displaying sub section links in a sidebar By default links to sub sections are displayed in the sidebar of their host course or sub section However you can hide the links If you do this just remember that you ll either need to create another method of letting users navigate to the sub sections or else manually provide the URL to the people who need it Note that when you hide or display sub section links in a sidebar you do so for all sub sections in that course or sub section You cannot hide or display one sub section link only To hide or display sub section links in a sidebar 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate course or sub section If the links are current
355. on page 27 Navigate to the page that you want to preview Locate the Student Emulation drop down list which is in the upper right corner of the page Current view Faculty View as Lecturer View as Students View as Teaching Assistants Note that if you are a member of the Administrators role the Current view option will say Current view Course Administrator rather than Current View Faculty Use the drop down list to choose the role whose view you want to see The page updates to include a button to the right of the drop down list amp Edit page e Printer Friendly Click the Change View button The screen updates to display as it would for a member of the role you chose If you had maximized a portlet just prior to changing views note that the preview begins by showing the page with all the portlets on it but you can still view the maximized portlet in Emulation mode Just maximize it again The system also hides the drop down list and replaces it with labeling that shows what view you are currently displaying 8 Printer Friendly 6 When you are done with the preview click the button labeled Back to Regular View 26 Working with the File Cabinet If you want to save assignments and reuse them in future course sections you can do so using the File Cabinet You can also save bookmarks handouts readings and course cartridges In this chapter e Key concepts Navigating to the Fi
356. on and exit If you want to add this section and create another click the Add Section button in the center of the screen Add section and add another pet T tH ume mt tmm m ee turrem nhi ttn tmt uum an meum T mn eee Add Section Add Section and exit and add another 9 If you did not add a faculty member the system displays a dialog asking whether you are sure you want to create the section without assigning a faculty member to it In this case either cancel out of the dialog box and return to step 4 or click Yes The system adds your section and depending on which button you chose either re displays the Add a section form or displays the main Course Creator portlet view Once a course section is created the system creates a course context for the section If you have assigned a faculty member to the section the system adds a link to the course context to the faculty member s My Courses link list 433 Creating portal only courses Modifying a course After you create a course you may want to modify the course s name or description To do so use this procedure Note that you cannot modify any aspect of a course unless you have defined a section of the course If you need to add a course section see Creating a section on page 432 Additionally you cannot modify the course code or re assign the course to a different department For these parameters the values you defined when creating the course ar
357. only about his or her own work These caveats are noted throughout this guide in sections titled About the student view The student view is also described in Chapter 25 Previewing a context as a student Custom roles If appropriate you can create custom roles for your context and give those roles specific permissions For example you might do this if you want selected students to help manage a forum or a bulletin board The process of creating roles is covered in Chapter 31 Creating and maintaining roles When you create a role you create the role just for use in one context such as your course context There is a more universal type of role called base roles or global roles but only administrators of the portal can create these About portlets and related features As noted above the basic unit of content that might be placed on a page is the portlet This section offers a few more details on portlets and related concepts and on terminology that will be used throughout this guide 25 Introduction 26 About portlet views When you navigate to a page that hosts several portlets the portlets typically are displayed smaller than they would be if you maximized them which you can do by clicking on the name of the portlet The initial smaller view of the portlet is the default view and the larger view is the maximized view Sometimes the maximized view includes more features and more content than the default vi
358. ons However if the student s points add up to more than the total that you originally allotted for the assignment s questions that is the total for all questions in non extra credit sections then the student will simply get a perfect score e Racer Faculty Guide Modifying online assignment settings When you create an online assignment the system automatically assigns default values to all of the online assignment settings which are described in About the online assignment settings on page 100 But you can modify any of these settings To modify online assignment settings Ifyou haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Inthe upper right area of the screen select the link labeled Edit settings Coursework Test Builder The system displays the Test Builder Settings screen for this assignment 3 Make any changes appropriate 4 Click Save Displaying online assignment settings If you are working in Test Builder and you want to review the online assignment settings but not modify them follow the steps below To display online assignment settings 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Inthe upper right area of the screen select the link labeled Show settings Coursework Test Builder 103 In the up
359. ons available with multiple choice answer questions as described below Default setup With the default setup students can select as many answers as they like but they get credit for the question only if they choose every correct option and no incorrect ones With this setup the system does not reveal to the student how many correct answers there are though if desired you could manually include that information by making it part of the question text or part of the instructions for the assignment To get these results just make sure that the Partial Credit checkbox is not selected Note that as with all other question types after the student completes the assignment you can manually adjust a student s score to give partial credit at that time Partial credit more guidance With the Partial Credit option the system does all of the following Reveals as part of the question text the number of correct answers Restricts the student to selecting only that number of options when they are picking their answers Automatically gives the student partial credit if the student selects some but not all of the correct options 79 To get these results just make sure to select the Partial Credit checkbox which is situated below the answer fields fe dium ete metuo Ped f dum um comete St wm grat rati FEM wt a trim mum gt diui m nte gem 0 FOO gl e Te o ntn aem uh ar a Pe tn ue ttim mum remote I e Partial Credit With
360. or Out e Cancelled School Holiday Cancelled Rescheduled 3 Scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Save Adding a session If you want to manually add a session to your course section use this procedure This procedure also places the session on the calendar for the course which all students can display within their MyPages context As an alternative to creating a session for which you can track attendance you can simply add an event to the course calendar as described in Adding an event on page 141 With that approach you do not use the Attendance portlet and you cannot track attendance to the event To add a session 1 Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in Navigating to the Attendance portlet on page 148 2 Click Add a Session The system displays the Attendance Add Edit a Session screen 3 Fill out the form as appropriate For help with any of the fields see About the options that define a session on page 154 155 Tracking attendance 4 Click Save The system adds the session to the calendar Modifying a session At times you might need to modify a session by changing its scheduled date or time If you track attendance by minute or by hour and if your Gradebook is configured to give value to students attendance you also might want to change the value that it represents using the Minutes field Note that you can modify any session inclu
361. ories and A Call to Arms Individual posts and replies are published within topics An instance of the Forums portlet must have at least one category and one topic defined before users can begin publishing posts By default when you add the Forums portlet to a page it already has one category called General and one topic called Open Discussion Default view versus maximized view 296 The default view of the Forums portlet shows a list of recent posts with links to a few other features Forums R3 Recent posts More recent posts S Re Re Re Group project Team A in Indiana by Lisa Sato 10 at 12 30 PM B Re Re Group proiect Team A in Indiana by Jane Jones on Wed 8 4 2010 ane J Oo d 2010 at 12 23 Re Describe the role of Peoples Tem lei in munici al affairs in Indiana by Amy Keita on Wed 8 4 Oat 9 PM 4 Re Group pro lect anus in Indiana by Amy ed 8 4 2010 5 Re Re Which member did you empathize with most in California by Sam Taylor on Wed 8 4 2010 at PM IN LR Forum Home User List When a user first maximizes the portlet the system displays a console that shows a few standard controls a list of recent posts and a summary of each category with a list of each category s topics This is the Forum Home e Racer Faculty Guide As the user clicks around to different areas the view will change However when this guide references the maximized view of the
362. orkine SII SEIS 252054 debex cr b heed RO oco ep R RRE RO RATHER CO R RR ear d 241 Aulus DE SS LosloctsecebRC RON ERE EROR ERADERE SS ESSET RES wee Serses wei eee 241 LOOM 4 66b icono E ebbe So eee Eb Qd Ded e px RE EI Eid p pi M pa pe wap 241 ese R0 PCT 242 Rourdering Sele a oes peg RbSIPubeREEESTPMEDRRI E EUPRbERP NES PIER REESE RRKEPOM ERES 242 DCIS 4 56b iex poo ounce cats Cid Rid ceed poo par p inpia ir p dco dene eg OSes Bes 243 Working Will bookmarks 1 1 os br eR Rer RCRCRUER RR ESSE EORR CIRCE E EORR CRGO RR p EUR HS 244 BAunbutes OF a D ckmatk ocreosekreweebeXeteesRpeslcbEadvbpqSr cbe de xRESexbmsesmibesdu Ress 244 Crease 4 DOOGEIIBEK iu 5 60 8s cig Qe ERR DICE RC ERI DRE ERR E Mb bd wa eRe 245 Iwiportng a bookmark Dom the Pile Cabinet 5 c02305 ccs devi panies E HO RO or RR Pra RR Rd 246 Having a bookmark to the File tabmal z2rieb s PRA A RERUTRRRRHRRSS EEr OTTER PSU PES 246 Berne a DOOM eeren Erinn REEE GAES RERA 246 Deleting bookmark souder dee RR SOR TRE E a RR RR ES 247 Contents Other admpusti3t ve THE ods ce gen EA Sir EAR RE REC REA AP ERIPUEG be EG ERBA ETSE REEERE EQ 247 Configuring whether bookmarks will be displayed indefinitely 00000 248 Allowing Tor lorin Loose RpPIP REDE REPE EROR REC NN EXE EES SERE sere eke Sew RADO REESE 248 BIAnaPg me DOO mis ODE uobospbe e ERUNEEN LUDERE REALM FERRE PIC PERPE RIPE PE EE Ea 249 PUNE PENNS 4 3 066p ai e PP REC ORE N Og Edad dcbantsdebrand kp E po
363. ormation do one of the following To see all the questions in the section besides the one you just searched for click the name of the section 388 e Racer Faculty Guide Insome cases you can click the question text to see more details about the question such as any feedback you set up for the question and a list of the available options for multiple choice answer questions This view does not show the answer of the question to see the answer you must locate the question in Test Builder and open the question for editing there To see a list of all the sections in the assignment click the name of the assignment Deleting a question To delete one or more questions from a saved assignment use this procedure To delete one or more questions 1 If you haven t already done so display the question you want to delete using one of the following procedures Displaying a section s questions on page 386 e Searching for questions on page 387 2 Using the checkboxes at the left select the question s you want to delete 3 Click Delete Selected The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the item s 4 Click OK 389 Working with the File Cabinet Using the Bookmarks tab The main screen of the Bookmarks tab displays the following Any folders you have created for storing bookmarks links Alist of bookmarks that you have saved that are not organized into folders The list
364. orth In any given instance of the Coursework portlet you must always have at least one unit defined By default e Racer includes a unit called Unit 1 for each instance of the portlet You can rename this unit or if you have other units defined you can delete it If appropriate you can use units as a factor in how grades are calculated That is when you set up the Gradebook you can choose to organize the Gradebook by unit which means that you can make one unit have a greater impact on students grades than another unit Note that if you organize the Gradebook by unit then the Coursework portlet will by default display assignments by unit For details on creating modifying and deleting units see Working with units on page 46 The life of an assignment 42 The way you set up an assignment varies slightly depending on the format that you are using but the general steps are as follows A Creating the assignment The process of creating an assignment includes giving it a name and defining basic settings such as whether or not the assignment is required You do this for all assignments regardless of their format This process is described in Chapter 2 Creating assignments Note that this procedure creates the assignment but does not add any content to it which is necessary for online assignments B Adding content online assignments only If an assignment is online you complete the following additional steps
365. ortlet Elements If you want to add content to a Custom Content portlet you have the choice of giving it a heading body text and an image Note also that you can enter text that links directly to a video posted on the Internet Each time you add content in this manner the piece of content is considered an element Remote content In some cases you may have the ability to add remote content to an instance of the portlet When you do this you set up the portlet to act as a window into another URL Forums Custom Content S Z Edit Content in California by Myron Re Describe the rol in Indiana by Myron Kd O ogle Describe the role of K f in Indiana by Administd in California by Myron Google Search l m Feeling Lucky IN Le Forum Home Calendar TNA Aah Ion nile AA a ae k a AS m m IS cna Bol 6m 08 Mets ali eth e Me mde fle e nim ne apande BP do aak ce ael annm m id Im 286 e Racer Faculty Guide Your ability to add remote content varies depending on whether you have the Can Add Remote Content permission which is a global portlet operation You will know you have this permission if you see within the Custom Content portlet a link labeled Show External Remote Content Custom Content There is no content in this portlet You can add content in the following way s Create Content Show external remote ent Mna If you do not
366. ottom of that section click the link labeled Edit Question Point Values The system refreshes the screen this time making the Point Value fields modifiable Make any changes necessary and click Save Deleting questions 92 At times you may want to delete questions from an assignment To delete questions 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 Do one of the following Delete questions one by one a Locate the question you want to delete and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog asking if you re sure you want to delete the item b Click OK The system deletes the question Within a section delete multiple questions at once a Locate the section that contains the questions you want to delete Click the corresponding link labeled Reorder Move Questions The system displays a screen that lists all the questions in the section b Use the checkboxes at the left to select all of the questions you want to delete c Click Delete Selected The system displays a dialog asking if you re sure you want to proceed d Click OK The system deletes the question s e Racer Faculty Guide Working with sections By design all online assignments must have at least one section The main purpose of a section is to serve as a collection of questions Within this collection you can also do any of
367. ove a post and its replies to a different category or topic within the same portlet instance To move a post and its replies 1 Login to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Display the post that you want to move 318 e Racer Faculty Guide 3 Click the Move Post icon If you don t see a Move Post icon then you are probably looking at a reply You can perform the move action only on an original post All replies to the post will also be moved e PPP 4 Re Group project Team A Original post and 2 replies 4 2010 at6 outdoor tables Amy Keita Students 8 tm tem Tant hm mn re m mm im Re Group Project pm A Those of us who could make it to last night s meeting at Strong object We throught it was a good spot nice and quiet plus the Edited Mon 5 24 2010 at 5 13 PM by Administrator A Private Comment A Edit T Delete Move Post i5 o vef rs t tulle tfe nhe nhe m t Amn uf eMe etr sls mate cn tt m oA ant ohne mati hs m ARIS etm A S neto etf A a AAT P iy The system displays a dialog box that lets you select a destination In this list categories are listed alphabetically Topics that are read only or hidden are flagged as such Move this post to Indiana General Monday s review session Issues for TAs Classroom policies Read Only Grading Hidden Weeks 10 14 Aftermath Immediate aftermath Jonestown in modern American culture S
368. owing values set for letter grades A through F A 94 to 100 e B 84 to 93 e C 74 to 83 e D 64to 73 e F 0to 63 If you want to change these values or if you want to use a plus minus grading system use the procedure below To set letter values for grades 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 2 Click the Setup tab 3 Click the link labeled Set Letter Grade Values Gradebook Setup Gradebook Grade Breakdown Options Attendance 10 00 Configure Attendance amp Custom Items Coursework 90 00 View Coursework Breakdown Total 100 00 Set Letter Grade EU Edit this Breakdovn Change Grade Weighting and Organization 189 Configuring the Gradebook 190 The system updates the screen to include a table for defining letter grades Gradebook Grade Weighting and Organization Setup Gradebook Letter Number Grade Equivalency Letter Grade Number Grade Equivalent A 94 0 84 0 B E 74 0 D 64 0 F 4 Enter the appropriate values for each letter Note that if you want to use a plus minus system with letter grades such as A and A you can add these to the table by clicking the link labeled Use 5 Click Save e Racer Faculty Guide Managing permissions By default only members of the
369. page 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the page you want to delete 2 Click Edit Page The system displays the Customize page name screen with the Properties tab displayed When you delete a page you delete all portlet instances and their content So do not proceed unless you are certain you don t need this content 3 If you are sure you want to delete the page click the Delete the page 450 Working with sub sections Sub section Honors projects s e Racer Faculty Guide A sub section is like a subset of a tab or a subset of another sub section It is essentially a collection of one or more pages You might create a sub section if you want to group pages that deal with similar topics or which are targeted to a specific role For example if you had a few pages intended just for other faculty members you might want to set up a sub section intended just for them You can also configure a separate set of permissions for a sub section so that only certain roles are allowed to display it By default sub sections are represented in the sidebar as folder icons though if appropriate you can hide the icons which also serve as links e UNE EEIT E E EE E E Home J Admissions Campus Life Candidat me ene wees You are here Academics gt English ENG gt Renais ENG 320 C Renaissance Poetry Attendance Collaboration Course Information Coursework Gradebook Main Page
370. per right corner of the main Test Builder screen the system displays the values currently set for this assignment You can remove the settings by selecting the Hide settings link Note also that if you navigate away from this view and return later the settings will no longer be displayed Coursework Test Builder 104 e Racer Faculty Guide Activating and deactivating assignments You activate an online assignment in order to make it available for students to display and submit Note that while an assignment is active you cannot modify its questions and answers the order of the sections and many other characteristics so it s a good idea to make sure you have the content exactly as you want it before you activate it This section deals only with online assignments For details on activating offline and file exchange assignments see Start on page 61 Activating an online assignment To make an online assignment available for students to display and submit you activate it Before an assignment can be activated the following must be true The assignment has at least one question defined within a non extra credit section Every question has a point value There are two ways of activating an assignment you can make the assignment active immediately or you can set a future activation date With either method before proceeding you should double check that the due date is in the future and later than your plan
371. playing in a sidebar 454 renaming 454 reordering 454 Syllabus page 29 33 336 352 T tardies penalizing students for 149 181 184 recording on the View a Session screen 158 recording on the View a Student screen 159 target context defined 400 selecting 404 Task Manager portlet previewing as a student 375 template for your course context 24 Test Analysis 43 133 displaying the main Analysis screen 140 giving other roles permission to use 50 Item Analysis 138 setting preferences for a course section 141 Test Builder 73 defined 41 giving other roles permission to use 50 key features of 74 opening an assignment in 75 working with 23 37 73 211 285 377 439 time limit for online assignments 100 true false questions 81 types in the Coursework portlet 46 54 creating 48 defined 41 54 deleting 49 organizing the Gradebook by 168 renaming 49 sorting by 45 U unexcused absences penalizing students for 181 184 tracking 149 150 158 units in the Coursework portlet 46 creating 46 48 defined 42 deleting 47 modifying 46 organizing the Gradebook by 168 reordering 47 selecting 56 sorting by 45 uploading a course cartridge into the CCI portlet 412 files as part of assignments 64 handouts 28 See also file exchange assignments users modifying permissions for 461 467 V video linking to 286 289 W warnings in Test Analysis 141 in the Attendance portlet 151 weighting method changing 172 defined 168 w
372. portlet instance by clicking its name Use the drop down list to choose the type of course section you want to display past current or future The system displays a list of the appropriate course sections Navigating to a context through All My Courses If your portal includes an instance of the All My Courses portlet use this procedure to navigate to any of your course contexts 216 To display a list of your course sections in the All My Courses portlet 1 2 3 Navigate to the page that hosts the All My Courses portlet If appropriate maximize the portlet instance by clicking its name Use the drop down list to choose the type of course section to which you want to navigate past current or future The system displays a list of the appropriate course sections Do one of the following To go to the main page of the course context click the name of the course To go the course section s Gradebook page click the word Gradebook 11 Announcements The Announcements portlet lets you post announcements for students and other roles to see In this chapter e Key concepts e Setting up an instance of the portlet e Working with announcements Announcements Key concepts The Announcements portlet is used to post and display announcements Portlet basics All instances of the Announcements portlet are essentially a window into the same announcements the only different being that some might show anno
373. r if the course context or sub section is configured to display sub section icons in the sidebar It will also be displayed in breadcrumbs For these reasons you should choose a meaningful name Note that the name will also become part of the URL and once the sub section is created you will not be able to change the URL even if you change the name Context Manager Properties Pages Sub Sections Permissions Create a New Sub Section Name can contain letters digits spaces single quotes brackets and sign Name Poetry contes I tnm nen i BS Pa e Ph Jem m tli mns nhe fem emo mien e An edem ata ee GP A mae enne tah Dehe 6 Click Create e Racer Faculty Guide The system creates your new sub section and a default page for the sub section It also displays the Sub Sections tab of the Context Manager this time with your new sub section listed Context Manager Properties Pages Sub Sections All Current Sub Sections in ENG 320 C R Name Honors projects 7 Resources for TAs Poetry contest a Create a New Sub Section If the host tab or sub section is configured to display sub sections in the sidebar the new sub section will now show up there as well tatu um e um ig PoP eu Suum I enm atu S Pam Pei ee att eee mg Home Admissions ENG 320 C Renaissance Poetry Attendance Collaboration Course Information Main Page About This Course Cale
374. r Control keys 3 In the area of the screen labeled Step 3 choose Selected Course Content 4 In the Conflicting Page Names box select one of the following Merge Overwrite Note that if you want to copy the Coursework Gradebook and Attendance pages you must select Overwrite Content from these pages cannot be merged 5 Do one or both of the following Use the checkboxes at the left to select individual pages that you want to copy e Ifyou want to copy just individual portlets on any page click the name of any page to display a list of its contents then select any specific portlets that you want to copy 405 Copying course materials 406 e If any subsections were defined for the source context select any that you want to copy If you want to copy the Coursework Gradebook and Attendance pages you must first select Overwrite in the Conflicting Page Names list at the right this is described below in step 7 Note that if you select Overwrite and if you have selected one portlet from a particular page that page within the target context will be entirely overwritten For example suppose you decide to copy the Handouts portlet from the Main page but nothing else from that page as illustrated below CERNERET Tp Step 3 What do you want to copy O Everything 9 Selected Course Content Course Information Collaboration Main Page About Intro to Chocolate Pies Calendar E Announcements
375. r individual portlet instances Depending on the type of portlet this can give the roles a wide variety of different privileges The different permissions vary by portlet and are covered in Chapter 4 Configuring the portlets e If you want a role to have the administrative privileges available through the wrench icon including the Settings and Permissions tabs you must give the role the administrative privileges in the context as described in Letting a role administer a context on page 471 Note that there is another level of portlet permissions these are global permissions Each global permission affects all instances of a particular portlet type As a faculty member you probably do not have the ability to work with global permissions but if you have a user that is having trouble accessing a portlet the reason might be global permissions also called global portlet operations For help check with your portal administrator Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution 7 3 x Administration Guide Letting a role administer a context In some cases you might want members of another role to help you manage your course section or perhaps one of its sub sections To set this up you grant that role the Can Admin privilege for the appropriate context When you give a role this permission members of the role are allowed to do the following To Display any direct child pages in the context For example if you grant a role the
376. r she can upload a second attempt as described in Reopening an assignment on page 117 As part of this process you can extend the due date for the student Enter a grade and optionally provide feedback for the student as described in Entering and adjusting grades on page 118 e Fora student who has not uploaded a file close the assignment and enter a grade as described in Closing an assignment on page 119 This section describes all these processes You may also want to extend the deadline for a particular student who has not yet uploaded a file For details on how to do this see Extending a deadline for a student on page 130 Downloading all students files at once If all or many of your students have uploaded their file exchange assignments you can download all of them at once To download all files submitted for a file exchange assignment 1 Display the Assignment Info screen as described in Navigating to the Assignment Info screen on page 111 2 Click the link labeled Download all of the submitted files for this assignment Coursework Assignment Info Exam Term Paper Unit 1 Format File Exchange Grade Method Graded out of 100 Edit this assignment amp Delete this assignment Download all of the submitted files For this assignment Student Results Student l Date Finalized Grade Anderson Jim Monday August 02 2010 4 41PM 100 teaser tnt o td a
377. r t Read More Classes canceled as swine flu scare spreads Posted By Laura Martin Fri June 12 2009 1 20 PM As the university s swine flu scare spreads officials today announced that all classes are canceled immediately and no schedule is in place for reconvening the summer session The recent case of suspected swine flu scare that erupted at DISCUSS 6 Read More Animal rights activitists accuse JU of cruelty in labs Fri June 12 2009 1 05 PM A group of animal activists are accusing JU of allowing cruel and unusual treatment of animals in labs used at certain post graduate science departments on the Kansas City Mo campus The group a coalition of students and community activists Read More Tensions run high at union talks Fri June 12 2009 12 11 PM A spokesman for striking teachers on Wednesday called the Board of Regents a bunch of lunatics who have gravely miscalculated with their last offer The inflammatory language came just a few hours after a sober news conference at which Spokesman Read More View more posts By default the portlet instance displays the headline and the opening text of each post and users must click through to read the entire item The system uses a vertical bar at the left to denote whether the item is being displayed for the first time If the item is marked important the bar at the left is red otherwise it is blue The next time the s
378. r the assignment Note that you will not be able to change this value later Using the Type drop down list choose a type for the assignment Note that you can create a new type if necessary by clicking Add an Assignment Type and filling out the form that s displayed Use the Required drop down list to classify the assignment as one of the following 65 Creating assignments 66 Required Extra Credit Optional If this is an offline or file exchange assignment use the Grade Method drop down list to classify the assignment as one of the following e Credit No Credit e Graded Not graded If this in an online assignment skip ahead to step 9 Use the Unit drop down list to select a unit Note that you can create a new unit if necessary by clicking Add a Unit and filling out the form that s displayed pt mme tt tm Am meta rm mtm emunt Unit Calvino v Description Default Font 7 Size 7 YIB ZUA Z R N E A T EE N In the Description field enter a description for the assignment In the Instructions field enter instructions If this is an online assignment and if you want to require students to submit a password enter one in the Password Protect field In the Start area of the screen do one of the following Ifthe assignment will not be active right away but you want students to be able to see it listed in the Coursework portlet select the Display While Inactive checkbox If this
379. re displayed even if all items have been weighted and even if no grades have been dropped 195 Reviewing and adjusting grades 196 To review an individual student s progress 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 Locate the name of the student whose work you want to review and click that student s name The system displays the Gradesheet for that student If appropriate display details about the coursework items the student submitted To do this click the View All Assignments link AA um T eT gl tm ata Le mE utt ee ee uem rem metet Score Score Score Weighted Grade Points A A 85 5 out of 90 0 e a NAJAM NE N View All n ia The system expands the Coursework section to include a column for each assignment In the illustration below the percentage in parentheses represents the weight of the assignment Se tut m m mm ette me em t me m patate A y m E E RO es f m rm p mA a es m e m fly m JRA em mtn Coursework Detail Unit 1 50 2 96 Study tmo qui OFA s gue 2 Tt 7 2 7 2 2 7 2 0 29 A c A A You must give this coursework item a weight value Grade values in red have been dropped Ne WT AM nent Math hh 2 a Aardman has Bahl anah A Mate oh Bs Pede AI NAO a AU om ny De AR ay nO m aA ned 5 e Racer Faculty Guide Entering scor
380. reat job Rate ofer Ae dh oem Am nis site fto Anta tette OR Heres tte atte aerem ment tam Ae aa e When you click Next Page or Previous Page within an assignment that you re reviewing the system saves any scores and comments that you entered before displaying the next or previous page However you must at some point click Save Scores before the system will recognize that the assignment has been fully graded 5 When finished or if you want to set the assignment aside for a while click Save Scores You can resume later and modify your comments and scores though there are some things you should be aware of if you click Save Scores after providing a score for every question Ifyou go back to modify scores later you can add or reduce the point value that you gave for any question but the system will not allow you to clear the Points field of any value If you clear the value and click Save Scores the system will continue to show the student the last valid value that was saved Ifthe system is set up to allow review when the grade is available the student will be able to display and review your scores and comments as soon as you save them For this reason you might prefer to set up the assignment so that review isn t allowed until after the due date has passed You can also configure the system to never allow review then change this setting after you have finished adding all of your remarks For details on allowing students to re
381. reen 3 In the area of the screen labeled Main Screen locate the field labeled Number 4 Enter the number of posts that you want to display on the maximized view of the portlet Bear in mind that the number you enter here can also limit the number of posts displayed in the initial view of the portlet 234 e Racer Faculty Guide mU erm ty toa mum mm umm Te Stee te S Headine Only Summary OF ull Item Number Display the most recent posts at a time older posts are displayed in the archive euh aoa n M os lu e th Bam a tien he on dis Aui APIs oA om nale MR A e 5 Scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Save 235 Blog Managing permissions When configuring this portlet you can specify which roles can do each of the following Post blog items Administer the portlet instance Comment on Blog items You can grant the first two permissions using the wrench icon as described in Allowing roles to post blog items access the Setup menu on page 236 You control commenting permissions using the Setup menu as described in Allowing roles to comment on page 238 Note that there are no global portlet operations for the Blog portlet What this means is that any user with permission to display a page hosting the portlet instance can display the instance and any Blog posts that have not been restricted by authors Allowing roles to post blog items access the Setup menu 236 For each portl
382. reen listing each sub section and its order in the sidebar 4 Use the boxes at the left to specify the new order Context Manager Properties Pages Sub Sections Permissions Sidebar Order Sub Section Name 2 Honors projects 3 Resources for TAs 1l Poetry contest 5 Click Save The system displays a dialog stating that you have successfully reordered the sub sections Reordering page links in a sidebar When displayed in a sidebar the system places pages in the same order that they were created in However you can change this 458 e Racer Faculty Guide To reorder pages 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the parent tab or sub section whose pages you want to re order Click Context Manager The system displays the Context Manager screen with the Properties tab selected by default Select the Pages tab Click Reorder ee Rag visui of 0 rere I eraot 7 RI a miu Context Manager Properties All Current Pages in Football Pages Sub Sections Permissions Default Page O Homecoming Page Name The End Zone currently is default page Ask the coach b Create a new page t Alit Hh om Alas mallet Bote cdita ha A obra Phat atom dE PS BM a orn An mah in Par iach I The system displays a screen listing each page and its order in the sidebar Use the boxes at the left to specify the new order Click Save The system displays a di
383. rent view Facul View as Students has 4s gt Coursework e Manage Types ien t sta katani es j Ch Reorder Units ess For details on this feature see Chapter 25 Previewing a context as a student e Racer Faculty Guide Methods of classifying an assignment This section describes the key classifications used to define every assignment in the Coursework portlet Formats Types e Units Formats A Coursework assignment can exist in any of three formats By Online These assignments are created and completed in the portal You add content to online assignments using Test Builder which is a component of the Coursework portlet File exchange These assignments are completed outside the portal but they are c uploaded and turned in through the Coursework portlet For example this format might be used for a term paper that is completed in Microsoft Word and then transferred to the instructor through the portal Offline This format is intended for assessments of the student that take place outside the d portal For example you might use the offline format to track students grades on an oral presentation You could also use this format to track and record an overall grade for participation in the course You select a format when you create an assignment Once the assignment is saved for the first time the format cannot be changed Types Each assignment you create must be c
384. riate assignment and click the corresponding View Sections link The system displays a list of the assignment s sections Use the checkboxes at the left to select the section s you want to import Click Import Selected The system imports the selected section s along with each section s settings and questions Modifying a section Use this procedure to modify a section Note that if the assignment is already active you cannot modify certain fields To modify a section 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 Locate the section you want to edit and click the corresponding Edit Section link The system displays the Edit Section form Modify any of the fields as appropriate For more details on any of the fields mentioned below see About sections on page 93 Note that if the assignment is already active you cannot modify the Section Type or Extra Credit fields Click Save Reordering sections When you create or modify a section you have the ability to select where the section will display However once you ve created a few sections you may want to reorder them You can reorder sections only if the assignment is not yet active To reorder sections 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 Click the l
385. rks vrtirsouraes arid SECHODR e o chee Surio pb qu kde eed rede dears babies qa REEE kaos 431 Peak S COUDRET s ecso a EBERT REUNERRORE EN E ERR bx REC SU Reg C KPESEADOMC EE SE 431 uc oii TRE eee Oye Ede wee TET 432 MG ing BeOS oue eee dicent one Oh exes ipie pariet eare Ouro SOR debariasdebd Eee Seki eS 434 Modifying S COUTSe RECHON iis ceiied Ooi bees ee rE Atr Eire Oe SESS HAAS ERAS RAPERE iE 434 OCIS 4 CONSE Ai ket bob Ded pa ne Oke dated bead Geen Ups E ITE doh eee bebe y Eas ded 435 Delenng a COUR LOCO cos es bee pb aeee a E EA EDEN coat eke whee oulndesededuen dees 437 Pages sub sections and roles 439 Chapter 30 Managing the layout of a context 0005 441 WORD VAPI EE TRI TR errem 442 Creanng a page cseodsped ote reed Rs RA VER RU HR bo eco Reb Rd eco ed ed eR AOR eR d a 442 Renan S DaEG ro cresPerpbR RESEY RENE ERRRUEREQU MR Ua p ha ad Rescue Pe REESE 444 Making d pase the derati 25255 oe bb pde EP CoU aeee 445 Working with portlet instances 410s xoceee er eR tiered ERR e RORAE E eC roe Be oe Ver Reto ds 445 Moing s pude s velt Lees bkwic bester ebkeawbx eexdqpsrubEseckkes4 ix P RPOAT REESE 449 Dl te a obe ie hb ee ee ee ede e bg e ede d ad ebd etie ree 450 Working with SUBSECHONS accu eher RR ree bR OU SRR CREE CR RU CRURA Es EHR RE TSE RUE EU e 451 Keak 8 qub ROCHON sa see bs hee OLe ees eS dois RIDERE RN ee Sede VEU KNEE REESE 452 Kong 9 ae te ee ee Ed ee ee E ee rere ere eres ere 454 Dele a S8D SOC
386. rocedure to delete one or more bookmarks saved in your File Cabinet To delete one or more bookmarks 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and click the Bookmarks tab 2 Using the column at the left select the item s that you want to delete 3 Click Delete Selected The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the bookmarks 4 Click OK 391 Working with the File Cabinet Using the Handouts tab The main screen of the Handouts tab displays a list of handouts you have saved and any folders you have created for storing handouts The initial view shows the following details about each handout The size of the file The date it was uploaded not necessarily the date the file was saved to the File Cabinet The file type Note that from this initial view you can also display or download the handout For help creating folders into which you can organize your saved handouts see Working with folders on page 397 This section assumes that you are familiar with the general characteristics of handouts For more details about handouts see Chapter 21 Handouts Adding a handout Use this procedure to create a handout that will be stored in your File Cabinet To add a handout 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and cli
387. roject Team A by Myron Kouts on Tue 5 4 2010 at 6 21 PM e 3 1 ME said My OA RE at A a a mihe n aAa Note that when you allow a role to Access a category they do not necessarily have permission to submit posts Permission to submit posts is managed separately by clicking the wrench icon and making choices on the Permissions tab Further note that regardless of how access is restricted the category and its contents are always viewable by any role that has permission to administer the portlet instance For details on selecting who can administer the portlet see Working with the permissions tab on page 329 e Racer Faculty Guide Creating a category Use this procedure to create a category If you need help with any particular setting see Attributes of a category on page 302 To create a category 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet and click the Edit Forum button ge met uv t Ft trm TH py tu tmn tmu ES ume tuy mt I n H i b Subscribe Post or Reply Access J Re Group project Team A sby Laura Martin on Tue 5 4 2010 at 6 21 PM e 4 t hs DAAD a Marna aafe Pme a Mie aidh ms Ros ates AD ASA Raf mle S m An 3 Click Add a Category The system displays the Adding a Category screen 4 In the Category Name field enter a name for the category 5 If appropriate enter a description in the Category Description field 6 As appropriate adjust the settings for a
388. rse Materials portlet 399 403 copying materials to another course section 35 377 399 course calendars 130 course context calendar for 264 copying material to a different context 399 default layout of 24 28 defined 24 navigating to using Quick Links 27 previewing 373 Course Creator portlet 36 and course sections 432 and courses 431 and departments 426 and terms 429 Course Information page 29 31 Course Search portlet 35 277 Course Syllabus portlet 33 287 Coursemates portlet 30 281 copying to a different course context 401 Coursework portlet 29 33 73 133 Organize by drop down list 45 adding content to online assignments 73 and Student Emulation 375 and the Gradebook 168 169 copying to a different course context 402 default view of 40 44 54 overview of 32 39 40 previewing as a student 376 See also Test Builder creating a page 442 a reading in the Readings portlet 358 a section in an online assignment 96 a set in the Handouts portlet 341 a sub section 452 atype 48 a unit in the Coursework portlet 46 48 an assignment 42 custom items in the Gradebook 186 portal only courses departments and terms 36 423 portal only departments 432 portal only user accounts 36 portlet instances on a page 449 Custom Content portlet 28 33 285 copying to a different course context 402 custom items creating in the Gradebook 186 474 deleting 188 modifying 187 D deactivating online assignments 105 default pages for tabs or
389. rtlet lets you integrate material into any of the following portlet types Announcements Bookmarks e Coursework Forums IMS compliant course cartridges only Handouts e File Cabinet e Racer Faculty Guide Integrating material into your portlet instances is a two part process that involves bringing the material into a CCI portlet instance then transferring it to the appropriate portlet in your course context In other words you complete the following tasks A Bringing material into a CCI portlet instance on page 412 B Integrating content into another portlet on page 417 Host content that users can browse You can use the CCI portlet as a repository in which users can browse the material of a course cartridge In other words you complete the following task A Bringing material into a CCI portlet instance on page 412 B Managing the display of items in the portlet on page 420 optional Portlet instance functionality vs universal The material that each CCI portlet instance holds is specific to that instance alone Similarly the ability of a user to manage content within CCI is specific to each instance of the portlet There are no global permissions global portlet operations for the CCI portlet Every instance of the CCI portlet will always let you import from your File Cabinet Using password protected items If you upload cartridges that contain individually password protected items you may want
390. ry depending on design choices made at your school For details on the default setup that JICS uses see Understanding your course context on page 28 27 Introduction Understanding your course context This section describes both the key e Racer portlets and the structure of the default template for course contexts If your school has created its own template or if you have modified your own context then the layout described in this section may not match what you see However the behavior of the portlets is always the same no matter what pages or tabs they are associated with So even if your school uses a different template you can refer to the sections below for a quick snapshot of how the portlets are meant to be used Main page 28 In the default layout every course context has a Main page which is the page that is automatically displayed when you first navigate to the context Portlets on the Main page The default layout of the Main page includes the following elements About This Course You can use About This Course to list details about the course section This portlet though it is named About This Course is actually an instance of the Custom Content portlet which is described in Chapter 19 Custom Content Announcements You can use this portlet for posting announcements Announcements can be posted for all members of the course context or for particular roles or individuals only For details see
391. s 402 e Racer Faculty Guide Note that the Downloadable Version portlet is an instance of the Handouts portlet so all of the above applies to it Readings When you copy an instance of the Readings portlet you copy its sets and any readings that have been defined You also copy its permissions the selections make after you click the wrench icon and going to the Permissions tabs Other portlets In general with other portlets only settings and permissions are copied not data For details go to the Copy Courses Materials portlet and proceed as if you are copying selected content only When you display the details of pages including the portlets on each page the system will display a brief explanation of how each portlet would be copied Navigating to the Copy Course Materials portlet To display the Copy Course Materials portlet In the Quick Links sidebar click the Copy Courses link The system displays the Copy Course Materials portlet Note that there are two main methods of copying materials copying everything and copying selected materials only The remainder of this chapter details these options 403 Copying course materials Copying everything 404 When you copy everything from one context to another you delete all content in the target course and replace it with copied material from the source Note the following The material copied includes everything listed under What can you
392. s 1 If you haven t already done so display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 and click the Readings tab 2 Using the column at the left select the item s that you want to delete 3 Click Delete Selected The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the readings 4 Click OK 395 Working with the File Cabinet Using the Course Cartridges tab The main screen of the Course Cartridges tab displays a list of course cartridges that you uploaded using the CCI portlet and any folders you have created for storing course cartridges The initial view shows the following details about each cartridge The name of the cartridge The date it was imported from the CCI portlet The file type and version number The cartridge s size File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Readings Course Cartridges Course Cartridges Cartridge Date Imported Type Version Size L ccvtd0007v1p14_10 20 10 165 zip 7 29 2010 6 51 51 PM IMS Common Cartridge 1 0 0 9 00 B J ccvtd0013v1p08_10 20 10 165 zip 7 30 2010 3 57 38 PM IMS Common Cartridge 1 0 0 329 00 O 113 Quiz 4 ZIP 8 2 2010 3 36 22 PM OTHER 1 0 Delete Selected Dm ai MI ta MR cm niens o Li emo hme n dh oh dene 34 mans a A diia ohh dor ib eat dae cd Stet een nom aec If you need to delete a cartridge you can do so using the trash barrel icon or by selecting one or more cartridges and
393. s Setup Gradebook Count 1 Unexcused Absence after Never a Times Tardy No credit for attendance after wA Unexcused Absences P Biens iaces ER Ifyou track by minute or by hour specify the exact amount of time missed or a percentage of time missed that will void the student s attendance credit Gradebook Configure Attendance amp Custom Items Setup Gradebook No credit for attendance after 100 Minutes Absent N Automatic course failure 9 No automatic failure mtem sh Pon om dto dm eot mnn ns on m dn mith Aeon onn ae ttn fen hm unt nth atem dunt sntetinrrnnmmn teft a uat 6 Click Save Automatically failing students who miss class If appropriate you can set up your class so that students who are habitually absent or late fail automatically To automatically fail students who miss class Ifyou haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 2 Click the Setup tab 3 Click the link labeled Configure Attendance amp Custom Items 4 Locate the area of the screen labeled Automatic course failure Note that by default the No automatic failure radio button is selected 5 Select the radio button labeled Automatic failure after The exact labeling of this field will vary depending on how you track attendance in the Attendance portlet 183 Configuring the Grad
394. s all the questions in the section 3 Use the text boxes to put the questions in the order you want 4 Click Save Working with point values Before you can activate an assignment all of its questions must have point values Use these procedures to ensure each question has the appropriate value e Assigning point values to questions e Modifying a question s point value Assigning point values to questions After you create questions you must assign a point value to each of them You do this for each section in the assignment To assign point values to the questions in a section 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 2 Scroll down to the section that contains the questions that require point values 3 Inthe Point Value field for each question enter the appropriate number of points 4 Click Save Modifying a question s point value If you need to go back and modify a point value that you previously saved you can as long as the assignment is not currently active For help deactivating an assignment see Deactivating an online assignment on page 107 To modify a question s point value 1 If you haven t already done so open the assignment in Test Builder as described in Opening an assignment in Test Builder on page 75 91 Locate the section that contains the question whose value you want to change At the b
395. s and other elements 424 essay questions 82 extra credit allowing in an online assignment 102 designating a section as an extra credit section 95 F feedback about personalized feedback 110 entering personalized feedback for file exchange assignments 118 entering personalized feedback for offline assignments 113 entering personalized feedback for online assignments 122 leaving overall feedback about the course 198 setting up automatic feedback for online assignments 74 78 86 File Cabinet 377 Bookmarks tab 390 Coursework tab 382 Handouts tab 392 importing an assignment from 67 importing handouts from 346 importing questions from 88 importing readings from 359 navigating to 380 organizing with folders 397 overview of 34 378 Readings tab 394 saving handouts to 346 saving readings to 359 saving to 378 File Cabinet integrating coursepack material into 417 file exchange assignments closing 119 defined 41 grading 58 formats 41 53 Forums allowing viewing access to a category 304 311 pruning 303 Forums portlet 30 copying to a different course context 402 e Racer Faculty Guide G global portlet operations troubleshooting 261 Grade Method for offline and file exchange assignments 58 Gradebook 30 33 40 42 163 about the Grade Overview 194 automatically dropping bad grades 178 configuring 165 copying to a different course context 402 creating custom items 186 organization methods 168 overview of 163 previewing
396. s for Student Name The exact display of this part of the screen will vary depending on a few factors Ifthe assignment includes questions that still must be manually graded this area of the screen includes a few fields Results for Jim Anderson Status The base grade for this test cannot be fully calculated until you review and grade more online tests Grade 100 Adjustment 0 Use a negative adjustment i e 2 to lower the grade Completed On Tuesday August 03 2010 12 58 PM Feedback Ifyou already graded any questions that required manually grading this area of the screen will not include any fields to be filled in Similarly If the assignment consists solely of 124 e Racer Faculty Guide automatically graded questions this area of the screen will not include any fields to be filled in In this case click the link labeled Change adjustment feedback Results for Jim Anderson Grade 75 100 Adjustment 0 Final Grade 75 100 Completed On Tuesday August 03 2010 12 58 PM Graded On Tuesday August 03 2010 1 17 PM Feedback Change adjustment feedback In response the system adds fields to this area of the screen In the Adjustment area of the screen do either of the following as appropriate To inflate student s score enter the number of points you want to add to the total To reduce the student s score enter a minus sign followed by the number of points you want to subtract
397. s hours for the session e You can configure the system to eliminate the student s attendance credit after he or she is absent for a certain number of minutes or hours Excused absences do not count against the student even though they show up as giving the student zero minutes hours for the session Selecting an attendance marking method 150 This section describes how to configure the appropriate method for tracking students attendance To configure the attendance marking method 1 Display the settings screen a Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance as described in Navigating to the Attendance portlet on page 148 b Click the Settings link The system displays the Attendance Notification and Attendance Method screen 2 Under Attendance Marking Method select the appropriate option 3 Scroll to the bottom of the screen and click Save e Racer Faculty Guide Working with warnings If desired you can configure the system to send warnings if students have too many unexcused absences You define how many are too many in the Attendance portlet s settings screen These warnings can take any of the following forms A message sent to the student via the Message Center e A message sent to you via the Message Center Ae mail message sent to an account that you specify When you use this option messages are automatically sent at the time that the student crosses the threshold of having too m
398. s link e If this is a matching question list each item and the correct match for that item Note that you can expand the number of fields by clicking either Add more objects or Add more unmatched options If you want the system to display feedback for students select the Add automatic feedback link For details on what this would look like see About automatic feedback on page 86 The system adds three fields to the screen General Info This is feedback that s displayed for all students regardless of how they answered 67 88 On Correct Answer This is feedback that s displayed for students who answered correctly On Incorrect Answer This is feedback that s displayed for all students who answered incorrectly Enter text in any of these fields as appropriate 9 Doone ofthe following Click Save The system saves the question and it again displays the main Test Builder page for the assignment From here you can set a possible score for each question as described in Modifying questions among other options Use the Add More Questions area to specify the type of questions that you want to enter next then click Save and Add More The system saves the question s you created in steps 2 through 8 and displays a form for entering a new question or questions Importing questions from the File Cabinet If you have previously saved assignments to your File Cabinet you may want to import one or more
399. s option announcements sent to the user by name are not shown and announcements sent to base roles are not shown General With this setup the portlet instance displays all announcements the user has permission to see regardless of where in the portal the announcements were created and regardless of what type of role they were posted to This includes announcements sent to The user by name Base roles that the user belongs to e Context specific roles that the user belongs to With either of these two setups the information contained in the portlet instance is not specific to that instance As stated above under Key concepts this portlet always simply offers a window into the same set of announcements However with the General window the scope of the window is larger To choose the type of announcements the portlet will show 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Announcements screen with the Preferences tab selected Click the Settings tab 219 Announcements The system displays the Settings screen Customize portlet Announcements Preferences Settings Permissions Direct Link Change portlet settings Portlet Type O General 9 Context Based Choose whether the portlet shows all of the announcements or those specific to the cu See bbe te Pena rr rou cs DE Uo CLE e met oen t ee 3 Inthe area of t
400. s who answered the question incorrectly The higher the difficulty rating the harder the question was You can configure the system to display a warning if any question is too easy using the Low Difficulty Warning field or too difficult using the High Difficulty Warning field Discrimination index The discrimination index is a number between 1 and 1 that tells you how effective a question was at distinguishing between high and low performers The closer the number is to 1 the better the question was at making this distinction The discrimination index is the difference between the percentage of high performers who got a question right and the percentage of low performers who got it right A negative discrimination index is problematic because it means that more low performers than high performers answered correctly Distractor performance Distractors are the incorrect options offered as part of a multiple choice answer question The percentage of students who choose a particular distractor is its distractor performance Possible values are between 0 and 99 Ideally you want a question s distractors to be chosen with equal or close to equal frequency For this reason you can configure the system to warn you if there is a large disparity among the distractor performances for the various incorrect options For example suppose you set the Poor Distractor Performance Warning to 20 percent In this case if 10 percent of students chose
401. screen that includes a field labeled URL In the URL field enter an address For example you can reference an HTML file stored on your school s web server or an Internet site The system will automatically add an http prefix if you do not type one in Custom Content URL www google coml Click Save 291 Custom Content Modifying remote content Use this procedure to add an element to a Custom Content portlet instance To modify remote content 1 Navigate to the Custom Content portlet instance that is hosting remote content 2 Click the link labeled Edit Content Z Edit Content mA IETA NN ONS Sr eniad Shh MIN o Me ous Ads Ha a dett em 6 iy als ou din enl 3 Inthe URL field enter one of the following The system displays a form where you can edit the URL you chose 4 Make any changes necessary To rid this portlet of any remote content simply delete everything in the URL field 5 Click Save Managing permissions In some cases you may want to allow members of another role to assist you with management of a Custom Content portlet For example you might want to allow another role permission to do the following Add elements e Reorder and modify elements Delete elements This section explains how to grant other roles permission to complete these tasks To let a role manage elements in a Custom Content portlet 1 Navigate to the appropriate Custom Content portlet instance
402. settings could be more restrictive than the category setting and hide it from a user s view Users with permission to display the category also have the ability to subscribe to it though the subscription will show only those posts that the user is allowed to see as determined by topic permissions as well as other settings Displaying a topic and its posts Permission to see a topic s heading its description and its posts is determined at the topic level by the topics s Access setting You set this when you create or edit the topic However note that if the category s Access setting is more restrictive than the topic s the topic will not be displayed Note also that some posts could be hidden from general view and some replies could be hidden from people who have not yet submitted their own replies for details see Editing a user s post or reply on page 315 For details on a topic s Access setting see Access on page 304 Submitting posts responses and modifying them You give a user permission to submit and edit posts and replies through the wrench settings for the portlet These include the following Can Add Posts Can Edit and Delete Own Posts Can Reply to Posts When you give a role any of these permissions the role has the corresponding privileges only in those topics that they have permission to display as determined by the Access settings for the topic and category Note that these three permissions are handled dis
403. several portlets designed to facilitate the learning process The ability of a user to display pages and use portlets will vary depending on the roles to which that user is assigned Each role is associated with different privileges and you have the opportunity to fine tune these privileges each time you manage permissions for a particular page or portlet This section describes these concepts in greater detail About the default template e Racer comes with a default template for course contexts This default template includes several pages that host the key e Racer portlets However it is possible for your school to develop its own template which could include more or fewer portlets as well as a different layout This guide assumes that you are using the default template If you are using a custom template or if you have manually modified the layout of a particular context then the navigational instructions in this guide may not apply to you and some portlets may not be available How a teacher uses the course context 24 In general you can use a course context to complete tasks such as the following Track students attendance Configure the system to send warnings to students who are habitually late e Assign a value to attendance that is automatically factored into students midterm and final grades Posta list of readings e Distribute handouts e Start participate in and monitor discussions in forums and chatro
404. sework portlet instance for the course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 2 Locate the assignment you want to delete 3 Click the corresponding trash barrel icon Weeks 11 15 Fitzgerald dh Add an Assignment Import test from File Cabinet Assignment Flappers and Philosophers The Great Gatsby Tender Is the Night Fitzgerald and alcoholism Term Paper 3 T T T T E SCOS a a a a a prm DLE CUTE SUN EY LE T WU CUNT NU ER NM Ry NY TRU m YN The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the assignment 4 Click OK The system removes the assignment 71 Creating assignments 72 3 Adding content to online assignments This chapter describes Test Builder the tool you use to build and manage online assignments In this chapter Key concepts Opening an assignment in Test Builder Working with questions Working with sections e Previewing an assignment Managing online assignment settings Activating and deactivating assignments Key concepts Test Builder is a component of the Coursework portlet You use Test Builder to develop online assignments 74 Specifically you can use Test Builder to do any of the following Add questions to assignments and if appropriate configure answers for them For questions with configured answers the system automatically grades the student s work For questio
405. signed to that unit so make sure that you want to delete everything before you proceed 47 Planning your assignments If you want to save some of the assignments before you delete the unit consider saving them to the File Cabinet To delete a unit 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 Locate the unit that you want to delete and click the corresponding trash barrel icon M j Ga C8 j Cg 1 T i Delete Required 100 AM Homework Required B AM Reading Required ip PM Quiz Required k Nea Gesell Pe An tile a rdi ade mami The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the unit and all of its contents Click OK The system removes the unit and its assignments Working with types 48 This section describes how to create modify and delete types For details on what a type is see Types on page 41 Creating a type Use this procedure to create a type To create a type 1 If you haven t already done so display the Coursework portlet instance for the appropriate course section as described in Navigating to the Coursework portlet on page 44 Click Manage Types The system displays the Manage Types screen Click Add a Type The system displays the Add a New Type screen Enter a name for the new type
406. so choose an end date for the post For details see Editing a user s post or reply on page 315 To change a post s display setting Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Display the post that you want to work with Click the Visible link which is at the bottom right of the post If this link is not displayed you are probably looking at a reply not an original post You can perform this action only on an original post though the action will also affect all replies to the post When you click the Visible link the system displays a dialog box that lets you select an action Change Display of this post Current Display Visible Delete tee Mte cs ammo hs FO he athe Meehan Amand 2 cote m ers PN mes Rennes Mm mae Um e efe see oh MM mft tm Stam vimm m 3 Make a selection and click OK e Racer Faculty Guide The system takes the appropriate action Working with an approval queue This section explains how to work with posts and replies in a topic where approval is required If you need help setting up a topic so that approval is required see Moderation on page 311 Indicators for end users When a user displays a topic where approval is required a dialog stating as much is displayed at the top of the screen mmm yy rw tm lay tem tele T tty T pe ee grt uve z wee T att LT rem teu ut um umm Tm rtm tL prm TAA Et et Forums gt Indiana E Moderator approval is required Posts and replies in
407. specific field see Attributes of a bookmark on page 244 Click Save 245 Bookmarks Importing a bookmark from the File Cabinet This procedure describes how to import a bookmark from the File Cabinet To create a bookmark 1 Login to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet instance 3 Click the link labeled Import Bookmarks from File Cabinet The system displays the Edit gt Import Bookmarks from File Cabinet screen 4 Locate the bookmarks you want to import and click the corresponding checkboxes 5 Click Import Selected Saving a bookmark to the File Cabinet Use this procedure to save a bookmark to the File Cabinet To save a bookmark to the File Cabinet 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet instance 3 Locate the bookmark you want to save and select the corresponding checkbox 4 Atthe bottom of the portlet set the drop down list to Save to the File Cabinet The system updates the screen to include a Submit button 5 Click Submit Editing a bookmark 246 Use this procedure to edit a bookmark You might use these steps if you want to do any of the following Change the label or URL of a bookmark Change its description Change its start or end date delete it or make it inactive if the portlet instance is using the display indicator which is described in Configuring whether bookmarks will be di
408. splayed indefinitely on page 248 To edit a bookmark 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet instance e Racer Faculty Guide 3 Locate the bookmark that you want to edit and click the corresponding pencil icon Bookmarks Edit View New translations d LZ C9 H This set contains links to new translations of some of the foreign language works we have been studying CI Guittone d Arezzo PD C Agrippa d Aubign Ps L Guido Guinizelli OT eene etn ABS eem dte om A n MUR LIN Aon Le altes AD Rms Hn Posee manne ABS eamm dte om A a AUS Lum A Aem S Le al mm nity Aa S fS Pme em fot Lam a en nmt es ue t andes Aa The system displays a form Make any necessary changes For help understanding a specific field see Attributes of a set on page 241 5 Click Save Deleting a bookmark Use this procedure to delete a topic As an alternative to this procedure you can also choose to make the bookmark inactive which might be useful if you want to hide the bookmark from students but have the option of making it active again later For details see Editing a bookmark on page 246 To delete a bookmark 1 Login to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet instance Locate the bookmark that you want to edit and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog asking whether you are sure you want to del
409. splays an Options tab which allows you to do any of the following e Set the post to display later and make it either read only or hidden until then The default setting is that posts are displayed immediately 315 Forums 316 Set an end date for the post After the post s end date you can make it read only or hidden or you can have the system delete it The default setting is that posts are displayed indefinitely Specify that an individual who wants to reply to the post can do either of the following Reply as many times as they like Reply only once In this case if the user has replied and then displays the post again the system hides the Reply button both on the original post and on all the replies unless the user has the Can Administer Portlet permission The default setting is that users can reply as many times as they like Specify that after a user submits a reply the reply is displayed Immediately this is the default Only after each user has responded After a specified time The Options tab also contains a link that lets you edit the topic which might be necessary if you want to change the moderation settings for the topic For details on how a post behaves when has been marked read only or hidden see About visible read only and hidden items on page 301 Making your edits Use this procedure to edit a post or reply For help understanding the available choices see Content and
410. ssions screen which lists all the roles defined for this context as well as all the global roles 4 Locate the role that should be able to administer this instance of the Chat portlet Select the corresponding checkbox in the Can Admin Chat column 5 Click Save 275 Chat 276 17 Course Search If you have access to the Course Search portlet you can use it to display details about specific course sections This might be useful if you want to review details about sections taught by other faculty members In this chapter e Key concepts Displaying details about course sections Course Search Key concepts The Course Search portlet lets both you and your students search for course sections and display details about them Information displayed When you search for course sections the portlet displays the following details about each section Its code The name of the course The term if you did not enter it as part of the search criteria The faculty member who teaches or taught it Its schedule Optionally the description for of the associated course if a description exists The portlet finds both those course sections that were created in the ERP system and those that were created in the portal as described in Creating portal only courses on page 423 Note that if a course section was created within the ERP system but never imported into the portal this portlet will not return results about i
411. st of the available categories 3 Locate the category you want to delete and click the corresponding trash barrel icon Bulletin Boards Order Categories 1 Materials 2 2 sesta iN Manage Add a Category The system generates a dialog asking if you are sure that you want to delete the category 4 Click OK 255 Bulletin Boards Working with topics When you add an instance of the Bulletin Boards portlet to a page by default it contains a topic called Open Discussion within the General topic However you may want to rename this topic and or add and edit additional topic Note that the portlet instance must have at least one topic and one category in order for users to be able to post items Attributes of a topic In the Bulletin Boards portlet a category has the several attributes which you can configure Name A word or phrase that describes the category and is displayed to any user with permission to display the category Description Additional description of the category displayed to any user with permission to display the portlet instance Category You must pick a category that will host the topic List This Topic After You use this setting to specify where this topic will be placed relative to other topics Start and End You use these settings to specify when the topic will be displayed The default settings are that they will be displayed immediately
412. stance 2 Maximize the portlet instance 3 Choose Manage gt Add a Set The system displays a form 241 Bookmarks 4 Fillout the fields as appropriate For help understanding a specific field see Attributes of a set on page 241 5 Click Save or Save and Add Another Modifying a set Use this procedure to do any of the following Change the name or description of a set Change the position of a set relative to the other sets e Reorder the bookmarks within a set To edit a set Login to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet instance Choose Manage gt Edit Set gt name of set Bookmarks Edit View Hide Editing Tools Add a Bookmark r Cg P ks to new translations of sont Edit a Set New C Order Sets Study abroad opportunities L Agrippa d Aubigne The system displays a form 3 Make any necessary changes For help understanding a specific field see Attributes of a set on page 241 4 Click Save Reordering sets 242 You can change the position of one set when you edit it as described above in Modifying a set However if you want to rearrange all of the sets you may want to use the steps described below To reorder categories 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate portlet instance 2 Maximize the portlet instance e Racer Faculty Guide 3 Choose Manage gt Order Sets Bookmarks Edit View M
413. stance of the portlet So a user could have broad permissions in one portlet instance but in another instance the user might have permission to read posts and nothing more Permissions are managed through at a variety of levels and are discussed through this section The following list offers an overview Navigating to the portlet As with all other portlets a role s ability to display an instance of the Forums portlet is determined by whether the role is allowed to display the page For details on managing page permissions see 299 Forums 300 Letting a role view pages and context links on page 469 Put another way as long as the user can display the page he or she can display the portlet instance though the user may or may not have permission to display any categories topics or posts Users with permission to display the portlet instance also have the ability to subscribe to it though the subscription will show only those posts and replies that the user is allowed to see as determined by category and topic permissions as well as other settings Displaying a category Permission to display a category s heading and its description is determined at the category level by the category s Access setting You set this when you create or edit the category For details on this setting see Access on page 304 This same setting allows a role to display the topics contained within the category though the topic s own
414. student s attendance history About the Attendance page If you are using the default template for course contexts the Attendance page is read only This means you cannot remove the Attendance portlet nor can you add additional portlets to the page 147 Tracking attendance Navigating to the Attendance portlet This procedure explains how to display the Attendance portlet These steps assume that your school uses the default template for course contexts If your school has customized the template your Attendance portlet might be located elsewhere To navigate to the Attendance portlet 1 Navigate to the appropriate course context as described in Navigating to a course context on page 29 2 Inthe left hand pane select the Attendance page The system displays the Attendance page which hosts the Attendance portlet Attendance lt August 2010 gt Most Recent Session Name Tuesday 8 3 i 2 a 5 5 Z anderson Jim Present 8 2 20 11 12 13 14 Brown Dana a Absent Excused i 16 17 18 19 20 21 Garcia Ana B Absent Unexcused Tard 22 22 Hl 22 MI 27 28 He Steve B Present Jackson George 8 Present A Jones Jane Present dh Add a Session Keita Amy 8 Present Pp Manage Sessions Meyer John 8 Present Sato Lisa 8 Present Settings Taylor Sam Present Export Full View to Excel ON P fam noter Aes dle beh nm des San dS I od
415. student to retake an online assignment on page 128 For details on configuring the number of attempts allowed see Attempts Allowed on page 101 To reopen an assignment 1 Display the Student Assignment Details screen for the appropriate student as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 2 Locate the area of the screen labeled Reopen Retake If there is no area labeled this way that means the assignment is not eligible to be reopened either because it was a single attempt assignment or because the student has already used all of his or her attempts 3 In the area labeled Action select Reopen 4 If appropriate use the Due Date area of the screen to extend the due date for the assignment Note that you cannot use this field to make the deadline earlier e Racer Faculty Guide If the assignment s due date has already passed you must extend the deadline in order for the student to be able to use the restored attempts Otherwise the system will automatically assign the student a zero for the additional attempt Reopen Retake If the student has not taken the assignment or has untaken attempts you can reopen the assignment so s he can finish If you would like to give the student a retake s he will get to retake the whole assignment including all attempts if it is a multiple attempt assignment Action Reopen O Retake Use retake final grade 9 Average original and r
416. students who have completed the assignment the system shows how long they spent taking it in the Time Spent column 121 Grading assignments e f you need to manually score any questions for a student who has completed the assignment the system shows a red exclamation mark e If available the student s overall score for the assignment is listed in the Grade column Note that if the assignment is already due all students will have a time and date recorded in the Date Finalized column In this situation if the student did not take the assignment the time and date will be the same as the due date and the system will also assign the student a grade of zero For details on manually adjusting a score in this situation see Providing overall feedback and adjusting the score for an assignment on page 123 Reviewing the completed assignment and entering scores for questions 122 You might display a student s completed assignments if you want to do any of the following e See how an individual student did on particular questions Enter scores for questions that must be manually graded such as essay questions and some short answer questions Manually adjust a system generated score on a question Enter personalized feedback in regard to a specific question To review the completed assignment and enter scores for individual questions 1 Display the Student Assignment Details screen for the appropriate student as d
417. t Default location By default the Course Search portlet is located on the main page of the Academics tab If desired you may be able to create additional instances If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 278 e Racer Faculty Guide Displaying details about course sections Use this procedure to display details about one or more course sections To display details about course sections 1 Navigate to the Course Search portlet 2 In the Course Search portlet enter your search criteria Make sure you set the Term drop down list to the appropriate term or choose All 3 If appropriate click the Show Course Descriptions checkbox 4 Click Search The system returns the results that match your search criteria Note that for any item in the search results you can do either of the following Click the course name to display the main page of the course context if you have permission to view it which as a faculty member you most likely will If a user does not have access to view the main page the system displays the Course Information page instead e Click the blue i icon to display the My Info pop up for the faculty member 279 Course Search 280 18 Coursemates By default your course context includes a Coursemates portlet which includes a list of everyone associated with the course section This chapter describes how to work with this portl
418. t but you may be able this portlet to your course section s pages to a Campus Groups context that you lead or to another context that you might manage If you need help with adding a portlet to a page see Creating a portlet instance on page 445 Subscribing to a feed If you want items from an RSS feed to be available to readers of an RSS News Reader portlet instance subscribe the instance to the feed 364 e Racer Faculty Guide To subscribe to a feed 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the Add Feed link RSS News Reader View a Category xd eed Ali Feeds all F Ca Area 5 LA Times Ca Campus z C World Iraqi prime minister As discord mounts 4 amp Refresh Feeds Tuesday Add Fee Tuesday s Highlight C add category Scottish justice mini aba epa Lag Sf gees find The system displays a form 2 Inthe Feed Location field enter the XML feed Note that the portlet is designed to handle feeds compliant with the RSS 2 0 specification only using other types of feeds might result in error messages 3 Inthe Feed Name field enter a name for the feed that will be meaningful to users 4 In the Category field do one of the following as appropriate Select a category that you want the feed to be grouped with if appropriate Create and select a category a Click Add Category b Inthe form displayed enter a name for the category c Click Save d On the Add a Feed form se
419. t which hosts the Downloadable Version portlet Main view versus maximized view The main page of the portlet displays the name and description of each set along with each set s handouts In this view the listing for each handout includes the file type and file size If you maximize the portlet you can expand Show or collapse Hide the list of handouts associated with each set In this view the listing for each handout shows the number of times the handout has been downloaded Opening or downloading a handout If you want to open or download a handout use this procedure 337 Handouts To open or download a handout 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and right click on the handout you want 2 Doone ofthe following To open the handout in your browser click on it To save the handout locally right click on the item and choose Save Target Save Link or a similarly worded choice The exact choices will vary depending on which browser you are using Downloading file tools If you need to view a handout that was created using a tool you don t have on your computer you might be able to find what you need using the File Tools menu option This menu option provides default links to the following software downloads Adobe Reader Excel Viewer PowerPoint Viewer for Mac PowerPoint Viewer for PC Quick Time Real Player Windows Media Player e WinZip e Word Viewer To download file to
420. t a user might see if he or she did not have the Can Post to Base Roles permission Announcements Manage Title Send To f Add Individual Users CAII Users in ENG 320 C Renaissance Poetry L Faculty O Students Choose from roles in all my courses Details DefautFont Size B Z U A 3 Enter a Title for the announcement 222 e Racer Faculty Guide 4 Select recipients for the message Note the following If this portlet instance uses the default setup which is the Context Based option described in Setting up an instance of the portlet on page 219 individual users will not see announcements sent specifically to them At least not in this instance of the portlet but if the recipient has access to a General portlet instance the user will see the announcement there However if you want users to be able to display your announcement in this portlet instance and if it is a Context Based setup you should select a context specific role such as Faculty or Students and not individual recipients e If this portlet uses the General setup you can feel free to select an individual user or any role If you have permission to post to base roles you will see all of these roles listed on the screen below the link labeled Choose from roles in my courses When selecting a base role be aware that you are probably posting the announcement to a relatively large audience
421. t of the student s unexcused time To penalize students who are tardy 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 2 Click the Setup tab 3 Click the link labeled Configure Attendance amp Custom Items 4 Locate the field labeled Count 1 unexcused absence after number times tardy 184 e Racer Faculty Guide 5 Use the drop down list to choose the appropriate number Setup Gradebook Gradebook Configure Attendance amp Custom Items Count 1 Unexcused Absence after No credit for attendance after Automatic course failure 6 Click Save Never v Never 1 cel Times Tardy Unexcused Abse failure lure after 185 Configuring the Gradebook Working with custom items In some cases you may want to configure an item for which you can enter a grade in addition to attendance and traditional coursework For example you might want to enter a grade for participation leadership or some other quality There are two approaches for handling this Within the Coursework portlet there is an offline assignment format which you can use to track just about any sort of activity for which you want to assign a grade this assignment format is described in Formats on page 41 Within the Gradebook under the general heading of Attendance t
422. takes they are disregarded Average original and retake final grades If this is the only retake you have granted the system will average the score of this retake with the original score If you granted multiple retakes the system will use an average of the original grade and all the retakes Use the highest final grade With this option the system will use the highest of all the grades including the student s original score and scores from any previous retakes Note that if you previously granted the student an earlier retake whatever value you chose at this point will be overwritten by the value you choose now So for example if last time you chose Average original and retake final grades and this time you choose Use the highest final grade the system will the highest final grade 4 Submit the form by clicking Allow Retake Reopen or whatever submit type button is displayed 129 Grading assignments Extending a deadline for a student If you want to extend an due date for a particular student who needs more time you can do this However note that if the assignment s due date was configured to show up on the course calendar the calendar will still show the original due date even in the student s My Calendar If you want to change the deadline for all students use the procedure described in Modifying an assignment s basic settings on page 68 If this is a file exchange assignment note that you can also
423. te KK cV amp Vest s lhe mate mes 8 inem Pt nme im Ames onn net s If you choose Display later manually the system adds a drop down lists that lets you choose whether the item will be read only or hidden until you manually activate it Similarly if you choose End now the system adds a drop down lists that let you choose whether the item will be read only or hidden Note that as an alternative you can have the system automatically remove the topic s older posts To do this you adjust the pruning setting for the category as described in Pruning on page 303 e Racer Faculty Guide Access The Access setting for a topic determines whether or not users can display the topic and its posts By default topics are accessible to all users and guests To restrict access you click the Restricted access radio button then specify who should be allowed access Note that the category access might be more restrictive than the topic access If so it won t matter how you configure the topic access the category settings will apply For details see Access on page 304 In the administrative view all unrestricted topics in the category are marked with a globe icon If access to the category is restricted a red do not enter icon is displayed over the globe menthe MT mter Terr umm INT tf mye lt Users Posts Replies Access 4 af Ra 8 4 11 GS 3 lt i 3 d i iMt if s sey aliae s AMI Matn flne oe Rell d
424. th 25 percent and all Exams worth 75 percent Whether you do this per unit or per type depends on how you chose to organize the Gradebook as described below in Organization methods b Within each unit or type you assign a weight to each assignment Organization methods There are two organization methods Byunits for an explanation of what units are see Units on page 42 e By type for an explanation of what types are see Types on page 41 If you have chosen the basic weighting method then the only effect the organization method has is on how information is displayed within the Gradebook and within Coursework It has no effect on how grades are calculated If you have chosen the advanced weighting method then the organizational method also affects your options for assigning weights and calculating students grades as described above in Weighting methods e Racer Faculty Guide Setting up the Gradebook This section explains how to set up the Gradebook for the first time If you have previously set up the Gradebook and now want to make a change see Changing the Gradebook s setup on page 172 Using the basic weighting method If you have not yet set up the Gradebook and you want to set it up using the basic weighting method use this procedure To set up the Gradebook using the basic weighting method 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebo
425. th this Student Assignment Details screen you can use the breadcrumbs at the top of the screen to navigate to the next or previous student s details Trad m titm tim crt tt ter tT tute et ptm enmt steep farm Itm Im att ttt um etm at 5 00 PM Friday August 27 2010 H j t Details lt Previous Back to Assignment Info Next gt i 116 e Racer Faculty Guide Reopening an assignment If a student uploads a file and marks it as final the student is not allowed to upload a second attempt However you might want to allow the student to try again for example if the student uploaded the wrong file by mistake or if you want to request a few revisions In these situations you reopen the assignment Before you can do this make sure that you have not saved a score for the student Also note that once you reopen the assignment you no longer have the ability to display or save the file that is currently uploaded though the student can continue to work with the file in his or her own view of the Student Assignment Details page To reopen an assignment 1 Display the appropriate Assignment Details screen as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 2 Locate the area labeled Reopen Assignment uet um mm Teu sut oma Poe T ut Latt SON ettet uu nmt et attt mrt etn ptu mtm ue Lu maa ttm m ema tet yum te Lure mtt ms Dana Brown Assignment Details z Previous Back to
426. the first distractor and 50 percent chose another distractor the system would display a warning 135 Analyzing online assignments Understanding the main Analysis screen The Analysis screen is broken down into three sections Summary Info Provides statistics related to students grades and the speed with which they completed the assignment Charts Displays a few snapshots related to students grades and the difficulty of the assignment s questions Item Analysis Offers detailed analysis on the difficulty of each question Summary Info 136 The Summary Info area of the screen displays the data described below Total Students The total number of students who completed the assignment and received a score that was above zero Average Time Used The average length of time used by students to complete the assignment based on students who scored above zero Fastest Time The fastest time a student used to complete the assignment If the fastest score was achieved by only one student the system includes a link to the Student Assignment Detail screen for that student Slowest Time The slowest time a student used to complete the assignment If the slowest score was achieved by only one student the system includes a link to the Student Assignment Detail screen for that student Average Score The average score displayed both in percentage and in point form Median Score The score that is mi
427. the system calculates the size of the middle group For more of an overview of what performance groups are see Performance groups on page 134 Note that this procedure sets the size of these groups for your entire course section and all of its assignments not just this one To configure the size of performance groups 1 Display the main Test Analysis screen for any online assignment as described in Navigating to the main Analysis screen on page 140 2 Scroll to the bottom of the screen Locate the Performance Groups label and click the corresponding View link r n t meme te tee ate em m apl ew pee eS oe et ee ete et dli Item Analysis Overall Average Difficulty Rating Average Discrimination Index Performance Groups Vie EFAA I UA AGRUM TULIT P The system displays the Performance Groups tab This tab displays data on the performance groups defined for your course context along with details about students that completed this particular online assignment As appropriate navigate to the area labeled High Performers or Low Performers and click the link labeled Edit Group Size The system updates the screen to include a text field e Racer LMS Faculty Guide 4 Enter the appropriate figure meety LEE PPP Performance Group Name Score Jones Jane 97 High Performers Top 35 of students by test score CO Use this percent for the Low Performer group as well MANI E
428. this option selected students will be told how many correct a answers there are and will given partial credit for the question based on how many of the answers they selected are correct If only one nswer is correct and you select this option the question will be graded as a single answer multiple choice OAL Paene ME niens P la A cols ram diio ARAN Mene es na Boss Adis ROB B Ab Amd Rn Li ee AAO LG ta Sat S t Me MAS Aden ah s ns dS Ades dul cfe allie Randomize If appropriate you can have the system randomly mix up the options each time a student opens the assignment Otherwise the options will always be presented in the order that you list them in Test Builder To get these results just make sure to select the Randomize checkbox which is situated below the answer fields emt mte ty raf emm etr y mtt murem mm mut Meme ett hm nun metre ay fm me S t mortuum ursi l Randomize Tf you select this option the answers will be presented in a different order each time the test is iven Otherwise they will always be presented in the order above A AAS Sas e LIRA a Sat Sinn oie aS mol aS ali eJ Annah A an A Ssh tm oft shell of Bee Sine nde GEIS mn tat abo dee o de AeA Aa tod Aa onthe oh an a ROM As en LS aA 80 e Racer Faculty Guide True False With a true false question students indicate whether a statement is true or false Syy utm Eten mutuam tm A a mI Lum ee T 4 Shakespeare died in 1616 20pts O Tr
429. this topic will not display until they have been approved by a moderator Indiana E Subd Use this topic to discuss the church s founding and the period when it was Lr ath ath math m ifie manne ime hos e AI Rem att lle totum ffe ifie dil ol ian Bih n atem n i n Menta ome S m feft on ife m nathan fin If the user submits a post or reply the system updates this dialog to include the number of posts the the logged in user currently has pending approval Dm Forums gt Indiana Moderator approval is required Posts and replies in this topic will not display until they have been approved by a moderator s You have 1 posts pending approval in this topic IUS me Herne nn dt NP A n mem Fede SR den ifie ntf f n selle tan AED HIR m aM tlie ifm Hs le Ae o Moh Auf ff om omen An Mm nema Mint dme a a dee mf Indicators for faculty members and moderators When you display an instance of the Forums portlet in which there are posts awaiting approval you will see several indicators as will any appointed moderators These include the following Yellow highlighting on any post that is awaiting approval Inthe Approval column in any category summary a tally of the items awaiting approval in each topic An approval queue button Clicking this button displays a list of all items that are awaiting approval 321 Forums The approval queue is listed in the Forum Home right below the User List Note that the queue
430. ting pop up form Rt a tm ete tds ts t m ath t yum etes Pm ue ment et nuum 4 wl a Add a Department __ _ Add a Department 2 EEE f Department Name Staff Enrichment Department Code i i Cancel 3 2 Vos hue tin Pe d hofte e ARS 8 St NR Rat Hon alto Ait He 2 dot Aet DI uns d Pe Pn cae rna Me dico Fes 9 sols In the Description field add a description of the course Click Add Course The system creates your course and displays the Add a section screen As part of creating the course the system creates a page for the course on the Academics tab and adds a link to this page from the appropriate department context You can either stop now and plan to add a section to your course later or you can go ahead and add a section now by completing this procedure described in Creating a section We recommend adding at least one section now Until you add a section to the course you will not be able to modify or delete the course Creating a section 432 Use this procedure to add a section to an existing course either a portal only course or a course that was created within your ERP system To create a section If you have not already done so display the Add a section screen by completing the following steps a Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it The system displays the full view of the Course Creator portlet b Click the Add a New Section link e
431. tion Type L What year was Shakespeare born Short Answer Explain why Shakespeare published his poems but not his plays Short Answer C To whom is the poem Venus and Adonis dedicated Short Answer enc iene Ac 2A fit he mio hu I ln lag P dI Po fefe S Aie i dt e calli adi efi Aint ARI ots gilt RE IS IU HR ty Pe ee le OO This list includes the text of each question and the question s type It does not contain the question s answer To work with the answer you must import the question into an assignment using the Coursework portlet as described in Adding content to online assignments on page 73 Searching for questions If you want to check to see whether any of your saved assignments contain a particular question use the Search for questions feature Note that you can also search for questions from within the Coursework portlet when you are in the process of importing To search for questions Display the File Cabinet as described in Navigating to the File Cabinet on page 380 2 Click the Search for questions link which is in the upper right portion of the screen File Cabinet Coursework Bookmarks Handouts Readings Course Cartridges Coursework for questions Coursework Format Type Edit Delete O Final O Midterm A The system displays a form 3 Enter search criteria and or select the question type from the drop down list box Note that the search criteria field is not
432. to review this section for details on how students will interact with these items and on other characteristics of this feature 409 Importing from course cartridges 410 The student experience When you import a password protected item into a portlet and make it available to students the system marks it with a padlock Coursework 3 Locked Content The current view contains items which require authorization Click the link enter your authorization information Organize by Unit v unit 1 Assignment Format Due Da Oral presentation PA 5 12 20 Midterm A 5 19 20 Quiz D 5 19 20 Term paper c 5 20 20 Practice test Your previous authorization has expired D 12 31 94 Enter access code PM V Aad sona ttt o n e gites lid sn i He e aas I A Mandil dee AAP BR ly d ente abor tle The system also displays a link that a student can use to enter an authorization code When the student clicks this link the system displays a dialog box for entering the password pts Ua og uS qaa cu ra ry COT P fh a a rae Pecan Venice J 20 E sm Beet ere ue ic a pas E G mg Assignment Term paper Nutrition ar Locked Content The item you clicked on is only available to students who have the access code for 76543 Please enter the code often found with your textbook in the field below to get access to this locked content Other characteristics of password prote
433. to be unique but to avoid confusion you might want to make the effort of giving a unique name to each assignment within a given unit When creating or modifying the assignment definition you enter the name in a text field at the top of the form Coursework Add an Assignment New Assignment Name The Sound and the Fury mr PER PUER nnmero E 52 e Racer Faculty Guide The name is shown to students in the default view of the Coursework portlet instance E sof Se nid fran Pag te LIS at P pma Pot yang TRIS coset ma pp Pg soe foo ee 1 5 Faulkner See Fee um umm See etree tm mtm ons NT eur Name of assignment Due Date Required The Sound and the Fury Sound and the Fu yy 9 11 2009 1 00 PM Exam Required Spotted Horses 9 Horses y 9 18 2009 1 00 PM Exam Required Light in August y 9 25 2009 1 00 PM Exam Required Ndemin OR te ouai ite t Mab a MAA on My Rag Aan a I LA ntis ASSI A s ita RIA s atomes AMON OR s de nh ARM S fis The name is also shown when students display the assignment Coursework Student Assignment Detail The S i Name of Bang MEI assignment Weeks 1 5 Faulkner Format Online Format For a description of the different formats see Formats on page 41 When creating an assignment you choose the format using a drop down list Once you have selected a format and clicked Save you cannot come back later and change it tm adm thun uem itum tm maa Ea T aT ast a CST am i m N
434. to go with your feedback S E ME m put m MK eT mmu Tue tT m tum timen mutum utm utm SIT mm e Atm IN Imt Edit this assignment f Delete this assignment Save to File Cabinet Student Results Student Grade Feedback Anderson Jim amp 150 150 Jim great job as usuali Brown Dana 150 A ee ae ne Lil ll a e 5 Click Save The system saves your choices Depending on whether the assignment is set up to let the students review their grades right away as described in Show Grade on page 63 the system 113 Grading assignments will display the grade and feedback you entered in the student s own view of the Student Assignment Details screen ptt ee av Att vmm Sm yr ye rrt rmt Coursework PR ee a My Results Final Grade 150 150 Graded On Tuesday August 03 2010 11 32 AM Feedback Jim great job as usual 114 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with file exchange assignments This section describes how to manage file exchange assignments after you have made the assignment active and students are allowed to upload files For more details on making the assignment active see Start on page 61 At this point you may want to do any of the following Access a file that a student uploaded as described in Downloading a single student s files Reopen the assignment for a particular student who already submitted a file so that he o
435. to navigate through the course roster Modifying attendance records Use this procedure to modify a attendance records that you previously created To modify an attendance record you previously created 1 Navigate to the appropriate Attendance portlet instance 160 e Racer Faculty Guide 2 Do one ofthe following To modify a record in the most recent session click Edit saved entries To modify a record for an earlier session complete the following steps a Click Manage Sessions The system displays the Attendance Manage Sessions screen which lists all the sessions currently defined for the course section b Locate the date of the session for which you want to modify an attendance record Click the date which should show up as a hyperlink The system displays the Attendance View a Session screen Another way of opening an older session is to click the date in the calendar that E represents that session Days that host sessions are colored blue c Click Edit saved entries 3 Foreach student modify the choices in the drop down lists as appropriate 4 Click Save The system updates the screen to show the changes you made Note that selections that have a negative effect on students grades are displayed in red 161 Tracking attendance Managing permissions If you want to give another role permission to mark attendance use this procedure 162 To give another role permission to mark attendance
436. tomatically added to the score you enter for each student The bonus points are clearly demarcated in the students own view of the Student Assignment Details screen pes uf m tm umet le tete Te uentrem tmt AEN Hum auem et entume AT Coursework My Results Grade 100 100 Bonus 37 Final Grade 107 100 Completed On Monday August 02 2010 4 41 PM Graded On Tuesday August 03 2010 12 59 PM Feedback Jim nice job File E yanti iR ato de afl S e estis en fte ain ef d d Ahm ad aR Removing the bonus Use the procedure below to remove a bonus that you previously creating To remove bonus points 1 Display the Student Assignment Details screen for the appropriate student as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 131 Grading assignments 2 Inthe area of the screen labeled Bonus click the link labeled Remove the bonus The system takes the following actions Removes the bonus points from students scores Updates the Bonus area of the screen so that you can restore a bonus if appropriate 132 5 Analyzing online assignments The Coursework portlet allows you to review detailed statistics about graded online assignments that three or more students have completed You do this using a feature called Test Analysis Note that while the feature is called test analysis it can be used for any online assignment regardless of whether it is classified as a test or
437. ttendance 100 00 10 0096 Participation Totals 100 00 Yo MENTEM A a aa AE site A nm mtn ABA AAAA aan Amda Hin Mati ein etn Aidaa Man o b Click Save The system adds the item and makes its percentage value modifiable though the field is preconfigured with a weight of zero percent c Enter a percentage weight for the item This percentage combined with the weight of attendance must equal 100 percent d Click Save e Since the new item is included in whatever general weight that you set up for attendance you might want to increase the overall weight of attendance as described in Setting the value of attendance on page 181 Ifyou are using the basic weighting method a Enterthe name of your item and the appropriate point value b Click Save Modifying a custom item This procedure explains how to change either of the following Acustom item s name Acustom item s value To modify a custom item 1 If you haven t already done so navigate to the appropriate course context and display the Gradebook portlet as described in Navigating to the Gradebook on page 167 2 Click the Setup tab 3 Click the link labeled Configure Attendance amp Custom Items 4 Locate the area of the screen labeled Attendance and Other Breakdown 5 To change the name of a custom item do the following a Locate the item whose name you want to change and click the corresponding pencil icon The system makes the name o
438. ty associated with the course section You may want to use this portlet to send e mail to one or more students For details see Chapter 18 Coursemates 30 e Racer Faculty Guide Course Information By default the Course Information page hosts only portlet the Course Information portlet which lists details about the course section and the person teaching it This information is derived automatically from the system when the course context is created About This Course Renaissance Poetry ENG 320 Term Summer 2010 UNDG Laura Martin amp laura martin ju edu Schedule Tue Thu 8 00 AM 9 40 AM 6 1 2010 8 23 2010 Description Renaissance Poetry Vates SERA eh a can A6 Sinn Ae m Affen Lal Ate A A As Ral ABO me Rann BBR RAI A By default the content and layout of the Course Information page cannot be modified which means that you cannot remove the Course Information portlet nor can you add other portlets to this page The Course Information portlet itself also cannot be modified 31 Introduction Coursework 32 The Coursework page hosts the Coursework portlet which is the portlet you use to create assignments The following are some of the tasks that you can complete with the Coursework portlet Create units and other assignment classifications that will be meaningful to your students as described in Chapter 1 Planning your assignments Create assignments These
439. u can configure it to display in the future make it display immediately and so forth If the handout has an end date you can modify whether the file will be deleted or made inactive after its end date To modify a handout 1 2 3 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Locate the handout you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the Handouts Manage Handout View screen Do any of the following as appropriate Modify the text in the Name fields 345 Handouts Use the Browse button that corresponds with the Replace With field to choose a different file Use the Set drop down list to move the handout to a different set If the screen includes Start and End fields you can modify these as appropriate The fields varies are not displayed if you de selected the Use Display Indicator checkbox as described in Configuring whether handouts will be displayed indefinitely on page 344 If the After End drop down list is displayed and if this handout has an end date you can choose what happens to the handout when the end date is reached The choices are Make Inactive The handout will be moved to section labeled Inactive which will be visible only to people with administrative privileges for this portlet instance Delete The handout will be removed from the system This field is not displayed if you de selected the Use Display Indicator ch
440. u dice mrt eee bene tetas Cede apes dabit eee RETON dicht RESIN espaces 30 Course IBLODUADON ig qr 4 ek oC obe x bk aped e qubd tribue d ex Rd ERE d eid d 31 COURO WI 5 PE teeis debe een Cee ee Rem eee Nees a Rede wee FRE RES wares 32 CRUG DIO i e ideo biet b Ur bbb bb b sore Sh Gees oobeh sues EE EE T N ETE dee en 34 SUIS E ERROR PIRE quA rid vere uei veedaq vedete wide ded edet 33 Portlets you may want to add t yolr COMER s 6 i ook ee cee Gees ER ER CR REGES Rb RW Rr p RE 34 Tools tor niam tame yonr COURECONIER sounds dete ieantsdee eibi edite bte bero dca 34 Tools Jor pr Vie wig your course CONICAL oae uk eRe ERVESRRE ODER ERROR ER REA PERPE 34 Tools that let you reuse and manage materials issse dea iessasededhee EG IR HEURE RAE ewes cowie eR RR 34 Afet eiie Hu e E E T AE E EE E T E E E T ETE 35 Tools for creating portal oniy elements uso sesen sue y ee x RRRRSOCCRA EVA X eR e RE Rx RR eeu 36 Contents Additional COMERS ssi o aacbHrRRSPe eR Re ET Ru REEROPEPNCPSERLPREPaRRSEARd UPPER E EP 36 Coursework and Attendance Of Chapter 1 Planning your assignments liliis 39 Ee AAE ETA PA TAEAE TAAA A A AAE ENA TE SEE TET 40 About the C DUISEWODEHE pei eane eea CR eR QE e biet Heche oes 40 Methods of classifying an assignment osse se ere E Re RR IR RR OUR RR RR TR CREE 41 The MSE an ass E NIBCHI 16 coda iE SOC RR RUE D Ee eRe MESS ARA EAS aee 42 Nasgapung to The S cursework Pomel i o te ee ede Qe E
441. ue OFalse W aumata ee A LA AAA Aum dapi Mee A tA NO ae aR Creating this type of question is relatively simple you enter question text and in the Answer area use radio buttons to indicate whether the correct answer is true or false True False Question Question Text P Default Font Size 7 v Shakespeare died in 1616 Answer 9 True O False anle A at RA E aene s du dello My HA There is no automatic partial credit for these questions though you can manually adjust scores later 1 82 Essay With an essay question you enter a statement or question and students type their responses into a text box tM aureum I Lm me ee Fe Lm meer net nF oTt umm Eat ete rg Tt Le yet et T TM gn PA eet Exam 1 Describe the central theme of Fathers and Sons 10pts With this type of question you do not enter an answer in Test Builder Rather you grade the student s answer manually and award whatever point value is appropriate e Racer Faculty Guide Short Answer With a short answer question you pose a question and students type their responses in no more than 400 characters into a text box Tot mr nm uam amm RES TRL nup I tet BIE mem pent SIS 1 What was the name of Shakespeare s wife Max Characters 400 MD AUD V E ES This type of question can be set up in one of two ways The question can be graded manually which means you have to read students answers and
442. ugh the Copy Courses link in the left hand sidebar e Racer Faculty Guide What can you copy The Copy Course Materials portlet copies the following Materials that you have set up within the context of any course section e Any context specific roles that have been created Depending on the copying method you choose the copy function can also copy the permissions associated with these roles You can copy any page and any portlet instance though the exact specifics of how portlets are copied varies depending on what type of portlet it is This section describes the specifics of how certain commonly used portlets are copied For guidance on other portlets refer to the text displayed on the Copy Course Materials screen Note that there is no scenario in which you can copy data about a particular student The copy feature assumes that the target course has its own student roster and any information about particular students is established only after you copy your materials over Attendance When you copy an instance of the Attendance portlet you copy its settings and permissions but none of its data That is the system copies the values you saved on the Attendance Notification and Attendance Method and the ones saved on Permissions tab which is accessible after you click the wrench icon Note that you can copy the Attendance portlet only in conjunction with the Coursework and Gradebook portlets This means that you overwrite a
443. uncements posted to global roles and some might show only those announcements posted to context specific roles With the context specific setup you use the Announcements portlet to post announcements for members of your course context For example you can post announcements to context specific roles such as the context specific Students role which includes only those students enrolled in the course section If desired however you can configure an instance of the portlet to display announcements posted throughout the portal not just in your course context This is the general setup With this configuration the portlet instance displays announcements posted to all students throughout the institution not just those enrolled in your course section With this setup users can also see announcements posted to them by name This is described in Choosing the type of announcements the portlet will show on page 219 For help understanding the difference between context specific and global roles or base roles see Chapter 31 Creating and maintaining roles Default locations 218 By default the portal includes the following instances of the Announcements portlet The default layout for course contexts includes an instance of the Announcements portlet on the Collaboration page The default setup of this portlet is context based e f you manage a Campus Group the context for your group is created with an Announcements portl
444. up an instance of the RSS News Reader In this chapter Key concepts Subscribing to a feed Creating a category Managing permissions RSS News Reader Key concepts The RSS News Reader portlet lets users read items generated by feeds that comply with the RSS 2 0 specification The default layout for course sections does not include this portlet but if desired you can add one You can also set up each instance of the portlet to include categories that represent groups of feeds RSS News Reader View a Category Cl All Feeds LEE Ca Area LA Times Ca Campus In Afghanistan election deciding who won is the hard part 5 LA Times om S Iran s Ahmadinejad softens tone before Cabinet vote New York Times umm NPR Downward spiral of Israel s Dudu Topaz ends in apparent suicide e Refresh Feeds Lockerbie bomber now a free man Mete den ef ene nd eminem omis diae Ado ome an atin ie d ABA DE ob dene e RE LA IIR e aif eme ce otii Pos ta tt ef man SMS dn tfm Notes about permissions Note the following Anyone who can access a page that hosts the RSS News Reader portlet can also display and browse the portlet Only those with administrative privileges can create categories and subscribe to RSS feeds e For each instance of the portlet you can give administrative privileges to any role as appropriate No default locations In the default layout of the portal there are no instances of the RSS News Reader portle
445. up the course section so that attendance affects grades note that by default the credit that a student gets for attending a session is proportional to the duration of the session However you can manually increase a session s value by increasing the minutes that it is worth without changing the scheduled start and end times For example suppose your class meets once a week for an hour and you have also scheduled a one hour field trip If you want the field trip to count for three times the regular class meeting you can specify in the Attendance portlet that it is worth 360 minutes even if it only is scheduled for one hour e Racer Faculty Guide About the faculty view The initial view of the Attendance portlet includes the following tools Acalendar which you can use to locate existing sessions or create new ones Details on the most recent session with each student s record for that session If you have not yet recorded attendance for that session the system displays drop down boxes that you can use to mark students present absent and so forth Links to screens for adding and managing sessions A link for displaying settings for the portlet instance Alink to a tool for exporting attendance data to Microsoft Excel About the student view When a student displays the Attendance portlet it shows details about that student s own attendance Specifically the system displays a short summary and a detailed list of the
446. ur cursor over it and the system will display a pop up hint e Racer Faculty Guide Integrating content into another portlet Once you have placed material in an instance of the CCI portlet as described in Bringing material into a CCI portlet instance on page 412 you can integrate it into another portlet instance within your course context or another location To integrate content into another portlet instance 1 Log in to the portal and navigate to the appropriate CCI portlet instance 2 Click the Manage Content link The system displays the Admin All Content screen which lists all of the individual items that you can integrate into other portlets For help understanding the icons on the screen see Understanding the administrative screen on page 416 or just run your cursor over the icon to display a pop up hint Course Content Import Admin Admin All Content 1 1 7 J Instructor s Manual po protected 1 18 PowerPoint Presentations M protected 1 1 Self Assessment Questions imm 1 1 9 1 C Quizzes protected 1 151 Nutrition and Health E protected 1 1 9 1 2 L Carbohydrates E protected NAAA oddan nA At aal A Qn AT A Lo ELATI If any of the individual items are password protected they are labeled protected 3 Select the items that you want to integrate into a particular portlet You will be allowed to transfer items to only one portlet instance at a time so don t
447. urvivors The effect of Jonestown on churches uil California Guyana Indiana Weeks 5 9 The end Nov 17 and 18 1978 The Concerned Relatives 4 Make a selection and then click OK The system moves the post and its replies Weeks 1 4 The evolution of Peoples Temple 319 Forums Adjusting a post s display setting 320 A post s display status determines whether an item is visible read only or hidden For details on how a post behaves when has been marked read only or hidden see About visible read only and hidden items on page 301 By default all posts are visible The post s display setting is displayed at the lower right of the post s text eae ae ee re um tmp nm Ami memet ittm Metu MT nim at m hay ee itm eem t s View Reply Options EO Subscribe p bsitive effects did the church have What negative effects excluding quoted text SRR on ou Pea lie 1 Jo d Arada BMY semen mls DTA nan Bos BANA HA LA DES AD Pane A i Note however that even if the status says Visible if the topic has been marked as read only or hidden then the post s display status is superseded by the more restrictive topic setting So if you think that a post is supposed to be visible and users report that they cannot see it you may want to check the topic settings Another way of changing a post s display status is to open the post for editing and use the Options tab With this method you can al
448. us screen is displayed 8 Click Save Context Manager Properties Pages Sub Sections Permissions Define Permissions Role Name Honors Students 4 users selected 5 Edit Users L AII Users in RLGN 501 A New Religious Movements L Faculty O Students Cl Guest Lecturers CL Teaching Assi Choose from roles in all my courses Call Users C Administrators O Constituents Cl Admissions Administrators O Faculty Cl Admissions Counselors L Financial Aid A Cl Admissions Officers O staff C Advancement Officers O staff Administ Cl Advisor Administrators C Student Admi C Advisors CO Students C Candidates Ey 466 32 Managing page and context permissions This chapter explains how you can manage access to pages and to sub sections and how to give another role permission to help you administer your course context along with related topics In this chapter e Key concepts Letting arole view pages and context links Managing portlet permissions Letting a role administer a context Managing page and context permissions Key concepts To give privileges to your users you assign them to roles and they inherit the roles associated with those privileges Automatically assigned privileges In some cases roles are automatically associated with privileges For example in the default setup of the portal the following are true Members of the Faculty role have the Can Admin privilege in their own course
449. ut This Course Renaissance Poetry ENG 320 Term Summer 2010 UNDG Laura Martin amp laura martin ju edu Schedule Tue Thu 8 00 AM 9 40 AM 6 1 2010 8 23 2010 Description Renaissance Poetry e Racer Faculty Guide Working with elements This section describes how to add elements to a Custom Content portlet how to modify them and so forth Adding an element Use this procedure to add an element to a Custom Content portlet instance Note that there is no preview functionality with this feature as soon as you press Save your element will be viewable to anyone who has the ability to display the portlet For this reason you should proofread your text carefully before you save make sure you are uploading the correct image and so forth To add an element 1 Navigate to the Custom Content portlet instance to which you want to add content The portlet should display a link with one of the following labels Add Content Edit Content Do one of the following If the Add Content link is displayed a Click Add Content The system displays the Add a new element screen b Skip ahead to 3 Ifthe Edit Content link is displayed a Click Edit Content The system displays a screen that summarizes the elements already on the page b Click Add a new element The system displays the Add a new element screen If you want the element to have a heading enter the appropriate text in the Header Text fi
450. uten An Li mn tmt erem etum Section name The Nick Adams Stories ERNEST HEMINGWAY Source image This section tests your understanding of The Nick Adams Stories Please answ Source Text Questions 1 In The End of Something Marjorie asks Nick Isn t love fun anymore Desc Af mmo nh lo e lis oe Sean tlle nef efle dete a a a aE TN n etis t AMI ons caf oe tilt tine tft cate e Racer Faculty Guide Section Type Use these radio buttons to specify what type of section this is Regular This system will display all of the section s questions Question Pool The questions in this section will be treated as a pool from which a different group will be randomly selected for each student If you choose this option you must also enter values in each of the following fields Number to Select Enter the number of questions that you want to be drawn from the question pool Note that if you choose a number greater than the number of questions you actually end up creating the system will simply display all the questions that you create Point Value Each Enter the appropriate value of each question pool question All questions will have this value Extra Credit If you want the section to be solely for extra credit select the Extra Credit checkbox With this option the student can earn points for the questions but they will not be penalized for missing any of these questions
451. view assignments see Allow Review online only on page 63 After you completely grade the assignment the system adds a note to the Workflow area of the screen that says Graded by Your Name If you come back and modify any of your scores or feedback the system will add another Graded by notation to the Workflow area Providing overall feedback and adjusting the score for an assignment In some cases you may want to do either of the following Provide personalized comments for a student that apply to the entire assignment Manually adjust the overall score for the assignment 123 Grading assignments Personalized comments and score adjustments are always shown for students even if the assignment is configured not to allow review of the assignment s content These values are shown along with the student s grade summary H Trade Method Graded out or 10D 70760778 Time Limit Not Timed Coursework My Results Grade 89 100 Adjustment 10 Final Grade 99 100 Completed On Thursday March 18 2010 2 10 PM Graded On Thursday March 18 2010 4 35 PM Feedback Isaac great job as always To do either of these things use the following procedure To adjust a score for an assignment 1 Display the Student Assignment Details screen for the appropriate student as described in Navigating to the Student Assignment Details screen on page 112 2 Locate the area of the screen labeled Result
452. w of the Course Creator portlet Click the Terms link The system displays the Add a Term screen which lists all the portal only terms defined in the system Locate the term you want to delete and click the corresponding trash barrel icon If there is no trash barrel icon next to the term you want to delete that means that the term is associated with one or more course sections and it cannot be deleted The system displays a dialog box asking if you are sure you want to delete the term If you are sure you want to delete the term click OK The system again displays the Add a Term screen this time without the deleted term e Racer Faculty Guide Working with courses and sections You create a portal only course if you do not need any record of the course in your ERP system Note that each course must be associated with a department and each course section must be associated with a term That is a course is a definition of a curriculum The section is an occurrence of the course at a specific time and place For example a course might be New employee orientation A section of that course might be New employee orientation MWF There is no way within the Course Creator portlet to display every portal only course that you have created The system is designed to display course sections but not courses For this reason you may want to maintain a master list of portal only courses and keep it in a secure location Note a
453. w up for every session If you don t use this option students are not penalized for being late You can configure the system to eliminate the student s attendance credit after he or she is marked Absent Unexcused a certain number of times 149 Tracking attendance By Hour and By Minute With the By Hour and By Minute options there are two steps to creating an attendance record First you choose between the following options Present e Absent Excused Absent Unexcused Next if you choose Present you have the option of specifying the exact amount of time the student actually was present in hours or minutes as appropriate In this scenario if you want to reflect that a student was late you mark him or her as present and then input the exact amount of time the student was present Any minutes or hours missed in this manner are considered unexcused As described in Giving attendance a value on page 146 you can choose to give attendance a value within Gradebook If you plan to do this and if you choose the By Hour or By Minute method of tracking attendance note the following The system will automatically reduce the student s total attendance credit if the student is late or if the student has one or more unexcused absences The amount deducted is proportional to the total amount of time the student missed Excused absences do not count against the student even though they show up as giving the student zero minute
454. wrench icon The system displays the Customize Portlet Handouts screen with the Preferences tab selected Click the Settings tab The system displays the Settings screen Do one of the following To make all handouts display indefinitely de select the Use Display Indicator checkbox To allow users to give their handouts a specific life span select the Use Display Indicator checkbox Click Save Adding a handout 344 This section describes how to add a handout To add a handout 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Click the Add a Handout link which is in the lower right area of the screen The system displays the Handouts Manage Handout View screen In the Name field enter a name for the handout If you do not choose a name the system will use the name of whatever file you upload Click the Browse button which corresponds with the File field Follow the prompts to locate the file you want Once you click Open on the Choose file dialog box the system again displays the Handouts Manage Handout View screen this time with the file you chose in the File field Use the Set drop down list to choose which set the handout will be part of e Racer Faculty Guide If appropriate enter text in the Description field The description can be no more than 2 000 characters It is displayed in main portlet view both when the portlet is maximized and when it is not Depending on the
455. xit The system now orders all handouts alphabetically within within your personal view Ordering sets alphabetically If appropriate you can have the system display sets alphabetically within the portlet instance When sets are ordered alphabetically the system ignores any sequence that you or another authorized user might have previously specified as described in Ordering sets on page 342 To order sets alphabetically 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon 2 Click the Preferences tab 3 Select the Order Sets Alphabetically check box 4 Click Save 5 Click Exit The system now orders all set alphabetically within your personal view Displaying empty sets By default the system does not display sets that contain no handouts However you can choose to display them in your view of the portlet 339 Handouts From the Handouts portlet 1 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and click the wrench icon 2 Click the Preferences tab 3 Select the Show Empty Sets check box to display sets for which no handouts are available If this preference is not selected the default Ungrouped set does not display 4 Click Save 5 Click Exit The system now orders all sets alphabetically within your personal view 340 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with sets Sets are like categories into which you can group similar handouts By default each instance of the Handouts portl
456. xt in the Description field The description can be no more than 2 000 characters This text will be displayed on the Readings View Reading Details screen for this item Do one of the following To finish click Save To save and begin the process again for a new set click Save and Add Another e Racer Faculty Guide Modifying a reading At any time after you create a reading you can modify any of the values you chose when you created it To modify a reading 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Locate the reading you want to modify and click the corresponding pencil icon The system displays the Readings Manage Reading View screen Modify any of the fields as appropriate Click Save Deleting a reading If you need to manually remove a reading use this procedure To delete a reading 1 2 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Locate the reading you want to modify and click the corresponding trash barrel icon The system displays a dialog box asking whether you are sure you want to delete the item Click OK Saving readings to your File Cabinet If you need to save one or more readings to your File Cabinet use this procedure To save readings to your File Cabinet 1 2 3 Navigate to the appropriate portlet instance and maximize it Using the checkboxes at the left select the items you want to save At the bottom of the screen set the
457. y these groups are intended to represent those students who understood the material those who didn t and those who are in between The size of each performance group is a percentage of the total class size and it is configurable So for example if the high performers group is defined as 10 percent and 100 students complete the assignment the high performers group consists of the 10 students who did the best You manually define the size of the high and low performers groups using the Performance Groups tab If you configure these two groups so that together they contain less than 100 percent of the entire class the system creates and automatically determines the size of a middle performers group These size definitions are used throughout the course section not on an assignment by assignment basis The default sizes of the performance groups are e High 25 e Middle 50 e Low 25 e Racer LMS Faculty Guide Note that it is possible for students who got the same score to be organized into different performance groups For example suppose that your performance groups have the default sizes of 25 50 and 25 Further suppose that 19 of 20 students who completed an assignment got the same score In this case there would be students in the high middle and low performers groups who have the same score Difficulty rating The difficulty rating is a number between 0 and 1 that reflects the percentage of student
458. y a different set of documentation Check with your portal administrator for details Providing feedback 22 If you have comments or suggestions about this document please e mail them to JICS Documentation jenzabar net Welcome to the e Racer learning management system Introduction e Racer is a component of JICS that lets you manage the course sections you teach You can use e Racer to track attendance create assignments and much more This introduction is designed to acquaint you with the basics of e Racer and help you navigate the rest of this guide more easily In this chapter Key concepts Navigating to a course context Understanding your course context Portlets you may want to add to your context Tools for maintaining your course context Additional contexts Introduction Key concepts For every course section that you teach e Racer contains a series of pages known collectively as a course context The course context is a place where you can prepare materials for your students and where students can interact with you and with one another Students also use the course context to complete online assignments and review their grades A course context is made up of pages which host portlets Each type of portlet is associated with a specific type of content or activity For example the Announcements portlet lets you post announcements the Handouts portlet lets you upload handouts and so on e Racer comes with
459. y setting which is viewable at the bottom right of the post s text For help with this see Adjusting a post s display setting on page 320 The topic that contains the item might be hidden To check this look at the topic s Activation setting for help with this see Modifying a topic on page 313 The item could be awaiting approval from a moderator Check to see whether the topic that contains the item requires approval For help with this see Working with an approval queue on page 321 Users cannot upload files and images If users cannot upload files and images when creating posts this might be because the feature has been de activated for the entire portal To find out speak with your portal administrator The Approval Queue is not displayed If the Approval Queue is not displayed for a particular user there could be a few reasons why 332 There are no items currently awaiting approval If no items need to be approved the Approval Queue is not displayed e Racer Faculty Guide e Moderation is not in effect for any topics in the portlet instance To check this open each topic for editing and review the Moderation area of the screen For help with this see Working with topics on page 309 e The user who cannot display the Approval Queue is not a moderator or an administrator To check to see whether the person is moderator open the topic for editing and review the moderation area of the screen
460. y user has permission to share calendars This is controlled by a global portlet operation called Can Share Calendars Similarly not all people have the permission to subscribe the portlet instance to calendars though you as a faculty member do in your course context This is controlled by a portlet level permission called Can Subscribe Calendars which is described in Available permissions on page 269 Personal subscriptions Any user with permission to a display a Calendar portlet instance can add any of the displayed calendars to his or her My Calendars portlet instance which is in the My Pages context About your course calendar 264 When your course context was created the system automatically created a calendar for the course section This calendar includes the meeting time s of your course section and it is automatically associated with the Calendar portlet instance on the default page of your course context Further all users associated with the course section for example all enrolled students and all assigned faculty members are automatically subscribed to this calendar which means that they can display it when they use the Calendar portlet instance in their My Pages contexts What this means is that if you teach many course sections when you navigate to the My Calendar portlet you will see under the Subscriptions heading a calendar for each section you teach TOP ORE P Subscriptions ENGL 909 MANS A
461. you can use to enter a grade In the student s view of the screen adds a dialog stating that the student submitted the assignment at the time that you closed it On the Assignment Info screen indicates that the assignment was finalized at the time that you closed it At this point you should fill out the form displayed under Results for Student Name For help with the form see Entering and adjusting grades on page 118 e Racer Faculty Guide Working with online assignments This section describes how to manage file exchange assignments after you have made the assignment active As described in Activating an online assignment on page 105 once an online assignment is active students can display and complete the assignment At this point you may want to do any of the following e Check to see which students have completed the assignment as described in Checking students progress on page 121 Display a student s completed assignment as described in Reviewing the completed assignment and entering scores for questions on page 122 You might do this if you want to review the student s answers and manually enter scores for individual questions You can also add personalized feedback for individual questions e Adjust the grade for the entire assignment or enter personalized feedback as described in Providing overall feedback and adjusting the score for an assignment on page 123 e Arrange for the student
462. you cannot modify the course section code or reassign the course to a different term For these parameters the values you defined when creating the course section are permanent To modify a course section 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it The system displays the full view of the Course Creator portlet Locate the course section that you want to modify on the screen If the section is not displayed use the Term drop down list to modify the view until you find it Click on the name of the course section The system displays the Edit Section screen As appropriate modify any of the values displayed in the screen Click Save Changes Deleting a course At times you may need to delete a course Note that when you delete a course you also delete all of its sections and all of the data in the course contexts for those sections You cannot delete a course unless you have defined a section of the course If you need to add a course section see Creating a section on page 432 To delete a course and all of its sections 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it The system displays the full view of the Course Creator portlet Locate the course that you want to delete If the course is not displayed on the screen use the Term drop down list to change the view Essentially you need to display a term for which there is a scheduled section of the course
463. you want to delete Click on the downward arrow next to the course name The system displays a pop up menu Working Green Department conserve Conserving energy in the office 31 More Info Portal Only Sections conserve Section A 4 Edit Course T Delete Course ls conserve Section B satiata atatan annant LM TALIA MSTIARUMAMLSSSASLMESAC MEL LMGLASS SALIS LLL SSSAR IT ART MOESIA SLE SSMO BATMAN zags 435 Creating portal only courses 4 Select Delete Course The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the course and all the sections associated with it 5 If you are sure you want to delete the course click OK 436 e Racer Faculty Guide Deleting a course section At times you may need to delete a course section Doing so also deletes the course context of the section and all of the data that the context contains To delete a course section 1 Navigate to an instance of the Course Creator portlet and maximize it The system displays the full view of the Course Creator portlet 2 Locate the course section that you want to delete If the section is not displayed use the Term drop down list to modify the view until you find it 3 Click on the downward arrow next to the name of the course section The system displays a pop up menu 4 Inthe pop up menu select Delete Section The system displays a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete the section and all
464. your course context by adding pages to it For details on adding a page to your context see Working with pages on page 442 If you have a large number of pages to add you might want to group the pages into a sub section When you do this you are essentially created a sub context to your course context A context is governed by its own set of context specific roles So a sub context that you create you will not be able to use roles that you defined at the higher level the course context This might be desirable if you want to put another role in charge of administering the sub context but not have that role be able to administer the course in general For more details on sub sections see Working with sub sections on page 451 e Racer Faculty Guide Navigating to a course context There are a few ways to navigate to the context for a course section that you teach The simplest is through the Quick Links sidebar which is described below To navigate to a course context using the Quick Links sidebar 1 Log in to the portal 2 In the Quick Links area of the sidebar at the left expand the link labeled My Courses The area expands to show links to all of your course sections Click the section whose course context you want to display rH ove geet rrt te pete ner te E My Courses ENG 320 C Renaissance A My Pages The system displays the context for the course section The exact layout of the context may va
465. z JZJcer e Racer Learning Management System Faculty Guide For JICS 7 3 x CX EX PX QX and TE Jes Copyrights and Trademarks e Racer Faculty Guide August 6 2010 This document is confidential and contains proprietary information The use of this document is subject to the license agreement that governs usage of the associated software No part of this document may be photocopied reproduced stored in a retrieval system transmitted in any form or by any means or translated into another language without the prior written consent of Jenzabar Inc This document may contain errors omissions or typographical errors and does not represent any commitment or guarantee by Jenzabar The information herein is subject to change with or without notice Jenzabar disclaims any liability from the use of information herein Please refer to the most current product release notes for updated information All rights reserved Jenzabar is a registered trademark of Jenzabar Inc Jenzabar s Internet Campus Solution Total Campus Man agement ERA and the Jenzabar logo are trademarks of Jenzabar Inc The trademarks service marks registered marks logos and images of Jenzabar and others used in this document are Jenzabar s property and their respective owners All other product and company names referenced in this document that are not owned by Jenzabar are used for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of their respective owners Co

eRacer: Faculty Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents